SA TELECOMMUNICATIONS INC /DE/
S-2/A, 1997-05-22
TELEPHONE COMMUNICATIONS (NO RADIOTELEPHONE)
Previous: NETWORK SYSTEMS INTERNATIONAL INC, 10KSB/A, 1997-05-22
Next: U S BRIDGE CORP, 10QSB, 1997-05-22



<PAGE>
   
      AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON MAY 22, 1997
    
                                                      REGISTRATION NO. 333-17547
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                            ------------------------
 
   
                         POST-EFFECTIVE AMENDMENT NO. 1
    
                                       TO
 
                                    FORM S-2
 
            REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                            ------------------------
 
                          SA TELECOMMUNICATIONS, INC.
             (Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                    <C>
                      DELAWARE                                     75-2258519
  (State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or       (I.R.S. Employer Identification
                    organization)                                     No.)
</TABLE>
 
           1600 PROMENADE CENTER, 15TH FLOOR, RICHARDSON, TEXAS 75080
                                 (972) 690-5888
    (Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code,
                  of Registrant's principal executive offices)
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                           <C>
                   LYNN H. JOHNSON, ESQ.                                 COPY TO:
       VICE PRESIDENT, GENERAL COUNSEL AND SECRETARY              MARK S. SOLOMON, ESQ.
                SA TELECOMMUNICATIONS, INC.                           ARTER & HADDEN
             1600 PROMENADE CENTER, 15TH FLOOR                 1717 MAIN STREET, SUITE 4100
                  RICHARDSON, TEXAS 75080                        DALLAS, TEXAS 75201-4605
                       (972) 690-5888                                 (214) 761-4365
 (Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number,
         including area code, of agent for service)
</TABLE>
 
                            ------------------------
 
        APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC:
     From time to time after this Registration Statement becomes effective.
                            ------------------------
 
    If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on
a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of
1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), check the following box. /X/
 
    If the registrant elects to deliver its latest annual report to security
holders, or a complete and legible facsimile thereof, pursuant to Item 11(a)(1)
of this Form, check the following box. / /
 
    If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box
and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier
effective registration statement for the same offering. / /
 
   
    If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c)
under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities
Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration
statement for the same offering. / /
    
 
    If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box. / /
                            ------------------------
 
    THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL
FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION
STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(a) OF
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, OR UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME
EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(a),
MAY DETERMINE.
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
                          SA TELECOMMUNICATIONS, INC.
                         10% CONVERTIBLE NOTES DUE 2006
                                AND COMMON STOCK
                             ---------------------
 
   
    The $27,200,000 aggregate principal amount of 10% Convertible Notes Due 2006
(the "Notes") of SA Telecommunications, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the
"Company") are being offered hereby on behalf of and for the account of the
holders of the Notes named herein or in an applicable Prospectus Supplement (as
defined herein). The Notes were originally issued and sold (the "Original
Offering") by the Company on August 12, 1996 (the "Original Offering Date") to
Furman Selz LLC and Rauscher Pierce Refsnes, Inc. (the "Initial Purchasers"),
and were simultaneously sold by the Initial Purchasers in transactions exempt
from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended
(the "Securities Act"), in the United States to persons reasonably believed by
the Initial Purchasers to be "qualified institutional buyers" (as defined in
Rule 144A under the Securities Act) and to institutional "accredited investors"
(as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act). These
purchasers, or their respective transferees, pledgees, donees or successors (the
"Selling Noteholders") may from time to time offer and sell pursuant to this
Prospectus any or all of the Notes or the Conversion Shares (as defined herein).
The Notes mature on August 15, 2006. The Notes are currently convertible at any
time prior to maturity, unless previously redeemed, into shares of Common Stock,
par value $.0001 per share (the "Common Stock") of the Company at an initial
conversion price of $2.55 per share (currently 10,666,667 shares of Common
Stock), subject to adjustment in certain circumstances (the "Conversion
Shares"). The Common Stock is traded on the Nasdaq Stock Market's SmallCap
Market (the "SmallCap Market") under the trading symbol "STEL" and the last
reported sale price of the Common Stock on the SmallCap Market on May 20, 1997
was $1.22 per share. The Notes are currently traded in the Private Offerings,
Resales and Trading through Automated Linkages ("PORTAL") market. However, Notes
resold pursuant to this Prospectus will no longer be eligible for trading in
such PORTAL market. The Company does not currently intend to list the Notes
resold pursuant to this Prospectus on any securities exchange or to seek
approval for quotation through any automated quotation system. Accordingly,
there can be no assurance as to the development or liquidity of any market for
the Notes resold under this Prospectus.
    
 
    In addition to the Notes and the Conversion Shares, 859,022 shares (the
"Shares") of Common Stock of the Company are being offered hereby on behalf of
and for the account of certain holders (the "Selling Stockholders") of Common
Stock and warrants exercisable into Common Stock of the Company. The Shares
consist of: (1) an aggregate of 750,000 shares of Common Stock issuable upon
exercise of certain warrants to purchase Common Stock ("Finder's Warrants")
issued to certain finders in connection with the sale by the Company during 1996
of certain of its 9% Convertible Subordinated Debentures Due in 1997, (2) 26,316
shares of Common Stock issued to Economy Communications, Inc. ("Economy") in
connection with the acquisition of assets of Economy by the Company, (3) an
aggregate of 32,706 shares of Common Stock ("March Debenture Shares") issued to
purchasers of the Company's 9% Convertible Subordinated Debentures Due March 18,
1997 (the "March 18 Debentures"), and (4) 50,000 shares of Common Stock issued
to Jesup & Lamont Capital Markets, Inc. ("JLCM"). See "SELLING NOTEHOLDERS and
SELLING STOCKHOLDERS."
 
    The Notes and the Conversion Shares may be offered and sold from time to
time by the Selling Noteholders, and the Shares may be offered and sold from
time to time by the Selling Stockholders, to purchasers or through agents,
underwriters, brokers or dealers. See "PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION" and "SELLING
NOTEHOLDERS AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS." If required, the names of any such agents
or underwriters involved in the sale of the Notes, Conversion Shares and Shares
(collectively, the "Offered Securities") and the applicable agent's commission,
dealer's purchaser price or underwriter's discount, if any, will be set forth in
a supplement to this Prospectus ("Prospectus Supplement").
 
   
    The Company anticipates that the Notes and Conversion Shares will be offered
for sale by the Selling Noteholders until the earlier to occur of (1) August 12,
1999 (subject to extension in certain circumstances) or (2) the sale of all the
Notes and Conversion Shares (the "Note Registration Period"). In contrast, the
Company's obligations to keep the registration statement to which this
Prospectus relates (the "Registration Statement") effective for the Shares to be
sold by each of the Selling Stockholders under separately negotiated piggy-back
registration rights may expire earlier than the Note Registration Period, and in
such event, the Company has the right to amend the Registration Statement to
deregister the shares of Common Stock to which such registration obligations no
longer exist. Therefore, although the Company anticipates that the Shares will
be offered for sale by each Selling Stockholder until the earlier to occur of
(1) the sale of the Shares held by such Selling Stockholder or (2) the
expiration of the Note Registration Period, the Company has the right to amend
the Registration Statement (a) on               , 1997 to deregister such shares
held by JLCM, (b) on               , 1998 to deregister the March Debenture
Shares, and (c) on               ,1997 to deregister the Shares held by Economy
and the holder's of the Finder's Warrants. The Company will not receive any of
the proceeds from the sale of the Offered Securities other than minimal proceeds
upon the exercise of the Finder's Warrants, but has agreed to pay substantially
all of the fees and expenses of registration in connection with this offering
(other than commissions, concessions or discounts to broker-dealers, and the
fees and expenses of counsel to certain of the Selling Stockholders). All
brokerage commissions and other similar expenses incurred by the Selling
Noteholders or the Selling Stockholders will be borne by such persons.
(CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE)
    
 
   
    SEE "RISK FACTORS" BEGINNING ON PAGE 17 FOR A DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN MATERIAL
FACTORS THAT SHOULD BE CONSIDERED IN EVALUATING AN INVESTMENT IN THE OFFERED
SECURITIES.
    
 
    THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION, NOR HAS THE COMMISSION
NOR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS
PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
 
                           --------------------------
 
   
              THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS IS               , 1997
    
<PAGE>
(CONTINUED FROM PREVIOUS PAGE)
 
   
    This offering is not currently being underwritten. However, the Selling
Noteholders, Selling Stockholders, brokers, dealers or underwriters that
participate with the Selling Noteholders or Selling Stockholders in the
distribution of the Offered Securities may be deemed "underwriters" as that term
is defined in the Securities Act and any commissions received by broker-dealers,
agents or underwriters and any profit on the resale of the Offered Securities by
them may be deemed to be underwriting commissions or discounts under the
Securities Act. It is anticipated that all Offered Securities being offered
hereby, when sales are ever made, will be made in one or more transactions
(which may involve one or more block transactions) through customary brokerage
channels, either through brokers acting as brokers or agents for the sellers, or
through dealers or underwriters acting as principals who may resell the Shares
in the SmallCap Market (relating to the Conversion Shares and Shares only) or in
privately negotiated sales, or otherwise, or by a combination of such methods of
offering. Each sale may be made either at market prices prevailing at the time
of the sales or at negotiated prices. SEE "PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION." To the extent
required, the specific number of Offered Securities to be sold, the names of the
Selling Noteholders and the Selling Stockholders, the purchase price, the public
offering price, names of any agents, dealers or underwriters and any applicable
commissions or discounts with respect to a particular offering will be set forth
herein or in an accompanying Prospectus Supplement. The aggregate proceeds to
the Selling Noteholders from the sale of the Notes and the Conversion Shares
will be the purchase price of the Notes or Conversion Shares sold less the
aggregate brokerage commissions and underwriter's discounts, if any, and other
expenses of such sale not borne by the Company. The aggregate proceeds to the
Selling Stockholders from the sale of the Shares will be the purchase price of
the Shares (less any exercise price of the Finder's Warrants for the Shares
resulting therefrom by the holders thereof), less the aggregate brokerage
commissions and other expenses of such sale not borne by the Company. See "USE
OF PROCEEDS," "PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION" and "SELLING NOTEHOLDERS AND SELLING
STOCKHOLDERS."
    
 
   
    Interest on the Notes is payable semi-annually on February 15 and August 15
of each year, at the rate of 10% per annum, accruing from the Original Offering
Date. The first interest payment was made on February 15, 1997. The Notes are
redeemable at the option of the Company in whole or in part at any time on or
after August 15, 1999 at the redemption prices set forth herein, plus accrued
interest to the redemption date. Upon a Fundamental Change (as defined herein),
each holder of Notes will have the right to require the Company to repurchase
all or a portion of such holder's Notes at a price equal to 100% of the
principal amount thereof, plus accrued interest to the date of repurchase.
Additionally, each holder of the Notes will have the right to require the
Company to repurchase all or a portion of such holder's Notes at a price equal
to 100% of their principal amount, plus accrued interest to the date of such
repurchase, if any, in the event that all three of the following events occur:
(1) the Company or any of its subsidiaries incurs certain indebtedness, (2) the
Pro Forma Interest Coverage (as defined herein) is less than 2.0:1, and (3) the
average closing sale price of the Common Stock is less than $2.00 per share for
the twenty trading days prior to the incurrence of such indebtedness (the "$2
Minimum Threshold"). The Company does not currently meet the Pro Forma Interest
Coverage test and since October 22, 1996 has not met the $2 Minimum Threshold.
The Company does not anticipate meeting the Pro Forma Interest Coverage test in
the foreseeable future. There can be no assurances that the price of the
Company's Common Stock will increase to equal or exceed the $2 Minimum Threshold
permitting the Company to incur additional indebtedness, or that if the price
equals or exceeds such threshold, the price will not again fail to meet such $2
Minimum Threshold. See "RISK FACTORS," "MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS" and "DESCRIPTION OF
NOTES--REPURCHASE AT OPTION OF HOLDER UPON AN INCURRENCE EVENT." The Notes do
not have the benefit of any sinking fund obligations. The Notes are senior
unsecured obligations of the Company, and rank PARI PASSU in right of payment
with all existing and future senior obligations of the Company and senior in
right of payment to any future subordinated obligations of the Company. The
Notes are effectively subordinated in right of payment to all existing and
future liabilities, including trade payables, of the Company's subsidiaries. In
addition, the Notes are effectively subordinated to secured debt of the Company.
As of March 31, 1997, the total outstanding consolidated liabilities of the
Company and the Company's subsidiaries (including trade payables) were
approximately $19.1 million (exclusive of the Notes), substantially all of which
were liabilities of the Company's subsidiaries. The foregoing includes $3.8
million principal amount of indebtedness incurred in the private placement of
the Company's 10% Convertible Debenture Due 2006 on March 25, 1997 (the "10%
Debenture") and approximately $2.06 million principal amount of indebtedness
under the Company's line of credit arrangement with Greyrock Business Credit
(the "Greyrock Facility"). An aggregate of approximately $3.6 million of the
total outstanding consolidated liabilities of the Company and its subsidiaries
on March 31, 1997 represents secured debt of the Company and an aggregate of
$15.5 million consists of liabilities of the Company's subsidiaries on such
date. See "BUSINESS--GREYROCK FACILITY" "BUSINESS--10% DEBENTURE" and
"DESCRIPTION OF NOTES."
    
 
                                       2
<PAGE>
                             AVAILABLE INFORMATION
 
    The Company is subject to the informational requirements of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), and, in accordance
therewith, files reports, proxy statements and other information with the
Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission"). Reports, proxy statements
and other information filed by the Company can be inspected and copied at the
public reference facilities maintained by the Commission at Room 1024, 450 Fifth
Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549, and at the Commission's Regional Offices
at Citicorp Center, 500 West Madison Street, Suite 1400, Chicago, Illinois
60661-2511 and Seven World Trade Center, 13th Floor, New York, New York 10048.
Copies of such material can be obtained at prescribed rates from the Public
Reference Branch of the Commission at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C.
20549. The Commission maintains a Web site that contains reports, proxy
statements and other information regarding registrants like the Company which
file electronically at http://www.sec.gov. The Common Stock is traded on the
SmallCap Market, and reports and other information concerning the Company may be
inspected and copied at the offices of the SmallCap Market at 1735 K Street,
N.W., Washington, D.C. 20006.
 
    The Company has filed with the Commission a Registration Statement on Form
S-2 under the Securities Act with respect to the Offered Securities. This
Prospectus does not contain all of the information set forth in the Registration
Statement, certain portions of which are omitted as permitted by the rules and
regulations of the Commission. Statements contained in this Prospectus as to the
contents of any contract or other document are not necessarily complete, and in
each instance reference is made to the copy of such contract or other document
filed or incorporated by reference as an exhibit to the Registration Statement,
each such statement being qualified in all respects by such reference and the
exhibits and schedules thereto. For further information pertaining to the
Company or the Offered Securities, reference is made to the Registration
Statement and such exhibits and schedules thereto, which may be inspected
without charge at, and copies thereof may be obtained at prescribed rates from,
the Public Reference Branch of the Commission at 450 Fifth Street, N.W.,
Washington, D.C. 20549.
 
    In the event that the Company ceases to be subject to the information
reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, the Company has agreed that, so long
as the Notes remain outstanding, it will file with the Commission and distribute
to holders of the Notes, copies of the financial information that would have
been contained in annual reports and quarterly reports, including the
management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of
operations, that the Company would have been required to file with the
Commission pursuant to the Exchange Act. Such financial information shall
include annual reports containing consolidated financial statements and notes
thereto, together with an opinion thereon expressed by an independent public
accounting firm, as well as quarterly reports containing unaudited condensed
consolidated financial statements for the first three quarters of each fiscal
year. The Company will also make such reports available to prospective
purchasers of the Notes, as applicable, securities analysts and broker-dealers
upon their request. In addition, the Company has agreed that for so long as any
of the Notes remain outstanding it will make available to any prospective
purchaser of the Notes or beneficial owner of the Notes in connection with any
sale thereof the information required by Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities
Act, until such time as the holders thereof have disposed of such Notes pursuant
to an effective registration statement filed by the Company.
 
                INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE
 
    This Prospectus incorporates by reference certain documents filed by the
Company with the Commission which are not presented herein or delivered
herewith, as indicated below. The Company will provide without charge to each
person to whom a copy of this Prospectus has been delivered, including any
beneficial owner, on the written or oral request of such person, a copy of any
or all of the documents referred to below which are incorporated in this
Prospectus by reference (other than exhibits to such documents unless they are
specifically incorporated by reference into such documents). Requests for
 
                                       3
<PAGE>
copies should be directed to SA Telecommunications, Inc., 1600 Promenade Center,
15th Floor, Richardson, Texas 75080, Attention: Director of Corporate
Communications, telephone number (972) 690-5888.
 
   
    The following documents filed by the Company with the Commission pursuant to
the Exchange Act under File No. 0-18048 hereby are incorporated by reference
into this Prospectus: (1) the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-KSB for the
fiscal year ended December 31, 1996 (as amended by Form 10-KSB/A filed with the
Commission on April 18, 1997), (2) the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-QSB
for the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 1997, (3) the Company's Current Report on
Form 8-K dated January 10, 1997 filed on January 22, 1997 (as amended by Form
8-K/A filed with the Commission on February 7, 1997) and (4) the Company's
Definitive Proxy Statement dated April 29, 1997.
    
 
    Any statement contained in a document incorporated or deemed to be
incorporated by reference herein shall be deemed to be modified or superseded
for purposes of this Prospectus to the extent that a statement contained herein
or in any subsequently filed document that also is or is deemed to be
incorporated by reference herein modifies or supersedes such statement. Any
statement so modified or superseded shall not be deemed, except as so modified
or superseded, to constitute a part of this Prospectus.
 
               SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
 
   
    Certain of the matters discussed under "PROSPECTUS SUMMARY--THE COMPANY,"
"RISK FACTORS," "BUSINESS," and elsewhere in this Prospectus or in the
information incorporated by reference herein may constitute or include
forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities
Litigation Reform Act of 1995 (the "Reform Act"), and as such involve known and
unknown risks and uncertainties and other factors that may cause the actual
results, performance or achievements of the Company to be materially different
from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by
such forward-looking statements. Some of the factors that may cause such
material differences are set forth herein under "RISK FACTORS." Words or phrases
such as "will continue," "anticipate," "expect," "believe," "intend,"
"estimate," "project," "plan" or similar expressions are intended to identify
forward-looking statements. Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on
the forward-looking statements made in this Prospectus, which speak only as of
the date hereof.
    
 
                                       4
<PAGE>
   
                                    GLOSSARY
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>             <C>
1996 Act        Telecommunications Act of 1996, which became law on February 8, 1996.
 
AT&T            AT&T Communications, Inc., an IXC wholly owned by American Telephone and
                Telegraph Company which provides interexchange services and facilities on a
                nationwide and international basis.
 
AT&T Decree     AT&T Divestiture Decree entered into on August 24, 1982, by the United
                States District Court for the District of Columbia. The AT&T Decree, among
                other things, ordered AT&T to divest its wholly owned BOCS from its long
                lines division and manufacturing operations and generally prohibited BOCS
                from providing long distance telephone service between LATAs.
 
BOC             Bell System Operating Company--A LEC owned by any of the seven RBOCS.
 
Carrier         A company engaged in carrying signals or messages for hire.
 
CLEC            Competitive Local Exchange Carrier--a LEC other than a BOC or GTE.
 
FCC             Federal Communications Commission.
 
GTE             GTE Corporation and its subsidiaries, the largest U.S. based LEC.
 
Inter-LATA
  Service       Telephone service originating and terminating between LATAs.
 
Intra-LATA
  Service       Telephone service originating and terminating within a single LATA.
 
IXC             Interexchange carrier--a carrier providing Inter-LATA, interstate and/or
                international telecommunications services over its own switch and
                transmission facilities or facilities provided by other interexchange
                carriers or a combination of both.
 
LATAs           Local Access and Transport Areas--the approximately 200 geographic areas
                defined pursuant to the AT&T Decree between which the BOCs were generally
                prohibited from providing long distance services prior to the 1996 Act.
 
Local Exchange  A geographic area generally determined by a PUC, in which calls generally
                are transmitted without toll charges to the calling or called party.
 
LEC             Local Exchange Carrier--a company providing local telephone services. Each
                BOC is a LEC.
 
MCI             MCI Communications Corp., an IXC which provides interexchange services and
                facilities on a nationwide and international basis.
 
PUC             Public Utility Commission--a state regulatory body empowered to establish
                and enforce rules and regulations governing public utility companies and
                others, such as the companies engaging in the provision of long distance
                services or local exchange services.
 
RBOC            Regional Bell Operating Company--any of the seven regional Bell holding
                companies which the AT&T Decree established to serve as parent companies
                for the BOCs-- NYNEX, Bell Atlantic, Bell South, Ameritech, US West,
                Southwestern Bell and Pacific Telesis Group.
 
SPCOA           Service Provider Certificate of Authority.
 
Sprint          Sprint Corporation, an IXC which provides interexchange services and
                facilities on a nationwide and international basis.
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       5
<PAGE>
   
<TABLE>
<S>             <C>
Tariff          The schedule of rates and regulations set by the communications common
                carriers and filed with the appropriate federal and state regulatory
                agencies, the published official list of charges, terms and conditions
                governing provision of a specific communications service or facility, which
                functions in lieu of a contract between the commercial or residential
                customers or other user and the supplier or carrier.
 
Southwestern
  Bell          Southwestern Bell Telephone Company, a BOC owned by SBC Communications,
                Inc. which provides local exchange services in Texas, Missouri, Oklahoma,
                Kansas and Arkansas.
 
Switched
  Reseller      A long distance provider which resells the services of other long distance
                providers and owns or leases switching equipment but does not own or lease
                transmission facilities.
 
Switchless
  Reseller      A long distance provider which resells the services of other long distance
                providers but does not own or lease any switching equipment or transmission
                facilities.
 
Texas PUC       Public Utility Commission of Texas.
 
WorldCom        WorldCom, Inc., an IXC which provides interexchange services and facilities
                on a nationwide and international basis.
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       6
<PAGE>
                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
 
    THE FOLLOWING SUMMARY IS QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY THE MORE DETAILED
INFORMATION INCLUDING "RISK FACTORS" AND THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND RELATED
NOTES APPEARING ELSEWHERE IN THIS PROSPECTUS OR INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
HEREIN. THIS PROSPECTUS CONTAINS FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS WHICH INVOLVE RISKS
AND UNCERTAINTIES. THE COMPANY'S ACTUAL RESULTS MAY DIFFER SIGNIFICANTLY FROM
THE RESULTS DISCUSSED IN THE FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS. FACTORS THAT MIGHT
CAUSE SUCH A DIFFERENCE, INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO, THOSE DISCUSSED IN
"RISK FACTORS." SEE "SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS." AS USED
HEREIN, THE TERM "COMPANY" REFERS TO SA TELECOMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND ITS
SUBSIDIARIES, UNLESS THE CONTEXT INDICATES OTHERWISE.
 
                                  THE COMPANY
 
   
    SA Telecommunications, Inc. is a publicly held holding company which,
through its operating subsidiaries, is a full-service regional interexchange
carrier providing a wide range of domestic telecommunications services through
its network of owned and leased transmission and switching facilities. The
Company primarily serves small and medium sized commercial accounts in the west,
southwest and south central United States. A vast majority of the Company's
commercial and residential customers are located in suburban, secondary and
rural markets. In addition to providing "1+" domestic long distance services,
the Company also offers international long distance, wholesale long distance,
operator and wireless services, and other products, such as voice and data
private lines, "800/888" services, Internet access and travel cards. The Company
is also authorized to resell local telephone service in Texas and California.
The Company has begun test marketing the resale of local exchange services of
Southwestern Bell in portions of Texas through the grant of an SPCOA from the
Texas PUC, but is not presently reselling local exchange services in California.
    
 
   
    The Company entered the telecommunications business in 1991 through the
acquisition of North American Telecommunications Corporation ("NATC"), a
telecommunications provider offering international long distance
telecommunications services to foreign customers. In 1994 and 1995, the Company
acquired two Texas-based switchless resellers, Long Distance Network, Inc.
("LDN") of Dallas, Texas, and U.S. Communications, Inc. ("USC") of Levelland,
Texas. During 1996, the Company purchased substantially all of the assets of
First Choice Long Distance, Inc. ("FCLD"), a switched reseller of long distance
telephone services located in Amarillo, Texas. Additionally, effective in 1996,
the Company acquired Economy, a switchless reseller located in McKinney, Texas,
and Uniquest Communications, Inc., ("Uniquest") a corporation engaged in third
party customer verification services and outbound telemarketing. Effective
November 1, 1996, the Company purchased all of the issued and outstanding
capital stock of AddTel Communications, Inc. ("Addtel"), a switchless reseller
of long distance services based in Glendale, California. At March 31, 1997, a
majority of Addtel's revenue was derived from the provision of wholesale long
distance services while its retail customer base primarily consisted of small
and medium sized commercial accounts and residential customers concentrated in
the greater Los Angeles metropolitan area. The growth in the Company's initial
customer base has been largely the result of these acquisitions.
    
 
   
    During late 1995 and early 1996, the Company purchased and installed
switches in Dallas, Texas and Phoenix, Arizona and added leased transmission
facilities between these switches and the operator switch the Company acquired
in the USC acquisition. The Company expanded its network through the acquisition
of switching equipment in Amarillo and Lubbock in connection with the FCLD
acquisition. During the second quarter of 1997, the Company plans to upgrade and
move the Amarillo switch to Los Angeles, California and to add leased
transmission facilities between this switch and its other switches.
    
 
   
    The Company markets its services in areas in the west, southwest and south
central United States served by its network primarily under the trade names
"USC," "USI," "First Choice Long Distance," "Southwest Long Distance Network,"
and "Addtel" trade names. The Company currently anticipates future growth will
primarily result from sales and marketing efforts of its direct sales force,
telemarketing,
    
 
                                       7
<PAGE>
   
agent sales, mass marketing sales and from continued acquisitions of
telecommunications companies within its market area or adjacent thereto, subject
to the availability of capital.
    
 
   
    The Company markets its service primarily through four sales channels:
direct sales, agent sales, telemarketing and mass marketing sales. As of the
date of this Prospectus, the Company directly markets its services from 27
locations situated throughout the Company's contiguous primarily nine state
region. The Company believes it offers comparable products and services
generally provided by national carriers. The Company emphasizes local market
representation in both sales and service in the markets which it serves.
    
 
BUSINESS STRATEGY
 
   
    The Company's objective is to become the leading regional provider of
domestic telecommunications services by expanding its customer base and
increasing the utilization of its network. The Company plans to achieve this
goal through a four point strategy consisting of acquisitions, internal growth,
network expansion, and strategic alliances. See "RISK FACTORS--AVAILABILITY OF
GROWTH OPPORTUNITIES," "RISK FACTORS-- ACQUISITION INTEGRATION; MANAGEMENT OF
GROWTH," "RISK FACTORS--RISKS RELATING TO DEVELOPMENT OF A LONG DISTANCE
NETWORK" and "MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS."
    
 
   
    ACQUISITIONS.  An important part of the Company's growth strategy is to
continue to acquire and integrate telecommunications companies whose customer
base is located in areas contiguous to or overlapping with the Company's
existing service area. The Company will seek to achieve operating efficiencies
as a regional consolidator by increasing customers and benefiting from
compatible call traffic patterns within its current targeted expansion areas of
the west, southwest and south central United States. The Company's ability to
effect such acquisitions may be limited by virtue of the Company's liquidity and
by covenants set forth in the Indenture, the 10% Debenture and the Company's
line of credit arrangement (the "Greyrock Facility") with Greyrock Business
Credit, a division of NationsCredit Commercial Corporation ("Greyrock"). In
considering acquisitions, the Company will evaluate customer profiles, operating
efficiencies, network and equipment compatibility, managerial and personnel
resources and ease of integration on a timely basis. Once the Company
consummates an acquisition, it intends to integrate the target's customer base
into its own network and billing system and to eliminate duplicative costs.
    
 
    INTERNAL GROWTH.  The Company will seek to increase its revenues through the
use of its direct sales force, telemarketing sales, agents and other marketing
techniques such as direct mail and mass marketing to achieve internal growth.
The Company's strategy also includes increasing its customers' utilization of
its network by promoting the sale of additional or "bundled" services, such as
Internet access, local access and wireless services, and enhanced services such
as voice mail, broadcast fax, and conference calling.
 
   
    NETWORK EXPANSION.  The Company believes that expanding its network will
enable the Company to control the flow of its long distance traffic and to
increase its overall profit margin as well as to improve the quality of its
network transmission. The Company monitors traffic patterns on its network,
allowing it to replace variable long distance transport costs with fixed
transport costs when call volumes to particular geographic areas dictate. The
Company's switches utilize software to reduce long distance transport costs of
individual calls. Since 1995, the Company has transformed from a switchless
reseller to an interexchange carrier with transmission and switching network
facilities.
    
 
   
    STRATEGIC ALLIANCES.  The Company's growth strategy includes the exploration
of strategic alliances with product and service providers in the
telecommunications industry primarily inside its present geographic area. The
Company believes that such strategic relationships may enable it to penetrate
new markets, enhance its product offerings or more efficiently utilize its
network. The Company has entered into contractual arrangements which permit the
Company to offer paging services, conference call services, and Internet access
services of other providers.
    
 
                                       8
<PAGE>
   
    The Company's Common Stock is traded on the SmallCap Market under the symbol
"STEL." The executive offices of the Company are located at 1600 Promenade
Center, 15th Floor, Richardson, Texas 75080, and the telephone number of the
executive offices is (972) 690-5888. The Company was incorporated on December
23, 1988.
    
 
                               THE NOTE OFFERING
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                 <C>
The Notes and Conversion Shares
  Offered hereby..................  $27,200,000 aggregate principal amount of 10%
                                    Convertible Notes Due 2006 together with an
                                    indeterminable number of Conversion Shares issuable upon
                                    conversion of such Notes.
 
Selling Noteholders...............  The Notes were originally issued by the Company and sold
                                    by the Initial Purchasers in transactions exempt from
                                    registration under the Securities Act to (i) "qualified
                                    institutional buyers" pursuant to Rule 144A under the
                                    Securities Act or (ii) institutional "accredited
                                    investors" pursuant to Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7).
                                    These purchasers or their transferees, pledgees, donees
                                    or successors may from time to time offer and sell the
                                    Notes and the Conversion Shares pursuant to this
                                    Prospectus. Prior to the resale of the Notes pursuant to
                                    this Prospectus, each of the Notes was eligible for
                                    trading in the PORTAL market. Notes resold pursuant to
                                    this Prospectus will no longer be eligible for trading
                                    in the PORTAL market.
 
Maturity Date.....................  August 15, 2006.
 
Interest..........................  Interest on the Notes has accrued since the Original
                                    Offering Date at the rate of 10% per annum and is
                                    payable semi-annually on each February 15 and August 15.
                                    The first interest payment was made on February 15,
                                    1997.
 
Optional Redemption...............  The Notes are not redeemable prior to August 15, 1999.
                                    On and after such date, the Notes may be redeemed at the
                                    option of the Company, in whole or in part, at the
                                    prices set forth herein, plus accrued interest to the
                                    date of redemption. See "DESCRIPTION OF
                                    NOTES--REDEMPTION AT THE COMPANY'S OPTION."
 
Ranking...........................  The Notes are senior unsecured obligations of the
                                    Company and rank PARI PASSU in right of payment with all
                                    existing and future senior obligations of the Company
                                    and senior in right of payment to any future
                                    subordinated obligations of the Company. Holders of
                                    secured obligations of the Company, however, have claims
                                    that are prior to the claims of the holders of the Notes
                                    with respect to the assets securing such obligations.
                                    Additionally, the Notes are effectively subordinated to
                                    all existing and future indebtedness and other
                                    liabilities and commitments (including trade payables)
                                    of the Company's subsidiaries. As of March 31, 1997, the
                                    total outstanding consolidated liabilities of the
                                    Company and the Company's subsidiaries (including trade
                                    payables) were approximately $19.1 million (exclusive of
                                    the Notes), substantially all of which were liabilities
                                    of the Company's subsidiaries. An aggregate of
                                    approximately $3.6 million of the total outstanding
                                    consolidated liabilities of
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       9
<PAGE>
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                 <C>
                                    the Company and its subsidiaries on March 31, 1997
                                    represents secured debt of the Company and an aggregate
                                    of $15.5 million consists of liabilities of the
                                    Company's subsidiaries on such date. The foregoing $19.1
                                    million includes $3.8 million principal of indebtedness
                                    incurred in the private placement of the Company's 10%
                                    Debenture and approximately $2.06 million principal
                                    amount of indebtedness outstanding under the Greyrock
                                    Facility. See "BUSINESS--GREYROCK FACILITY", "BUSINESS
                                    10% DEBENTURE" and "DESCRIPTION OF NOTES--RANKING."
 
Repurchase on Fundamental
  Change..........................  Upon the occurrence of a Fundamental Change (as defined
                                    herein), each holder of Notes has the right, at the
                                    holder's option, to require the Company to repurchase
                                    all or a portion of such holder's Notes, at a purchase
                                    price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof,
                                    plus accrued interest to the date of repurchase, if any.
                                    As described with greater specificity herein, a
                                    Fundamental Change occurs upon (i) any person or group
                                    acquiring (or having the right to acquire) in excess of
                                    50% of the total voting power of the Company, (ii) a
                                    specified change in the composition of the Board of
                                    Directors of the Company and (iii) certain
                                    consolidations or mergers of the Company or sales of all
                                    or substantially all of the assets of the Company;
                                    provided, however, that a Fundamental Change shall not
                                    occur in connection with any such consolidation, merger
                                    or sale if (1) the market value for the Common Stock
                                    preceding public announcement of such transaction
                                    exceeds a specified threshold, (2) the consideration to
                                    be received by the holders of Common Stock as a result
                                    of such transaction exceeds a specified threshold or (3)
                                    in the case of a merger or consolidation, the
                                    stockholders of the Company prior to the transaction
                                    continue to own a majority of the voting stock of the
                                    surviving entity. See "DESCRIPTION OF NOTES--REPURCHASE
                                    AT OPTION OF HOLDER UPON A FUNDAMENTAL CHANGE."
 
                                    Within 30 days after the occurrence of a Fundamental
                                    Change, the Company is obligated to (i) mail to all
                                    holders of record of the Notes a notice describing,
                                    among other things, the occurrence of such Fundamental
                                    Change and of the resulting repurchase right, and (ii)
                                    deliver a copy of such notice to the Trustee and to the
                                    Dow Jones News Service or similar business service in
                                    the United States. To exercise the repurchase right, a
                                    holder of Notes must surrender, on or before the date
                                    which is 60 days after the date of mailing of the
                                    Company's notice to such holder, irrevocable written
                                    notice to the Company and the Trustee of the holder's
                                    exercise of such right together with the Notes (if such
                                    Notes are represented by a Global Note (as defined
                                    herein), by book-entry transfer to the conversion agent
                                    through the facilities of the Depository Trust Company)
                                    with respect to which the right is being exercised, duly
                                    endorsed for transfer to the Company. The submission of
                                    such notice together with such Notes pursuant to the
                                    exercise of a repurchase right is
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       10
<PAGE>
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                 <C>
                                    irrevocable on the part of the holder (unless the
                                    Company fails to repurchase the Notes on the date
                                    specified by the Company for such repurchase) and the
                                    right to convert the Notes expires upon such submission.
 
                                    A merger of the Company pursuant to which the Company is
                                    not the surviving corporation or the sale of
                                    substantially all of the assets of the Company, both of
                                    which are included within the definition of a
                                    "Fundamental Change," as well as the incurrence of
                                    additional indebtedness could result in an event of
                                    default under certain existing indebtedness of the
                                    Company if the holder of such indebtedness does not
                                    consent in advance to such actions. Such indebtedness
                                    would include the Greyrock Facility, the outstanding
                                    principal amount of which was approximately $2.06
                                    million on March 31, 1997, and the Company's
                                    subsidiary's capital leases with Telecommunications
                                    Finance Group, the outstanding principal amount of which
                                    was approximately $1.88 million on March 31, 1997. If
                                    the Company failed to pay the repurchase price on the
                                    due date after triggering a Fundamental Change, such
                                    failure would result in an event of default under the
                                    Greyrock Facility. See "BUSINESS--GREYROCK FACILITY."
 
Repurchase on Incurrence Event....  In the event (an "Incurrence Event") that (i) the
                                    Company or any of its subsidiaries incurs indebtedness
                                    (other than Additional Permitted Indebtedness (as
                                    defined herein) or indebtedness under the Notes), (ii)
                                    the Pro Forma Interest Coverage (as defined herein) of
                                    the Company and its subsidiaries on a consolidated
                                    basis, is less than 2.0:1 and (iii) the average closing
                                    sale price of the Common Stock is less than $2.00
                                    (adjusted for stock splits, combinations,
                                    reclassifications or similar events) for the twenty
                                    trading days prior to the incurrence of such
                                    indebtedness (the "$2 Minimum Threshold"), each holder
                                    of Notes has the right to require the Company to
                                    repurchase all or a portion of the holder's Notes at a
                                    price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof,
                                    plus accrued interest to the date of repurchase, if any.
                                    Within 30 days after the occurrence of an Incurrence
                                    Event, the Company is obligated to (i) mail to all
                                    holders of record of the Notes a notice describing,
                                    among other things, the occurrence of such an Incurrence
                                    Event and of the resulting repurchase right, and (ii)
                                    deliver a copy of such notice to the Trustee and to the
                                    Dow Jones News Service or similar business service in
                                    the United States. To exercise the repurchase right, a
                                    holder of Notes must surrender, on or before the date
                                    which is 60 days after the date of mailing of the
                                    Company's notice to such holder, irrevocable written
                                    notice to the Company (or an agent designated by the
                                    Company for such purpose) and the Trustee of the
                                    holder's exercise of such right together with the Notes
                                    (if such Notes are represented by a Global Note, by
                                    book-entry transfer to the conversion agent through the
                                    facilities of the Depository Trust Company) with respect
                                    to which the right is being exercised,
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       11
<PAGE>
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                 <C>
                                    duly endorsed for transfer to the Company. The
                                    submission of such notice together with such Notes
                                    pursuant to the exercise of a repurchase right will be
                                    irrevocable on the part of the holder (unless the
                                    Company fails to repurchase the Notes on the date
                                    specified by the Company for such repurchase) and the
                                    right to convert the Notes will expire upon such
                                    submission.
 
                                    The Company is not prohibited from incurring additional
                                    indebtedness outside the ordinary course of business
                                    under the terms of the Greyrock Facility unless such
                                    incurrence would have a material adverse effect on the
                                    Company or on the prospect of the repayment of all
                                    obligations under the Greyrock Facility. The principal
                                    amount outstanding under the Greyrock Facility on March
                                    31, 1997 was approximately $2.06 million. If the Company
                                    failed to pay the repurchase price of the Notes on the
                                    due date after triggering an Incurrence Event, such
                                    failure would result in an event of default under the
                                    Greyrock Facility. See "BUSINESS--GREYROCK FACILITY" and
                                    "MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
                                    CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS."
 
                                    The Company does not currently meet the Pro Forma
                                    Interest Coverage test and since October 22, 1996 has
                                    not met the $2 Minimum Threshold. The Company does not
                                    anticipate meeting the Pro Forma Interest Coverage test
                                    in the forseeable future. There can be no assurance that
                                    the price of the Company's Common Stock will increase to
                                    equal or exceed the $2 Minimum Threshold permitting the
                                    Company to incur additional indebtedness, or that if the
                                    price equals or exceeds such threshold, the price will
                                    not again fail to meet such $2 Minimum Threshold. See
                                    "RISK FACTORS--SUBSTANTIAL LEVERAGE," "MANAGEMENT'S
                                    DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND
                                    RESULTS OF OPERATIONS" and "DESCRIPTION OF NOTES--
                                    REPURCHASE AT OPTION OF HOLDER UPON AN INCURRENCE
                                    EVENT."
Certain Covenants.................  The Indenture imposes certain restrictions on the
                                    ability of the Company and its subsidiaries to (i) incur
                                    certain liens and indebtedness, (ii) pay dividends or
                                    make distributions in respect of the Company's capital
                                    stock or make certain other restricted payments, (iii)
                                    enter into certain transactions with affiliates, (iv)
                                    conduct certain businesses or (v) make certain
                                    acquisitions. The restrictive covenants are subject to
                                    certain exceptions and qualifications. See "DESCRIPTION
                                    OF NOTES--CERTAIN COVENANTS."
Conversion........................  Each Note is currently convertible at the option of the
                                    holder at any time prior to maturity, unless previously
                                    redeemed, into shares of Common Stock at an initial
                                    conversion price of $2.55 per share, subject to
                                    adjustment under certain circumstances. See "DESCRIPTION
                                    OF NOTES--CONVERSION RIGHTS."
 
Number of Conversion Shares.......  The Notes are currently convertible into an aggregate of
                                    10,666,667 shares of Common Stock, representing
                                    approximately 40.5% of the Company's Common Stock
                                    outstanding as of May 1, 1997, including such shares
                                    issuable upon conversion of the Notes. As of such date,
                                    there were
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       12
<PAGE>
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                 <C>
                                    15,668,835 shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding
                                    and 35,336,943 shares of Common Stock outstanding on a
                                    fully-diluted basis (based on those shares of Common
                                    Stock then outstanding, together with those shares
                                    acquirable within 60 days upon exercise or conversion of
                                    derivative securities). See "--THE COMMON STOCK
                                    OFFERING--TRADING" below.
 
Trading...........................  Prior to the resale of the Notes pursuant to this
                                    Prospectus, each of the Notes was eligible for trading
                                    in the PORTAL market. Notes resold pursuant to this
                                    Prospectus will no longer be eligible for trading in the
                                    PORTAL market. The Company does not intend to list the
                                    Notes resold pursuant to this Prospectus on any
                                    securities exchange or to seek approval for quotation
                                    through any automated quotation system. Accordingly,
                                    there can be no assurance as to the development or
                                    liquidity of any market for the Notes resold under this
                                    Prospectus.
 
Use of Proceeds...................  The Selling Noteholders will receive all of the proceeds
                                    from the sale of the Notes and the underlying Conversion
                                    Shares. The Company will not receive any proceeds from
                                    the sale of the Notes or the Conversion Shares offered
                                    hereby. See "USE OF PROCEEDS."
 
For additional information regarding the Notes, see "DESCRIPTION OF NOTES."
</TABLE>
    
 
   
                                       13
    
<PAGE>
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                 <C>
                                 THE COMMON STOCK OFFERING
 
Common Stock Offered hereby.......  859,022 shares of Common Stock, including 750,000 shares
                                    of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of Finder's
                                    Warrants.
 
Selling Stockholders..............  The Shares to be sold by the Selling Stockholders
                                    include: (1) an aggregate of 750,000 shares of Common
                                    Stock issuable upon exercise of the Finder's Warrants
                                    issued to certain finders in connection with the sale by
                                    the Company during 1996 of certain of its 9% Convertible
                                    Subordinated Debentures Due in 1997, (2) 26,316 shares
                                    of Common Stock issued to Economy in connection with the
                                    acquisition of assets of Economy by the Company, (3) an
                                    aggregate of 32,706 shares of Common Stock issued to
                                    purchasers of the Company's 9% Convertible Subordinated
                                    Debentures Due March 18, 1997, and (4) 50,000 shares of
                                    Common Stock issued to JLCM.
 
Percentage of Outstanding Common
  Stock Offered by the Selling
  Stockholders....................  5.2% (1)
 
Trading...........................  The Company's Common Stock is listed on the SmallCap
                                    Market under the symbol "STEL." The Conversion Shares
                                    and Shares resold pursuant to this Prospectus will
                                    continue to be eligible for trading on the SmallCap
                                    Market. See "RISK FACTORS-- ABSENCE OF A PUBLIC MARKET
                                    FOR THE NOTES; POSSIBLE VOLATILITY OF NOTE AND COMMON
                                    STOCK PRICES."
 
Use of Proceeds...................  The Selling Stockholders will receive all of the
                                    proceeds from the sale of the Shares offered hereby. The
                                    Company will not receive any proceeds of the sale of the
                                    Shares offered hereby except for certain proceeds upon
                                    exercise of the Finder's Warrants. See "USE OF
                                    PROCEEDS."
 
For additional information regarding the Shares, see "DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK."
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
 
   
(1) Percentage indicated is based upon 15,668,835 shares of Common Stock issued
    and outstanding as of May 1, 1997 and assumes the exercise of the Finder's
    Warrants, but excludes the Conversion Shares and the other shares of Common
    Stock issued or issuable by the Company after such date.
    
 
                                  RISK FACTORS
 
    Prospective purchasers of the Offered Securities should carefully consider
all of the information set forth in this Prospectus and, in particular, should
evaluate the matters set forth under "RISK FACTORS" for risks involved with an
investment in the Offered Securities. Certain statements set forth below under
this caption constitute forward-looking statements within the meaning of the
Reform Act. See "SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS" on page 4
for additional information relating to such statements.
 
                                       14
<PAGE>
   
   SUMMARY HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER OPERATING INFORMATION
    
 
   
    The following table sets forth summary historical consolidated financial and
other operating information for the Company. The summary historical consolidated
financial information presented below (other than the unaudited information as
of and for the three months ended March 31, 1997 and 1996) is derived from the
audited Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company. The summary unaudited
consolidated financial information as of and for the three months ended March
31, 1997 and 1996, in the opinion of management, reflects all adjustments,
consisting only of a normal recurring nature, necessary for a fair presentation
of the consolidated financial position and consolidated results of operations
for interim periods. The consolidated operating results for the three months
ended March 31, 1997 are not necessarily indicative of the results which
ultimately will be reported for the full fiscal year ended December 31, 1997.
All of the following information should be read in conjunction with the
financial statements as set forth in the index on page F-1, "SELECTED HISTORICAL
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER OPERATING INFORMATION" and "MANAGEMENT'S
DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS"
contained elsewhere herein.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                         THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                               YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                        MARCH 31,
                                                -----------------------------------------------------  -----------------------
                                                  1992       1993      1994(1)    1995(1)    1996(1)    1996(1)     1997(1)
                                                ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ------------
<S>                                             <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
                                                        (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
  Telecommunications revenues.................  $     546  $   2,592  $   9,755  $  20,748  $  35,669  $   7,027  $   13,115
  Gross profit (loss).........................        (27)       197      1,457      6,632     13,138      2,682       3,610
  Loss from continuing operations before other
    income (expense) and extraordinary item...     (1,265)    (1,042)    (1,810)    (1,276)    (3,473)      (102)     (2,563)
  Interest expense............................        (12)       (12)       (30)      (683)    (2,130)      (345)       (790)
  Loss from continuing operations before
    extraordinary item........................     (1,258)      (970)    (1,819)    (1,935)    (5,382)      (432)     (3,333)
  Loss from discontinued operations...........       (104)      (106)      (628)    (4,531)    --         --           --
  Extraordinary item-gain on extinguishment of
    debt......................................     --         --         --         --          1,327     --           --
  Net loss....................................     (1,362)    (1,076)    (2,447)    (6,466)    (4,055)      (432)     (3,333)
                                                ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ------------
                                                ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ------------
  Loss per weighted average common share
    outstanding
      Continuing operations...................  $   (0.34) $   (0.18) $   (0.20) $   (0.17) $   (0.35) $   (0.03) $    (0.21)
      Discontinued operations.................      (0.03)     (0.02)     (0.07)     (0.39)    --         --           --
      Extraordinary item......................     --         --         --         --           0.08     --           --
                                                ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ------------
      Net loss per share......................  $   (0.37) $   (0.20) $   (0.27) $   (0.56) $   (0.27) $   (0.03) $    (0.21)
                                                ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ------------
                                                ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ------------
      Weighted average number of common shares
        outstanding...........................      3,684      5,480      9,200     11,639     15,200     13,745      15,666
                                                ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ------------
                                                ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ------------
  Ratio of earnings to fixed charges(2).......     --         --         --         --         --         --           --
 
OTHER DATA:
  Gross profit margin.........................     --              8%        15%        32%        37%        38%         28%
  Net cash provided by (used in) operating
    activities................................  $  (1,219) $  (1,069) $  (2,289) $  (1,224) $     635  $    (564) $   (7,498)
  Net cash used in investing activities.......  $    (245) $    (373) $  (1,744) $  (7,142) $  (3,173) $    (367) $   (8,494)
  Net cash provided by financing activities...  $   1,503  $   2,615  $   3,166  $   8,859  $  16,074  $     378  $    4,219
  EBITDA (loss), as defined herein(3).........  $  (1,161) $    (899) $  (1,397) $     154  $   1,751  $     434  $      197(4)
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       15
<PAGE>
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            AS OF DECEMBER 31,     AS OF MARCH 31,
                                                                           --------------------  --------------------
                                                                             1995       1996       1996       1997
                                                                           ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
                                                                                     (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
  Cash and cash equivalents..............................................  $     824  $  14,360  $     271  $   2,588
  Total assets...........................................................     26,041     62,679     26,404     50,559
  10% Convertible Notes..................................................     --         27,200     --         27,200
  10% Convertible Debenture..............................................     --         --         --          3,800
  Total debt(5)..........................................................     11,669     29,831     11,450     34,593
  Total liabilities......................................................     15,933     55,097     15,707     46,335
  Series A Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock........................      1,129      1,330      1,150      1,351
  Shareholders' equity...................................................      8,979      6,251      9,547      2,873
</TABLE>
    
 
- --------------------------
 
   
(1) The summary historical consolidated financial and other information includes
    the acquisitions of LDN effective March 1, 1994, USC effective June 1, 1995,
    FCLD effective September 1, 1996, and Addtel effective November 1, 1996.
    
 
   
(2) For purposes of calculating the ratio of earnings to fixed charges: (i)
    earnings consist of loss from continuing operations before taxes, plus fixed
    charges excluding capitalized interest and (ii) fixed charges consist of
    interest expensed and capitalized, and the interest portion of rent expense.
    For the years ended December 31, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, and 1996, the
    Company's earnings were insufficient to cover fixed charges by $1,258,000,
    $970,000, $1,819,000, $1,935,000, and $5,382,000 respectively. For the three
    months ended March 31, 1996 and 1997, the Company's earnings were
    insufficient to cover fixed charges by $432,000 and $3,333,000,
    respectively.
    
 
   
(3) Earnings (loss) before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization,
    nonrecurring items, and other income (expense), or "EBITDA" (as defined
    herein), is a commonly used measure of performance in the telecommunications
    industry. As used herein, EBITDA is not intended as either a substitute or
    replacement for operating income (as presented according to generally
    accepted accounting principles ("GAAP")), as a measure of the financial
    results of operations or for cash flows from operations (as presented
    according to GAAP).
    
 
   
(4) A nonrecurring charge of an estimated $522,000 for transmission costs
    associated with lost revenue due to programming errors related to the
    billing software procedures is used in the EBITDA calculation for the three
    months ended March 31, 1997. This estimate is subject to change as the
    Company and its professional advisors continue to investigate the matter
    although management currently believes any change will be immaterial.
    
 
   
(5) Total debt consists of debt (both short- and long-term) and capital lease
    obligations.
    
 
                                       16
<PAGE>
                                  RISK FACTORS
 
    IN ADDITION TO THE OTHER INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS,
PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS SHOULD CAREFULLY CONSIDER THE FOLLOWING RISK FACTORS
RELATING TO THE COMPANY AND THE OFFERED SECURITIES. THESE FACTORS SHOULD BE
CONSIDERED IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE OTHER INFORMATION AND FINANCIAL DATA
APPEARING ELSEWHERE IN THIS PROSPECTUS. CERTAIN STATEMENTS SET FORTH BELOW UNDER
THIS CAPITAL CONSTITUTE FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE
REFORM ACT. SEE "SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS" ON PAGE 4
FOR ADDITIONAL FACTORS RELATING TO SUCH STATEMENTS.
 
LOSSES FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS; LIMITED HISTORY OF OPERATIONS
 
   
    The Company has experienced significant losses from continuing operations
since its inception, with such losses of approximately $1,819,000, $1,935,000
and $5,382,000 for the fiscal years ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996,
respectively. For the three months ended March 31, 1997, the Company had losses
from continuing operations of approximately $3,333,000. The Company expects to
continue to incur losses from continuing operations in the future as it pursues
its plans to make acquisitions and expand its network, customer base and product
offerings. There can be no assurance that such losses will not continue
indefinitely.
    
 
   
    The Company did not enter the retail domestic telecommunications business
until 1994 and has since grown through a series of acquisitions culminating with
the latest acquisition of Addtel, effective November 1, 1996. In addition, the
Company has transformed itself from a switchless reseller to a switch and
transmission facilities based IXC. As a result, prospective investors have
limited historical financial information about the Company's business of
providing domestic long distance telecommunications services upon which to base
an evaluation of the Company's performance and an investment in the Offered
Securities offered hereby. The development of the Company's business and the
expansion of its network, customer base and product offerings will require
significant expenditures. Certain of these expenditures, including marketing,
sales and general and administrative costs, are expensed as incurred while other
expenditures, including goodwill associated with acquisitions, network design
costs and costs to obtain legal and regulatory approval, are deferred and
expensed over a period of time. The Company will continue to incur significant
expenditures in connection with the growth of its business, including expenses
associated with acquisitions, capital costs associated with expanding the
Company's network, and sales, marketing and other expenses associated with
expanding the Company's customer base and product offerings.
    
 
   
    In light of the Company's limited history of operating as a regional IXC,
its history of losses from continuing operations and its expectation that it
will continue to incur significant expenses and such losses for the foreseeable
future, there can be no assurance that the Company will be able to implement its
growth strategy, achieve or sustain profitability or generate sufficient cash
flow to service the Notes and other indebtedness. If the Company is unable to
generate positive cash flow, the Company's ability to make interest payments and
repay the principal amount of the Notes would be adversely effected. See
"BUSINESS--HISTORY" and "MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS."
    
 
SUBSTANTIAL LEVERAGE
 
   
    The Company has not, since its inception, generated earnings adequate to
cover its fixed charges. Semi-annual cash interest payments of $1.6 million will
be due on the Notes and the 10% Debenture each August 15 and February 15 until
August 15, 2006. As of March 31, 1997, the Company's total amount of debt
outstanding was $34.6 million (including the Notes) and the Company had
shareholders' equity of $2.9 million. The amount of debt outstanding includes
approximately $2.06 million principal amount under the Greyrock Facility and
$3.8 million principal amount on the 10% Debenture. The Company expects to incur
additional indebtedness in the future. See "MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS."
    
 
                                       17
<PAGE>
   
    The Company's ratio of debt to total assets has steadily increased in recent
years from 5.5% at December 31, 1994 to 44.8% at December 31, 1995, 47.6% at
December 31, 1996 and 68.4% at March 31, 1997. The majority of these borrowings
were incurred in conjunction with the Company's acquisition program. As of March
31, 1997, the Company had a retained deficit of a negative $19,681,825. The
Company's ability to make scheduled payments on its indebtedness depends on its
financial and operating performance, which is subject to prevailing economic
conditions, and financial, business and other factors, some of which are outside
the Company's control. The failure of the Company to comply with financial and
other restrictive covenants under any existing or future borrowings may result
in an event of default, which, if not cured or waived, could have a material
adverse effect on the Company.
    
 
    In July 1995, the Company borrowed an aggregate of $7.0 million from Norwest
Bank Minnesota ("Norwest") to fund the cash portion of the purchase price of the
USC acquisition. On November 10, 1995 and March 13, 1996, the Company entered
into amendments to its Credit Agreement with Norwest, which, among other things:
(i) amended certain definitions, agreements and covenants relating to operating
cash flow, senior debt service coverage, and prepayments on subordinated debt,
and (ii) waived any breach of financial covenants with respect to senior debt
service coverage and with respect to operating cash flow at September 30, 1995
and December 31, 1995. In connection with obtaining the consent of Norwest to
the sale of the Notes, on July 17, 1996, the Company received a waiver of any
breach with respect to the computation of senior debt service coverage and
operating cash flow as of May 31, 1996 for the preceding six months and paid a
waiver fee of $20,000. The Company repaid all amounts outstanding under the
Norwest Credit Agreement on August 12, 1996 with approximately $7.0 million of
the net proceeds derived from the Original Offering of Notes.
 
    In March, April and June 1996, the Company entered into private placements
whereby it sold an aggregate of $2 million of its 9% Convertible Debentures. The
proceeds derived from these offerings were used for working capital purposes and
to finance the Company's network expansion. The Company redeemed or repurchased
these debentures with proceeds from the Original Offering of Notes.
 
   
    In March 1997, the Company entered into a private placement whereby it sold
$3.8 million principal amount of its 10% Debenture. Approximately $1.5 million
of the $3.2 million net proceeds from the sale were used to reduce outstanding
indebtedness under the Greyrock Facility and the remaining $1.7 million for
working capital.
    
 
   
    Because the Company historically has experienced operating cash flow
deficits, its ability to make cash interest payments on the Notes and to repay
its obligations on the Notes at maturity will be dependent on developing one or
more sources of significant cash flow prior to the date on which cash interest
obligations are due on the Notes. As a result, the Company may seek to (i)
refinance all or a portion of the Notes, (ii) invest in companies or assets that
will provide substantial cash flow or (iii) sell equity through public or
private offerings or to strategic business partners willing to acquire an
interest in the Company or its businesses. There can be no assurance that (i)
the Company will be able to refinance the Notes, (ii) there will be a market for
the debt or equity securities of the Company in the future, or (iii) the Company
will be able to locate and acquire companies or assets that will generate
substantial cash contributions to the Company prior to the time that cash
interest payments will be due on the Notes or prior to maturity of the Notes.
The Company's operating cash flow could be affected by provisions of the
Indenture which restrict the Company and its subsidiaries from incurring certain
indebtedness other than Additional Permitted Indebtedness without triggering an
Incurrence Event when the $2 Minimum Threshold is not met and the Company's Pro
Forma Interest Coverage (as defined herein) is less than 2.0 to 1. The Company
does not currently meet the Pro Forma Interest Coverage test and since October
22, 1996 has not met the $2 Minimum Threshold. The Company does not anticipate
meeting the Pro Forma Interest Coverage test in the forseeable future. There can
be no assurances that the price of the Company's Common Stock will increase to
equal or exceed the $2 Minimum Threshold permitting the Company to incur
additional indebtedness, or that if the price equals or exceeds such threshold,
the price will not again fail to meet such $2 Minimum Threshold. As of March 31,
1997, the Company would have been entitled to incur
    
 
                                       18
<PAGE>
   
approximately $15.5 million of Additional Permitted Indebtedness. There can be
no assurances that the Company will be able to borrow additional amounts even
though the Company is permitted to incur Additional Permitted Indebtedness.
Moreover, should the Company ever be required to repurchase the Notes, there can
be no assurance that the Company will have adequate liquidity to fulfill such
obligations. If the Company failed to pay the repurchase price on the due date
after triggering a Fundamental Change or an Incurrence Event, such failure would
result in an event of default under the Greyrock Facility. The outstanding
principal amount of such indebtedness was approximately $2.06 million as of
March 31, 1997. See "BUSINESS-GREYROCK FACILITY," "MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND
ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS" and "DESCRIPTION OF
NOTES."
    
 
RANKING OF NOTES; HOLDING COMPANY STRUCTURE; DEPENDENCE OF COMPANY ON
  SUBSIDIARIES FOR REPAYMENT OF NOTES
   
    The Notes are senior unsecured obligations of the Company and rank PARI
PASSU in right of payment with all existing and future senior obligations of the
Company and senior in right of payment to any future subordinated obligations of
the Company. Holders of secured obligations of the Company, however, have claims
that are prior to the claims of the holders of the Notes with respect to the
assets securing such obligations. As of March 31, 1997, the total outstanding
consolidated liabilities of the Company and the Company's subsidiaries
(including trade payables) were approximately $19.1 million (exclusive of the
Notes), substantially all of which were liabilities of the Company's
subsidiaries. An aggregate of approximately $3.6 million of the total
outstanding consolidated liabilities of the Company and its subsidiaries on
March 31, 1997 represents secured debt of the Company. The foregoing $19.1
million includes $3.8 million principal amount of indebtedness incurred on the
private placement of the Company's 10% Debenture and approximately $2.06 million
principal amount of indebtedness outstanding under the Greyrock Facility. See
"BUSINESS--GREYROCK FACILITY," "BUSINESS--10% DEBENTURE," and "DESCRIPTION OF
THE NOTES-- RANKING."
    
 
   
    Subject to (i) the repurchase right of the holders upon an Incurrence Event
and (ii) certain limitations on the incurrence of subordinated indebtedness, the
Indenture and the 10% Debenture do not limit the amount of additional
indebtedness that the Company and its subsidiaries can incur, assume or
guarantee. Since October 22, 1996, the Company has been prohibited under the
Indenture from incurring certain indebtedness other than Additional Permitted
Indebtedness until the average price of the Company's Common Stock for the
preceding twenty trading days exceeds $2.00 per share. The Company has also
previously failed to meet this $2 Minimum Threshold. The Company does not
anticipate meeting the Pro Forma Interest test in the forseeable future. See
"MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF
OPERATIONS" and "DESCRIPTION OF NOTES--REPURCHASE AT OPTION OF HOLDER UPON AN
INCURRENCE EVENT."
    
 
    To the extent that either the $2 Minimum Threshold or the Pro Forma Interest
test has been satisfied, the Company and its subsidiaries may incur significant
additional indebtedness in the future in connection with the Company's
acquisition program. Subject to the limitations set forth in "DESCRIPTION OF
NOTES-- CERTAIN COVENANTS--LIMITATION ON LIENS," such indebtedness may be
secured. The Notes are obligations exclusively of the Company and not of its
subsidiaries. All of the operations of the Company are conducted through direct
and indirect subsidiaries. The Company's cash flow and, consequently, its
ability to service debt, including the Notes, is dependent upon the cash flow of
its subsidiaries and the transfer of funds by those subsidiaries to the Company
in the form of loans or otherwise. The subsidiaries are separate and distinct
legal entities and have no obligation, contingent or otherwise, to pay any
amounts due pursuant to the Notes or to make funds available therefor, whether
in the form of loans or otherwise. In addition, the payment of dividends and the
making of loans and advances to the Company by the subsidiaries may be subject
to statutory, contractual or other restrictions, are dependent upon the earnings
of those subsidiaries and are subject to various business considerations. Any
right of the Company to receive assets of any of its subsidiaries upon their
liquidation or reorganization (and consequent right of the holders of the Notes
 
                                       19
<PAGE>
to participate in those assets) are structurally subordinated to claims of that
subsidiary's creditors (including trade creditors).
 
   
    Because the Company is a holding company that conducts its business through
its subsidiaries, all existing and future indebtedness and other liabilities and
commitments of the Company's subsidiaries, including trade payables, will be
effectively senior to the Notes. As of March 31, 1997, the Company's
consolidated subsidiaries had aggregate liabilities of approximately $46.3
million.
    
 
AVAILABILITY OF GROWTH OPPORTUNITIES
 
   
    The Company has in the past made certain acquisitions and contemplates
making additional acquisitions in connection with implementing its business
strategy. Execution of the Company's business strategy will involve locating
businesses meeting the Company's acquisition criteria, negotiating commercially
reasonable terms therefor and integrating those businesses with operations of
the Company following acquisition. The Company can be expected to seek to
acquire additional customers in its existing markets and in adjacent or related
markets. However, depending upon the circumstances and the evolution of the
telecommunications market, the Company may make acquisitions in geographic areas
or markets outside of the Company's historical focus on suburban, secondary and
rural markets in the west, southwest and south central United States. The
Company has made and may make in the future acquisitions for cash, debt
securities, equity securities (including the Company's Common Stock), or
combinations thereof. The Company's ability to effect such acquisitions may be
limited by availability of funds and by virtue of the covenants set forth in the
Indenture, including covenants specifically described in "BUSINESS--GREYROCK
FACILITY", "BUSINESS--10% DEBENTURE," "DESCRIPTION OF NOTES--CERTAIN
COVENANTS--LIMITATION ON ACQUISITIONS" and "--REPURCHASE AT OPTION OF HOLDER
UPON AN INCURRENCE EVENT." There can be no assurance that the Company will be
able to locate a sufficient number of acquisition targets, that once located,
the Company will be able to acquire such entities on a commercially reasonable
basis or that upon acquisition the Company will be able to successfully
integrate the acquired entity's operations with its own. The issuance of equity
to effect or finance such acquisitions would have the effect of reducing the
percentage ownership of the Company held by each pre-acquisition stockholder,
including purchasers of the Conversion Shares or the Shares or holders of the
Notes who have exercised their right of conversion into the Company's Common
Stock, and the incurrence of indebtedness in connection with such acquisitions
could adversely affect the liquidity, results of operations and financial
condition of the Company. See "BUSINESS--BUSINESS STRATEGY."
    
 
ACQUISITION INTEGRATION; MANAGEMENT OF GROWTH
 
   
    As a result of implementing its strategy of growth through acquisitions of
regional telecommunications companies, a substantial portion of the Company's
growth in recent years has resulted, and in the future is anticipated to result,
from acquisitions, which involve certain significant operational and financial
risks. Operational risks include the possibility that an acquisition may not
ultimately or timely provide the benefits originally anticipated by management,
while resulting in operating expenses relating to the acquired business.
Financial risks involve the incurrence of indebtedness and the subsequent need
to service such indebtedness or the utilization of cash or other assets to
consummate the acquisition. There can be no assurance that the Company will be
able to accomplish such integration with the Company's operations as planned, or
that the efficiencies and growth opportunities anticipated as a result of the
combination of the Company and the acquired entities will ever materialize. See
"BUSINESS--BUSINESS STRATEGY."
    
 
    The Company has experienced rapid growth in the number of its employees and
the scope of its operations. This growth has resulted in an increased level of
responsibility for both existing and new management personnel. To manage its
growth effectively, the Company will be required to implement and improve its
operating and financial systems and controls and to expand, train and manage its
employee base. As a result, the Company will be dependent upon its management to
manage both the day-to-day
 
                                       20
<PAGE>
   
operations of the Company as well as any acquisitions the Company may make.
There can be no assurance that the management, systems and controls currently in
place or any steps taken to improve such management, systems or controls will be
adequate for the Company's needs. See "BUSINESS--BUSINESS STRATEGY."
    
 
HIGHLY COMPETITIVE INDUSTRY
 
   
    The telecommunications industry is highly competitive. In addition, as a
result of changing economic and regulatory conditions, both the number and type
of competitors participating in the telecommunications business are expected to
change rapidly in the near future. Many of the Company's actual competitors
(such as AT&T, MCI, Sprint, WorldCom, and others) and potential competitors
(such as RBOCs, electric and gas utilities, cable television providers, large
data processing companies and others) have financial, personnel and other
resources substantially greater than those possessed by the Company. Many of
these entities have or can be expected to acquire telecommunications networks
having greater geographic scope than the Company's network. The continuing trend
toward consolidation and strategic alliances in the telecommunications industry,
together with recent and anticipated regulatory changes could give rise to
significant new competitors to the Company.
    
 
    The Telecommunications Act of 1996 (the "1996 Act") is expected to result in
the entry of new competitors, including some or all of the RBOCs, into the
domestic long distance market. It is not clear whether the RBOCs will build
their own national networks, lease facilities from others or acquire smaller
domestic long distance service providers. To the extent that the RBOCs enter the
domestic long distance market by acquiring other IXCs, the domestic long
distance service industry can be expected to consolidate, resulting in increased
competition for the Company from a relatively small number of very large,
nationwide providers. No assurance can be given that the Company will be able to
compete effectively with the RBOCs or other owners of nationwide long distance
networks. See "OVERVIEW OF TELECOMMUNICATIONS INDUSTRY--INDUSTRY
BACKGROUND--TELECOMMUNICATIONS ACT OF 1996" and "BUSINESS--COMPETITION."
 
    The Company believes that customer attrition is common in the long distance
and operator services industries. Although the Company has not experienced
significant attrition in its various businesses, the Company's historical levels
of customer attrition may not be indicative of future attrition levels, and
there can be no assurance that any steps taken by the Company to counter
increased customer attrition would accomplish the Company's objectives. See
"OVERVIEW OF TELECOMMUNICATIONS INDUSTRY," "BUSINESS--MARKETING AND SALES,"
"BUSINESS--COMPETITION" and "BUSINESS--GOVERNMENT REGULATION."
 
REGULATORY AND LEGISLATIVE UNCERTAINTY
 
   
    The Company is currently subject to federal and state government regulations
relating to its long distance telephone service and local exchange service. The
Company's activities are regulated by the FCC and the PUCs of the various states
in which the Company operates. FCC regulatory actions have had, and are expected
to continue to have, both positive and negative effects on the Company. The
Company's international service is also regulated by the FCC and is further
regulated by jurisdictions in which the Company services foreign customers.
Regulatory actions by applicable authorities have had both positive and negative
effects on the Company's international service and can be expected to continue
to do so.
    
 
   
    The Company is regulated at the federal level by the FCC and is currently
required to maintain domestic and international tariffs for its services
containing the rates, terms and conditions of service. The recent FCC order, not
requiring maintenance of domestic tariffs at the federal level, has been stayed
by court action. The Company is required to maintain a certificate, issued by
the FCC, in connection with its international services. The intrastate
telecommunications operations of the Company are also subject to various state
laws and regulations, including prior certification, notification or
registration requirements. The Company generally must obtain and maintain
certificates of public convenience and necessity from regulatory authorities in
those states in which it offers service. In most of these jurisdictions, the
Company
    
 
                                       21
<PAGE>
must file and obtain prior regulatory approval of tariffs for intrastate
services. In addition, the Company must update or amend its tariffs and, in some
cases, the certificates of public convenience and necessity when rates are
adjusted or new products are added to the long distance service offered by the
Company. Any failure to maintain proper certification or tariffing could have a
material adverse effect on the Company's results of operations and could result
in the Company losing the ability to conduct business in one or more
jurisdictions. The FCC, the numerous state agencies and foreign governments
impose prior approval requirements on transfers of control and assignments of
regulatory authorizations. There can be no assurance that the FCC or any other
regulatory authority will not raise material issues with regard to the Company's
compliance with applicable regulations or that regulatory authorities will not
have a material adverse effect on the Company. See "BUSINESS--GOVERNMENT
REGULATION."
 
   
    The 1996 Act is designed to increase competition in the domestic
telecommunications market by removing barriers previously imposed on providers
desiring to enter the local access service market. The 1996 Act also removes
restrictions to permit the RBOCs and GTE operating companies to provide long
distance service and engage in the manufacturing of telecommunications
equipment. As a result of the 1996 Act, the Company is likely to face
competition from RBOCs seeking to provide out-of-market services within the
portions of the west, southwest and south central United States in which the
Company operates. Depending on the exact nature and timing of entry by U.S.
West, Southwestern Bell and other LECs into the in-region long distance market,
competition from those companies could have a material adverse effect upon the
Company's results of operations. Southwestern Bell (Texas, Oklahoma, Kansas and
Arkansas), U.S. West Communications (New Mexico, Colorado and Arizona), Pacific
Telesis Group (California) and Bell South (Louisiana) are the principal RBOCs
serving the states in the Company's geographic area. Operating subsidiaries of
GTE also provide local exchange services in portions of Texas, New Mexico and
Arkansas. It can be anticipated that some or all of these RBOCs will establish
transmission facilities competitive with those of the Company, to the extent
that they have not already done so in connection with other business activities
(such as cellular telephone services). Other RBOCs may seek to enter
out-of-region markets by entering into business relationships or acquiring IXCs
such as the Company. In addition, although the 1996 Act provides for certain
safeguards to protect against anti-competitive abuse by the RBOCs, it is unknown
whether these safeguards will provide adequate protection and the impact of
anti-competitive conduct on the Company, if such conduct occurs, is necessarily
uncertain.
    
 
    The 1996 Act also addresses a wide range of other telecommunications issues,
some of which will potentially impact the Company's operations, including the
payment of surcharges for dial around calls, the payment of universal service
support discounts on long distance rates charged to hospitals, schools and
libraries; the elimination of equal access for all wireless telephones; a sunset
provision pertaining to when safeguards designed to prevent the RBOCs from
capitalizing on their local exchange monopolies will cease to apply; provisions
pertaining to regulatory forbearance by the FCC; the imposition of liability for
the unauthorized switching of customers' long distance carriers; the creation of
new opportunities for competitive local service providers; and requirements
pertaining to the treatment and confidentiality of subscriber network
information. It is unknown at this time what impact such legislation and any
proposed or final regulations promulgated pursuant to such legislation will have
on the Company, if any. See "OVERVIEW OF TELECOMMUNICATIONS INDUSTRY--INDUSTRY
BACKGROUND--TELECOMMUNICATIONS ACT OF 1996."
 
   
    In addition to the 1996 Act, a variety of other regulatory approaches are
being considered by state and federal authorities with regard to deregulating
local access services. CLECs have installed local networks in many parts of the
country, primarily large urban areas, that allow subscribers to route their long
distance traffic directly to a designated IXC, thereby bypassing the LEC. In
certain instances, the LECs have been afforded a degree of pricing flexibility
in differentiating among markets and carriers in setting access charges and
other rates in areas where adequate competition has emerged. CLECs, which exist
in an expanding number of the Company's markets, are currently providing more
competitive access and termination charges to IXCs than LECs. A substantial
majority of the Company's customers are currently
    
 
                                       22
<PAGE>
   
concentrated outside of markets served by CLECs. As LECs become free to set
rates and to discriminate between customers, the ability of IXCs which are
larger than the Company to obtain volume discounts for access and termination
charges could adversely affect the Company by reducing the operating costs of
its larger competitors relative to those of the Company. In particular, it is
expected that the largest players in the long distance market, such as AT&T,
MCI, Sprint and WorldCom will be able to guarantee substantially larger volumes
to LECs than will the Company. As deregulation of the local exchange market
occurs, LECs may be willing to grant large IXCs significant discounts in return
for guarantees of volume. There can be no assurance that the Company will be
able to obtain similar discounts.
    
 
   
    The FCC has adopted rules requiring the expansion of the Carrier
Identification Code (CIC) from the sequence "10XXX" to "101XXXX" on or before
January 1, 1998. The CIC can be used to "dial around" the long distance carrier
presubscribed to a particular line. To the extent the Company's customers use
the CIC to gain access to the Company's services, the CIC expansion could result
in increased marketing expenditures to reeducate customers and could result in
lost revenues due to customer confusion.
    
 
   
    An issue under consideration by the FCC which is of potential significance
to the Company is that of "Billed Party Preference," or BPP. This term refers to
a concept in which any long distance call outside the local telephone company's
calling area carried from a publicly available telephone would be completed over
the long distance carrier network of the billed party's previously expressed
preference. If such a system were implemented successfully, the market niche of
operator services, such as that of the Company, would be rendered ineffectual,
because an owner of publicly available telephones would be unable to direct
operator assisted calls over the network of such owner's desired carrier. The
Company derives revenues from such "payphone" business wherein the Company is
the desired carrier of the pay telephone owner. Under the 1996 Act, LECs are
required to implement local number portability in the 100 largest Metropolitan
Statistical Areas (MSA) between October 1, 1997 and December 31, 1998. Because
the technology necessary to implement local number portability is similar to
that proposed for implementation of BPP, the FCC has indicated that it considers
the incremental investment necessary to implement BPP after the commencement of
local number portability to be insignificant. Therefore, the Company believes
that if BPP is ever required, it is not likely to be implemented until some
point after December 31, 1998. As an interim measure, the FCC has proposed to
require operator service providers to verbally disclose the applicable charges
to consumers before connecting a call if they charge rates greater than certain
benchmarks. The FCC has ordered all long distance companies, including the
Company, to pay per call compensation to pay phone owners for calls initiated by
800 numbers or access codes rather than by the depositing of coins.
    
 
TECHNOLOGICAL CHANGE AND NEW SERVICES
 
    The telecommunications industry has been characterized by rapid
technological change, frequent new service introductions and evolving industry
standards. The Company believes that its future success will depend on its
ability to anticipate such changes and to offer market responsive services that
meet these evolving industry standards on a timely basis. The effect of
technological change upon the Company's business cannot be predicted and there
can be no assurance that the Company will have sufficient resources to make the
investments necessary to acquire new technology or to introduce new services to
satisfy an expanded range of customer needs. See "BUSINESS--BUSINESS STRATEGY."
 
RISKS RELATING TO DEVELOPMENT OF A LONG DISTANCE NETWORK
 
    The Company's business strategy includes the continued development of its
long distance network. In connection with such development, the Company expects
to acquire or lease additional switching equipment and dedicated transmission
lines. There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to continue
developing its network, or, if it does so develop its network, that such
development will be beneficial to the Company. In acquiring or leasing the
switching equipment and dedicated transmission
 
                                       23
<PAGE>
lines needed to develop a long distance network, the Company may incur
indebtedness or utilize substantial portions of its cash. In addition, in
acquiring such equipment and lines, the Company will incur additional fixed
operating costs. There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to
profitably utilize additional equipment or transmission lines. The Company's
success will depend, in part, on its ability to manage the continued expansion
of its long distance network. See "MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS" and "BUSINESS--BUSINESS
STRATEGY."
 
SIGNIFICANT WHOLESALE CUSTOMER
 
   
    As a result of the acquisition of Addtel, the Company presently derives a
significant portion of its revenue from the provision of wholesale long distance
services to Star Telecommunications, Inc. ("Star"). Although the Company
believes its relationship with Star is good, there can be no assurance that the
relationship will continue as presently in effect. Any termination or
significant disruption of the Company's relationship with Star would have a
material adverse effect on the Company's gross revenues. In addition, a
deterioration in the financial condition of Star could possibly expose the
Company to possibly large accounts receivable write-offs which would adversely
effect the Company's financial condition and results of operations. The Company
currently plans on phasing out the wholesale business obtained in the Addtel
acquisition by the end of the third quarter of 1997. Management of the Company
believes that this segment of the business is substantially less profitable than
the retail business and bears a higher credit risk. Addtel's wholesale revenues
for the quarter ended March 31, 1997 were $3,189,070.
    
 
CAPITAL INTENSIVE INDUSTRY; INCREASED EXPENDITURES FOR ANTICIPATED EXPANSION
 
    The Company operates in a capital intensive industry and will require
substantial funds to expand its transmission network and to offset the increased
costs associated with anticipated expansion in the Company's marketing and
promotional efforts and the corresponding growth of its business. The expansion
and growth of the Company's business depends substantially on the ability of the
Company to secure sufficient capital resources to finance its capital
expenditures. There can be no assurance, however, that such financing will be
available or, if available, will be on terms satisfactory to the Company. In
addition, implementation of the Company's expansion strategy may be limited by
restrictions in the Indenture on the Company's ability to effect certain
acquisitions and incur certain indebtedness and certain liens. See "MANAGEMENT'S
DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS,"
"DESCRIPTION OF NOTES--CERTAIN COVENANTS--LIMITATIONS ON ACQUISITIONS,"
"--LIMITATION ON LIENS" and "--REPURCHASE AT OPTION OF HOLDER UPON AN INCURRENCE
EVENT." To the extent that the Company is unable to increase network capacity to
meet the anticipated growth in demand for the Company's long distance telephone
service, or to maintain product quality and customer service standards while
experiencing such growth, the Company may experience higher levels of customer
attrition resulting in a loss of anticipated revenues. In addition, due to the
increases in the Company's overhead and operating expenses resulting from the
anticipated expansion of its business, the Company's operating results may be
adversely affected if revenues do not increase to the extent necessary to offset
such increased costs. See "MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS--LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES" and
"BUSINESS--BUSINESS STRATEGY."
 
DEPENDENCE ON THIRD-PARTY TRANSMISSION LINES AND CIRCUITS
 
    A significant factor in the future profitability of the Company is its
ability to transmit its customers' long distance telephone calls over
transmission facilities leased from others on a cost effective basis. The
Company leases substantially all of its transmission lines and circuits from
third parties. The Company's local and long distance telephone business is
dependent upon lease arrangements, both long-term and short-term, with others.
In addition, the Company's operator services, "800/888" service and
international business are also dependent to some extent upon contractual
arrangements with third parties.
 
                                       24
<PAGE>
    During the quarter ended September 30, 1996 and a majority of the fourth
quarter ended December 31, 1996, the Company experienced delays in obtaining
circuits in New Mexico and, to a lesser extent, Arizona and Colorado. This delay
adversely impacted the Company's gross margins and related profitability. The
Company may in the future experience difficulties in obtaining circuits as the
demand for circuits increases. These circuits, which must be obtained from the
local RBOC, CLEC or a competitive access provider, enable the Company's network
to operate at optimum efficiency by increasing the number of calls originating
and terminating on its network. Should the lack of available circuits recur,
this condition will have a negative impact on gross profit margin and related
profitability because the Company will be forced to terminate calls off its
network at a higher cost than if terminated on its network. See "MANAGEMENT'S
DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS." The
Company presently believes it has ample access to lines and circuits as well as
additional facilities and services needed to conduct its business. This ongoing
availability cannot be assured. See "BUSINESS--THE COMPANY'S NETWORK."
 
SERVICE INTERRUPTIONS; EQUIPMENT FAILURES
 
    The Company's business requires transmission and switching facilities and
other equipment to be operational 24 hours per day, 365 days per year. Long
distance telephone companies, including the Company, have on occasion
experienced and may in the future experience temporary service interruptions or
equipment failures, in some cases resulting from causes beyond their control,
including power failures, fires, floods or other natural disasters at switching
facilities, failures caused by unanticipated hardware or software defects, work
stoppages or other personnel related problems. Any such event experienced by the
Company would impair the Company's ability to service customers and could have a
material adverse effect on the Company's business. See "BUSINESS--THE COMPANY'S
NETWORK."
 
HOLIDAY AND SEASONAL VARIATIONS IN REVENUES
 
    The Company's revenues, and thus its potential earnings, are affected by
holiday and seasonal variations. A substantial portion of the Company's revenues
are generated by direct dial domestic long distance commercial customers, and,
accordingly, the Company experiences decreases in revenues around national
holidays when the number of business days is reduced and the commercial
customers reduce their usage. In addition, operator services revenues from pay
telephone usage declines during the fall and winter months. Additional factors
causing pay telephone usage declines are inclement weather, schools being in
session, and the lack of vacation travel. Consequently, the Company's fourth
fiscal quarter ending December 31, which includes the Thanksgiving, Hanukkah,
Christmas and New Year's Eve holidays and the Company's first fiscal quarter
ending March 31, historically have been its slowest revenue periods of the
Company's fiscal year. The Company's fixed operating expenses, however, do not
decrease during these quarters. Accordingly, the Company will likely continue to
experience lower revenues and earnings in its first and fourth fiscal quarters
when compared with other fiscal quarters.
 
DEPENDENCE ON KEY PERSONNEL
 
    The Company believes that its success depends, to a significant extent, on
the efforts and abilities of its senior management. In particular, the loss of
Jack W. Matz, Jr., the Company's Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, or Paul
R. Miller, the Company's President and Chief Operating Officer, could have a
material adverse effect on the Company. In addition, the Company believes that
its success will depend in large part upon its ability to attract, retain and
motivate skilled employees and other senior management personnel. Although the
Company expects to continue to attract sufficient numbers of such persons for
the foreseeable future, there can be no assurance that the Company will be able
to do so. In addition, because the Company may acquire one or more businesses in
the future, the Company's success will be in part dependent upon its ability to
retain and integrate into its own operations personnel from acquired entities
 
                                       25
<PAGE>
who are necessary to the continued success or successful integration of the
acquired business. See "MANAGEMENT."
 
LIMITATIONS ON REPURCHASE UPON A FUNDAMENTAL CHANGE OR AN INCURRENCE EVENT
    Upon a Fundamental Change or an Incurrence Event, each holder of the Notes
has the right, at the holder's option, to require the Company to repurchase all
or a portion of such holder's Notes at a purchase price equal to 100% of the
principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of
repurchase. In order to exercise such repurchase right, the holder must
surrender irrevocable written notice to the Company and the Trustee of the
holder's exercise of such right together with the Notes (if such Notes are
represented by a Global Note, by book-entry transfer to the conversion agent
through the facilities of the Depository Trust Company) with respect to which
the right is being exercised, duly endorsed for transfer to the Company. The
submission of such notice together with such Notes pursuant to the exercise of a
repurchase right is irrevocable on the part of the holder (unless the Company
fails to repurchase the Notes on the date specified by the Company for such
repurchase) and the right to convert the Notes expires upon such submission.
 
   
    A merger of the Company pursuant to which the Company is not the surviving
corporation or the sale of substantially all of the assets of the Company, both
of which are included within the definition of a "Fundamental Change," as well
as the incurrence of additional indebtedness could result in an event of default
under certain existing indebtedness of the Company if the holder of such
indebtedness does not consent in advance to such actions. Such indebtedness
would include the Greyrock Facility, the outstanding principal amount of which
was approximately $2.06 million on March 31, 1997, and the Company's
subsidiary's capital leases with Telecommunications Finance Group, the
outstanding principal amount of which was approximately $1.88 million on March
31, 1997. The Company is not prohibited from incurring additional indebtedness
outside the ordinary course of business under the terms of the Greyrock Facility
unless such incurrence would have a material adverse effect on the Company or on
the prospect of the repayment of all obligations under the Greyrock Facility. If
the Company failed to pay the repurchase price on the due date after triggering
a Fundamental Change or an Incurrence Event, such failure would result in an
event of default under the Greyrock Facility. See "BUSINESS--GREYROCK FACILITY"
and "MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF
OPERATIONS." The Company's ability to repurchase the Notes upon a Fundamental
Change or an Incurrence Event may also be limited by the terms of the Company's
future indebtedness. Each of the terms "Fundamental Change" and "Incurrence
Event" is limited to certain specified transactions and may not include other
events that may adversely affect the financial condition of the Company, nor
would the requirement that the Company offer to repurchase the Notes upon a
Fundamental Change or an Incurrence Event necessarily afford the holders of the
Notes protection in the event of a highly leveraged transaction, reorganization,
merger or similar transaction involving the Company. There can be no assurance
that the Company would have sufficient funds to pay the repurchase price for the
Notes tendered by the holders thereof. The Company's failure to purchase
tendered Notes would constitute an Event of Default under the Indenture, which
could, in turn, constitute a default under the terms of the Greyrock Facility
and other indebtedness that the Company may enter into from time to time. See
"DESCRIPTION OF NOTES."
    
 
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
 
    The sale of a substantial number of shares of the Company's Common Stock in
the public market could adversely affect the market price of the Common Stock
and the Notes. Certain persons have and will have the right to sell a
substantial number of shares publicly. See "MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS--LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL
RESOURCES," "MANAGEMENT," "SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS AND
MANAGEMENT," "TRANSACTIONS WITH RELATED PARTIES" and "DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL
STOCK--REGISTRATION RIGHTS."
 
                                       26
<PAGE>
ABSENCE OF A PUBLIC MARKET FOR THE NOTES; POSSIBLE VOLATILITY OF NOTE AND COMMON
  STOCK PRICES
 
    Prior to the resale of the Notes pursuant to this Prospectus, each of the
Notes was eligible for trading in the PORTAL market by eligible investors. Notes
sold pursuant to this Prospectus will no longer be eligible for trading in the
PORTAL market. Furthermore, the Company does not currently intend to list the
Notes resold pursuant to this Prospectus on any securities exchange or to seek
approval for quotation through any automated quotation system. Although the
Initial Purchasers currently make a market in the Notes, they are not obligated
to do so and any such market making may be discontinued at any time without
notice. Accordingly, there can be no assurance as to the development or
liquidity of any market for the Notes resold pursuant to this Prospectus.
 
    Notes can trade at various prices depending upon many factors, including
prevailing interest rates, the Company's operating results and the markets for
similar securities. Historically, the market for non-investment grade debt has
been subject to disruptions that have caused substantial volatility in the
prices of securities similar to the Notes. There can be no assurance that the
market for the Notes will not be subject to similar disruptions. The liquidity
of, and trading market for, the Notes may also be materially and adversely
affected by the declines in the market for debt securities generally. Such a
decline may materially and adversely affect such liquidity and trading
independent of the financial performance of, and prospects for, the Company.
 
   
    The market price of the shares of the Company's Common Stock has varied
significantly and may be volatile depending on news announcements or changes in
general market conditions. In particular, news announcements regarding quarterly
results of operations, competitive developments, litigation or governmental
regulatory actions impacting the Company may adversely affect the Company's
Common Stock price. In addition, because the number of shares of Common Stock
held by the public is relatively small, the sale of substantial number of shares
of the Common Stock in a short period of time could adversely affect the market
price of the Common Stock. Furthermore, the Commission and the Nasdaq Stock
Market are considering the implementation of significant new maintenance rules
applicable to the SmallCap Market. To the extent the Company does not continue
to meet the maintenance requirements of the SmallCap Market, the Company's
Common Stock could be delisted therefrom potentially adversely affecting the
liquidity and/or market price of such shares. See "--SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE
SALE," "MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS
OF OPERATIONS--LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES," "MANAGEMENT," "SECURITY
OWNERSHIP OF PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS AND MANAGEMENT," "TRANSACTIONS WITH RELATED
PARTIES," "DESCRIPTION OF NOTES" and "DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK--REGISTRATION
RIGHTS."
    
 
FRAUDULENT CONVEYANCE CONSIDERATIONS
 
    Approximately $9.1 million of the net proceeds of the Original Offering of
the Notes was used by the Company to repay and redeem certain indebtedness.
Under applicable provisions of federal bankruptcy law and state fraudulent
transfer or conveyance laws, if: (i) the Notes were issued by the Company with
the intent to hinder, delay or defraud any present or future creditor of the
Company or the Company contemplated insolvency with a design to prefer one or
more creditors to the exclusion in whole or in part of others; or (ii) at the
time the Notes were issued, the Company received less than reasonably equivalent
value or fair consideration, and (a) was insolvent or rendered insolvent by
reason of such incurrence, (b) was engaged in a business or transaction for
which the remaining assets of the Company constituted unreasonably small capital
or (c) intended to incur, or believed that it would incur, debts beyond its
ability to pay such debts as they mature, the obligations of the Company under
the Notes could be avoided, or claims in respect of the Notes could be
subordinated to all existing and future debts of the Company. Although the
Company believes that at the time of the issuance of the Notes the Company was
not insolvent under any of the foregoing tests, that the Company has sufficient
capital to carry on its business and that the Company will be able to pay its
respective debts as they mature, there can be no assurance
 
                                       27
<PAGE>
that a court passing on such question would agree. See "SELECTED HISTORICAL AND
PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER OPERATING INFORMATION."
 
   
    In rendering their opinion on the validity of the Offered Securities, Arter
& Hadden, counsel for the Company, has expressed no opinion as to federal or
state laws relating to fraudulent transfers or conveyances.
    
 
ANTI-TAKEOVER EFFECTS OF CERTAIN INSTRUMENTS; UNISSUED PREFERRED STOCK AND
  DELAWARE LAW
    In addition to provisions of the Notes giving rise to repurchase obligations
by the Company in the event of a Fundamental Change, certain provisions of the
Company's Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws, stock option plans, Delaware
law, employment agreements and severance agreements with certain officers of the
Company may have an anti-takeover effect. Such provisions may delay, defer or
prevent a tender offer or takeover attempt that a stockholder might consider to
be in the stockholder's best interest, including attempts that might result in a
premium over the market price for the shares held by stockholders. See
"MANAGEMENT--1994 EMPLOYEE STOCK OPTION PLAN," "MANAGEMENT--EMPLOYMENT
AGREEMENTS AND CHANGE-IN-CONTROL AGREEMENTS," "DESCRIPTION OF NOTES--REPURCHASE
AT OPTION OF HOLDERS UPON AND A FUNDAMENTAL CHANGE," "DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL
STOCK--ANTITAKEOVER PROVISIONS" and "DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK--SEVERANCE
AGREEMENTS."
 
   
    On August 3, 1995, the Company amended its Certificate of Incorporation and
Bylaws to provide for a classified Board of Directors, consisting of three
classes. After the transition period, each class of Directors will serve for
three years with one class being elected each year. Currently, four members of
the Board of Directors have been elected to serve for a term expiring at the
1999 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, and four directors were classified to serve
for extended terms expiring at each of the 1997 and 1998 Annual Meetings of
Stockholders, respectively. Classification of the Board of Directors makes it
more difficult and time consuming for the stockholders to change the overall
composition of the Board, in that at least two stockholders' meetings will be
required to effect a change in a majority of the Board of Directors.
    
 
    In addition to shares of the Series A Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock
(the "Series A Stock") outstanding, 14,750,000 additional shares of Preferred
Stock may be issued by the Company in the future without stockholder approval
and upon such terms as the Board of Directors may determine. The rights of the
holders of the Common Stock will be subject to, and may be adversely affected
by, the rights of holders of any Preferred Stock that may be issued in the
future. The issuance of Preferred Stock, while providing flexibility in
connection with possible acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could have
the effect of making it more difficult for a third party to acquire or
discourage a third party from acquiring, a majority of the outstanding stock of
the Company and potentially reduce the likelihood that stockholders would
receive a premium to the market value of their shares in any acquisition
transaction. See "DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK."
 
   
    On October 30, 1996, the Board of Directors of the Company created a
Takeover Defense Committee of the Board to recommend to the Board whether it is
advisable and in the best interest of the Company and its stockholders to
implement any provisions to the Company's Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws
to prevent a hostile takeover of the Company, and if so, the various
alternatives that such Committee would recommend to the Board. As of the date
hereof, the Committee has not completed its report and has made no
recommendation to the Board. However, the Committee met on March 12, 1997 and
resolved to proceed with the consideration and adoption of a rights plan.
    
 
CONCENTRATION OF STOCK OWNERSHIP
 
   
    As of May 1, 1997, the directors and executive officers of the Company
beneficially owned approximately 38.5% of the Company's Common Stock. See
"SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS AND MANAGEMENT" and "DESCRIPTION
OF CAPITAL STOCK--REGISTRATION RIGHTS." The Company's Chairman and Chief
Executive Officer, Jack W. Matz, Jr., beneficially owned approximately 21.4% of
the Common Stock as of
    
 
                                       28
<PAGE>
   
May 1, 1997. See "DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK--ANTI-TAKEOVER PROVISIONS--VOTING
AGREEMENTS" for a description of the voting agreements and voting trusts
applicable to certain of such shares of Common Stock. As a result, these persons
will be able to exercise significant influence over all matters requiring
stockholder approval, including the ability to elect a majority of the Company's
Board of Directors and to approve of significant corporate transactions. Such
concentration of ownership may also have the effect of delaying or preventing a
change in control of the Company.
    
 
                                USE OF PROCEEDS
 
    The Notes and the Conversion Shares being offered hereby are for the account
of the Selling Noteholders and the Shares being offered hereby are for the
account of the Selling Stockholders. Accordingly, the Company will not receive
any of the proceeds from the sale of the Notes, the Conversion Shares or the
Shares offered hereby except for an aggregate of $1,351,250 arising from the
exercise of the Finder's Warrants. These proceeds will be used by the Company
for general corporate purposes. See "SELLING NOTEHOLDERS AND SELLING
STOCKHOLDERS."
 
                  SELLING NOTEHOLDERS AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS
 
SELLING NOTEHOLDERS
 
   
    The Notes were originally issued and sold by the Company in the Original
Offering to the Initial Purchasers in transactions exempt from the registration
requirements of the Securities Act and simultaneously resold by the Initial
Purchasers in the United States to persons reasonably believed by such Initial
Purchasers to be "qualified institution buyers" (as defined in Rule 144A of the
Securities Act) or to institutional "accredited investors" (as defined in Rule
501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act). These purchasers or their
transferees, pledgees, donees or successors constitute the Selling Noteholders
and may from time to time offer and sell pursuant to this Prospectus any or all
of the Notes or the Conversion Shares issuable upon conversion of the Notes.
    
 
                                       29
<PAGE>
   
    The following table sets forth the name of each Selling Noteholder known to
the Company as of the date of this Prospectus and the principal amount of the
Notes that may be resold by each hereunder. None of the Selling Noteholders
listed below has, as of the date information is provided, converted any of his,
her or its Notes into Conversion Shares. See "DESCRIPTION OF NOTES--CONVERSION
RIGHTS." The amount of Notes that may be actually sold by each of the Selling
Noteholders will be determined by each Selling Noteholder, and may depend upon a
number of factors, including, among other things, the market price of the Common
Stock. Because each of the Selling Noteholders may offer all, some or none of
the Notes that each holds, and because the offering contemplated by this
Prospectus is currently not being underwritten, no estimate can be given as to
the number of Notes that will be held by each of the Selling Noteholders upon
termination of this offering. See "PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION." Except as set forth to
the contrary below, the table sets forth information as of May 21, 1997
concerning beneficial ownership of the Notes and each of the Selling
Noteholders. All information concerning beneficial ownership has been furnished
by the Selling Noteholders.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF NOTES
                                                                          OWNED BEFORE OFFERING       PRINCIPAL AMOUNT
                                                                      -----------------------------   OF NOTES OFFERED
           NAME OF SELLING NOTEHOLDER                                      AMOUNT       PERCENT(1)    IN THE OFFERING
           ---------------------------------------------------------  ----------------  -----------  ------------------
<S>        <C>                                                        <C>               <C>          <C>
 1.        Northstar High Total Return Fund(2)......................  $   8,500,000(3)      31.3%      $    8,500,000
 2.        Northstar Balance Sheet Opportunities(2).................      2,000,000(3)       7.4            2,000,000
 3.        T.D. Partners, L.P.(2)...................................      1,000,000(3)       3.7            1,000,000
 4.        Northstar Multi-Sector Bond Fund(2)......................        125,000(3)       *                125,000
 5.        Northstar High Yield Bond Fund(2)........................        125,000(3)       *                125,000
 6.        Susquehanna Capital Group................................      1,000,000(3)       3.7            1,000,000
 7.        Tradewind Fund I, L.P....................................      1,000,000(3)       3.7            1,000,000
 8.        Paloma Securities LLC(4).................................         400,000         1.5              400,000
 9.        Linnfield Investments L.P................................         500,000         1.8              500,000
                                                                      ----------------  -----------  ------------------
           TOTAL....................................................  $   14,650,000        53.8%      $   14,650,000
                                                                      ----------------  -----------  ------------------
                                                                      ----------------  -----------  ------------------
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
 
   
 *  Represents less than one percent.
    
 
   
(1) Percentage indicated is based upon an aggregate of $27,200,000 principal
    amount of the Notes outstanding on May 21, 1997.
    
 
   
(2) Northstar Investment Management Corporation ("Northstar Investment") serves
    as an investment adviser to each of (i) Northstar High Total Return Fund,
    (ii) Northstar Balance Sheet Opportunities, (iii) T.D. Partners, L.P., (iv)
    Northstar Multi-Sector Bond Fund and (v) Northstar High Yield Bond Fund.
    Thomas Ole Dial, a former member of the Board of Directors of the Company,
    serves as the Executive Vice President and Investment Manager of Northstar
    Investment. Northstar High Total Return Fund is also the holder of the 10%
    Debenture, the terms of which are substantially identical to the Notes. See
    "BUSINESS--10% DEBENTURE."
    
 
   
(3) The Notes and underlying Conversion Shares held by each of these Selling
    Noteholders were previously included in the First Prospectus Supplement
    dated March 18, 1997 to this Prospectus (the "First Prospectus Supplement"),
    which such First Prospectus Supplement was filed with the Commission on
    March 18, 1997 pursuant to Rule 424(b)(3) of the Securities Act. Information
    concerning beneficial ownership of the referenced Notes and Selling
    Noteholders is as of March 17, 1997.
    
 
   
(4) Paloma Securities LLC ("Paloma") has advised the Company that it is a member
    of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. Paloma further
    advises that it is participating in the offering being made hereby only as a
    Selling Noteholder and not as an underwriter, broker-dealer or agent for or
    on behalf of the Company or any other third party. Paloma will not receive
    any compensation from the Company in connection with its participation in
    this offering. See "PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION."
    
 
                                       30
<PAGE>
   
    Except as set forth above, none of the referenced Selling Noteholders or
affiliates thereof has, or within the past three years has had, any position,
office or other material relationship with the Company or any of its
predecessors or affiliates.
    
 
   
    The Selling Noteholders identified above may have sold, transferred or
otherwise disposed of all or a portion of their Notes since the date on which
they provided the information regarding their Notes in transactions exempt from
the registration requirements of the Securities Act. Additional Selling
Noteholders or other information concerning the above listed Selling Noteholders
are expected to be set forth from time to time in certain Prospectus
Supplements. See "PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION."
    
 
   
    The Notes and the Conversion Shares have been registered pursuant to a
Registration Rights Agreement between the Company and the Initial Purchasers
which provides that the Company file a registration statement with regard to the
Notes and the Conversion Shares by December 10, 1996 and keep such registration
effective until the earlier to occur of August 12, 1999 (subject to extension in
certain circumstances) or the sale of all Notes and Conversion Shares covered by
the Registration Statement. Pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement
between the Company and the Initial Purchasers, (1) the Company has agreed to
bear all expenses of registration of the Notes and the Conversion Shares
(including up to $25,000 of not more than one counsel (in addition to
appropriate local counsel) chosen by the holders of a majority in principal
amount of the Notes of the Selling Noteholders included in the Registration
Statement) except for underwriting fees and commissions, transfer fees or taxes,
and (2) the Company and the Selling Noteholders have agreed to certain indemnity
provisions between the Company and such Selling Noteholders and controlling
persons thereof against certain liabilities, including liabilities arising under
the Securities Act.
    
 
   
    Prior to any use of this Prospectus in connection with an offering of the
Notes or the Conversion Shares by any Selling Noteholder not specifically
identified herein, this Prospectus will be supplemented to set forth the name
and number of shares beneficially owned by such Selling Noteholders intending to
sell such securities and the number of Notes and/or Conversion Shares to be
offered. The Prospectus Supplement will also disclose whether any such Selling
Noteholder selling in connection with such Prospectus Supplement has held any
position or office with, been employed by or otherwise has a material
relationship with, the Company or any of its affiliates during the three years
prior to the date of the Prospectus Supplement.
    
 
SELLING STOCKHOLDERS
 
   
    The following table sets forth the name of each of the Selling Stockholders
and the number of Shares that may be offered by each. The number of Shares that
may be actually sold by each of the Selling Stockholders will be determined by
each Selling Stockholder, and may depend upon a number of factors, including
among other things, the market price of the Common Stock. See "PLAN OF
DISTRIBUTION." The table below sets forth information as of May 1, 1997
concerning the beneficial ownership of the Shares of each
    
 
                                       31
<PAGE>
of the Selling Stockholders. All information as to beneficial ownership has been
furnished by each of the Selling Stockholders.
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                   SHARES OF
                                                                                   SHARES OF      COMMON STOCK
                                                       SHARES OF COMMON STOCK     COMMON STOCK    BENEFICIALLY
                                                      BENEFICIALLY OWNED BEFORE  OFFERED IN THE   OWNED AFTER
                                                              OFFERING              OFFERING     THE OFFERING*
                                                      -------------------------  --------------  --------------
NAME OF SELLING STOCKHOLDER                             NUMBER     PERCENT(1)        NUMBER          NUMBER
- ----------------------------------------------------  ----------  -------------  --------------  --------------
<S>                                                   <C>         <C>            <C>             <C>
Jesup & Lamont Capital Markets, Inc.................   1,990,000        11.3%          50,000      1,940,000(2)
Economy Communications, Inc.........................      26,316       **              26,316              0
Phillip and Rae Huberfeld...........................      16,353       **              16,353              0
Moses Elias.........................................      16,353       **              16,353              0
Muller Trading L.P..................................     400,000         2.5(3)       400,000              0
Mark Kabbash........................................     250,000         1.6(4)       250,000              0
Barretto Pacific Corp...............................     100,000       **   (5)       100,000              0
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
 
*   Assumes all Shares of Common Stock are sold.
 
**  Represents less than one percent (1%).
 
   
(1) Shares of Common Stock which were not outstanding but which could be
    acquired upon exercise of any warrant or option within sixty (60) days of
    May 1, 1997 are deemed outstanding for the purpose of computing the
    percentage of outstanding shares beneficially owned. However, such shares
    are not deemed to be outstanding for any other purpose except as noted
    elsewhere herein. There were 15,668,835 shares of Common Stock issued and
    outstanding as of May 1, 1997.
    
 
   
(2) Represents 11.0% of the Company's issued and outstanding Common Stock as of
    May 1, 1997.
    
 
(3) Includes 300,000 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of such
    Selling Stockholder's Finder's Warrant issued March 7, 1996 and exercisable
    until March 6, 1998, and 100,000 shares of Common Stock issuable upon
    exercise of such Selling Stockholder's Finder's Warrant issued June 21, 1996
    and exercisable until June 21, 1998.
 
(4) All 250,000 shares of Common Stock are issuable upon exercise of such
    Selling Stockholder's Finder's Warrant issued March 7, 1996 and exercisable
    until March 6, 1998.
 
(5) All 100,000 shares of Common Stock are issuable upon exercise of such
    Selling Stockholder's Finder's Warrant issued June 21, 1996 and exercisable
    until June 21, 1998.
 
    On July 31, 1995, the Company entered into a (1) Share Purchase Agreement
with JLCM pursuant to which JLCM purchased 166,667 shares of the Company's
Series A Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock ("Series A Stock") for
$1,500,000 (the "Share Purchase Agreement"), and (2) a Warrant Purchase
Agreement with JLCM pursuant to which the Company issued to JLCM a Common Stock
Purchase Warrant (the "JLCM Warrant") exercisable into an aggregate of 500,000
shares of Common Stock, subject to adjustment in certain events (the "Warrant
Purchase Agreement"). The JLCM Warrant is exercisable through July 31, 1998.
JLCM has certain registration rights pursuant to which the Company previously
registered for resale (the Company's Form S-3 Registration Statement No.
33-64271) by JLCM 1,333,336 shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of
the Series A Stock held by JLCM and 500,000 shares of Common Stock issuable upon
exercise of the JLCM Warrant. On March 25, 1996, the Company entered into a
Settlement Agreement with JLCM pursuant to which the Company issued to JLCM
50,000 shares of Common Stock which have the same registration rights as the
shares issuable upon conversion of the Series A Stock and the JLCM Warrant
pursuant to which the Company is registering such shares pursuant to the
Registration Statement. On July 31, 1996, the Company issued to JLCM an
additional 13,333 shares of Series A Stock as a stock dividend on the Series A
Stock, and such shares are currently convertible into 106,664 shares of Common
Stock. Such shares are also covered by the registration rights granted under the
 
                                       32
<PAGE>
Share Purchase Agreement, but are not registered under the Registration
Statement hereunder. JLCM served as financial advisor to the Company in
connection with the financing of the USC acquisition. Reuben Richards, Senior
Managing Director of JLCM, and Howard Curd, Managing Director of JLCM, both
serve on the Company's Board of Directors. See "MANAGEMENT--DIRECTORS AND
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS" and "TRANSACTIONS WITH RELATED PARTIES." The Company has
agreed to bear all costs associated with such registration except underwriter's
fees or commissions and legal fees and expenses of JLCM in excess of $20,000.
See "DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK--REGISTRATION RIGHTS."
 
   
    On March 13, 1996, the Company purchased effective as of February 1, 1996
substantially all the assets of Economy, a switched reseller of long distance
services located in McKinney, Texas. The Company issued 26,316 shares of Common
Stock as consideration for such assets in a private placement transaction. The
acquisition agreement included registration rights pursuant to which the Company
has registered such shares pursuant to the Registration Statement. The Company
has agreed to bear all costs associated with such registration except any
underwriter's fees or commissions, transfer taxes, and the fees and expenses of
accountants, legal counsel and other representatives of Economy. See
"DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK-- REGISTRATION RIGHTS."
    
 
   
    On March 18, 1996, the Company entered into Subscription Agreements with
each of Phillip and Rae Huberfeld and Moses Elias pursuant to which the
Huberfelds and Mr. Elias each purchased $50,000 of the Company's 9% Convertible
Subordinated Debentures Due March 18, 1997 (the "March 18 Debentures"). Pursuant
to certain negotiated rights in the Subscription Agreements, the Huberfelds and
Mr. Elias were each also issued 16,353 shares of Common Stock. The March 18
Debentures were redeemed on August 23, 1996 for $51,937.50. Pursuant to its
obligations under the Subscription Agreements, the Company has registered such
32,706 shares of Common Stock pursuant to the Registration Statement. The
Company has agreed to bear all costs associated with such registration except
any underwriter's fees or commissions and the fees and expenses of legal counsel
for such persons. See "DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK--REGISTRATION RIGHTS."
    
 
    Pursuant to a Letter Agreement dated February 28, 1996 between the Company
and Mueller Trading L.P. ("Mueller"), on March 7, 1996 the Company issued to
Mueller as a finder's fee in connection with the issuance of the Company's 9%
Convertible Subordinated Debentures Due March 7, 1997, March 18, 1997 and April
10, 1997 (the "March and April Debentures") a Warrant exercisable for 300,000
shares of Common Stock at $1.40 per share until March 6, 1998. Pursuant to its
obligations under the Letter Agreement, the Company has registered the shares
issuable upon exercise of this Warrant under the Registration Statement, and the
Company has agreed to bear all costs associated with such registration except
any underwriter's fees or commissions and the fees and expenses of legal counsel
for Mueller. See "DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK--REGISTRATION RIGHTS."
 
    Pursuant to a Letter Agreement dated February 28, 1996 between the Company
and VistaQuest, Inc. ("VQI"), on March 7, 1996 the Company issued to Mark
Kabbash, President of VQI, as a finder's fee in connection with the issuance of
the Company's March and April Debentures a Warrant exercisable for 250,000
shares of Common Stock at $2.125 until March 6, 1998. Pursuant to its
obligations under the letter agreement, the Company has registered the shares
issuable upon exercise of this Warrant under the Registration Statement, and has
agreed to bear all costs associated with such registration except any
underwriter's fees or commissions and the fees and expenses of legal counsel for
Mr. Kabbash. See "DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK--REGISTRATION RIGHTS."
 
    Pursuant to Letter Agreements dated June 21, 1996 between the Company and
each of Mueller and Barretto Pacific Corp. ("BPC"), on June 21, 1996 the Company
issued to each of Mueller and BPC as a finder's fee in connection with the
issuance of the Company's 9% Convertible Subordinated Debentures Due June 21,
1997 (the "June Debentures") a Warrant exercisable for 100,000 shares of Common
Stock at $2.00 per share until June 21, 1998. The Company has registered an
aggregate of 200,000 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of such
warrants pursuant to registration rights granted under such
 
                                       33
<PAGE>
letter agreements, and the Company has agreed to bear all costs associated with
such registration except any underwriter's fees or commission, transfer taxes
and fees and expenses of legal counsel for Mueller and BPC. See "DESCRIPTION OF
CAPITAL STOCK--REGISTRATION RIGHTS." On August 27, 1995, the Company entered
into a one year Agreement with BPC pursuant to which BPC provides public
relations services for the Company, including dissemination of information
provided by the Company concerning its business and affairs in exchange for a
$40,000 fee.
 
    In the September 20, 1995 private placement of the Company's securities,
Mueller purchased 5,000 shares of the Company's Common Stock and a warrant
exercisable for 5,000 shares of Common Stock until September 11, 1997 at $1.25
per share, and Moses Elias purchased 8,000 shares of the Company's Common Stock
and a warrant exercisable for 8,000 shares of Common Stock until September 11,
1997 at $1.25 per share. Both Mueller and Mr. Elias entered into a Voting
Agreement with the Company and Jack W. Matz, Jr., the Company's Chairman and
Chief Executive Officer, pursuant to which such persons granted Mr. Matz the
right to vote such shares until August 31, 2005. Mueller and Mr. Elias exercised
such warrants on May 29, 1996 and have transferred all such shares pursuant to
the Company's Registration Statement No. 33-64271, and such shares are no longer
subject to the Voting Agreement.
 
   
    Other than as set forth under "SELLING NOTEHOLDERS AND SELLING
STOCKHOLDERS--SELLING STOCKHOLDERS," "REGISTRATION RIGHTS" and "TRANSACTIONS
WITH RELATED PARTIES," none of the Selling Stockholders were affiliated with the
Company within the last three fiscal years. Additional information concerning
the Selling Stockholders may be set forth from time to time in certain
Prospectus Supplements. See "PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION."
    
 
    In connection with the offering made hereby, the Company and each of the
Selling Stockholders have entered into an agreement that contains certain
indemnity provisions between the Company and such Selling Stockholder and any
controlling persons thereof against certain liabilities, including liabilities
arising under the Securities Act.
 
                              PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION
 
    The Offered Securities may be sold from time to time to purchasers directly
by the Selling Noteholders or the Selling Stockholders holding such Offered
Securities. Alternatively, the Selling Noteholders or the Selling Stockholders
may from time to time offer the Offered Securities they own to or through
underwriters, broker/dealers or agents, who may receive compensation in the form
of underwriting discounts, concessions or commissions from the Selling
Noteholders or the Selling Stockholders, as the case may be, or the purchasers
of such Offered Securities for whom they may act as agents. The Selling
Noteholders and the Selling Stockholders and any underwriters, broker/dealers or
agents that participate in the distribution of the Offered Securities may be
deemed to be "underwriters" within the meaning of the Securities Act and any
profit on the sale of such Offered Securities and any discounts, commissions,
concessions or other compensation received by any such underwriter,
broker/dealer or agent may be deemed to be underwriting discounts and
commissions under the Securities Act.
 
   
    Because this Prospectus does not list all of the persons or entities
expected to be Selling Noteholders in the offering made hereby, this Prospectus
will, to the extent required, be supplemented by one or more Prospectus
Supplements which shall set forth the name of each Selling Noteholder, the
principal amount of the Notes that may be resold by each thereunder, and whether
such Selling Noteholder, or affiliates thereof, has, or within the past three
years has had, any position, office or other material relationship with the
Company, its predecessor or affiliates. Thereafter, this Prospectus, together
with any such Prospectus Supplement(s) shall constitute the prospectus required
to be delivered by Section 5(b) of the Securities Act with respect to offers and
sales of the Notes and the shares of Company Common Stock issuable upon
conversion of the Notes. In addition, the names of any agents, underwriters,
brokers or dealers involved in the sale of the Offered Securities and the
applicable agent's commission, dealer's purchase price or underwriter's
discount, if any, will be set forth in the Prospectus Supplement to the extent
required.
    
 
                                       34
<PAGE>
   
    The Company has advised the Selling Noteholders and Selling Stockholders
that during such time as they may be engaged in a distribution of the Offered
Securities included herein they may be required to comply with Regulation M
promulgated under the Exchange Act. In general, Regulation M precludes any
selling securityholder, any affiliated purchasers and any broker-dealer or other
person who participates in such distribution from bidding for or purchasing, or
attempting to induce any person to bid for or purchase any security which is the
subject of the distribution until the entire distribution is complete.
Regulation M also prohibits any bids or purchases made in order to stabilize the
price of a security in connection with the distribution of that security.
    
   
    Because it is possible that a significant number of shares of Common Stock
could be sold at the same time hereunder, such sales, or the possibility
thereof, may have a depressive effect on the market price of the Common Stock.
    
 
   
    The Offered Securities may be sold from time to time in one or more
transactions at fixed prices, at the prevailing market prices at the time of
sale, at varying prices determined at the time of sale or at negotiated prices.
This sale of the Offered Securities may be effectuated in transactions (which
may involve crosses or block transactions) (i) on any national securities
exchange or quotation service which the Offered Securities may be listed or
quoted at the time of sale, (ii) in the over-the-counter market, and (iii) in
transactions otherwise than on such exchanges or in the over-the-counter
markets. At the time a particular offering of the Offered Securities is made, a
Prospectus Supplement, if required, will be distributed which will set forth the
aggregate amount of the type of Offered Securities being offered and the terms
of the offering, including the name or names of any underwriters, broker/dealers
or agents, any discounts, commissions and other terms constituting compensation
from the Selling Noteholders or the Selling Stockholders, as the case may be,
and any discounts, commissions or concessions allowed or reallowed to be paid to
broker/dealers. To comply with the securities laws of certain jurisdictions, if
applicable, the Offered Securities will be offered or sold in such jurisdictions
only through registered or licensed brokers or dealers. In addition, in certain
jurisdictions the Offered Securities may not be offered or sold unless they have
been registered or qualified for sale in such jurisdictions or an exemption from
registration or qualification is available and is complied with. Specifically,
the Company notes that it has not registered or qualified the Notes for resale
in the following states under applicable state blue sky laws nor has the Company
been able to obtain an exemption from such laws: (i) California, (ii)
Massachusetts, (iii) Minnesota and (iv) Texas.
    
 
    As described in "SELLING NOTEHOLDERS AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS," the Company
has agreed to pay all expenses of registration of the Offered Securities with
certain exceptions. The Selling Noteholders and the Selling Stockholders will be
indemnified by the Company against certain civil liabilities, including certain
liabilities under the Securities Act, or will be entitled to contribution in
connection therewith. The Company will be indemnified by such persons severally
against certain civil liabilities, including certain liabilities under the
Securities Act, or will be entitled to contribution in connection therewith.
 
                          PRICE RANGE OF COMMON STOCK
 
    The Company's Common Stock is currently traded on the SmallCap Market under
the symbol "STEL." The table below sets forth the high and low closing sale
price for the Common Stock on the SmallCap Market for the periods indicated. All
price quotations represent prices between dealers, without
 
                                       35
<PAGE>
retail mark-ups, mark-downs or commissions and may not represent actual
transactions. See "RISK
FACTORS--ABSENCE OF A PUBLIC MARKET FOR THE NOTES; POSSIBLE VOLATILITY OF NOTE
AND COMMON STOCK PRICES."
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          CLOSING SALE PRICE
                                                                         --------------------
                                                                           HIGH        LOW
                                                                         ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                      <C>        <C>
Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 1995:
  First Quarter........................................................  $    2.25  $    1.31
  Second Quarter.......................................................  $    2.25  $    1.28
  Third Quarter........................................................  $    2.56  $    1.56
  Fourth Quarter.......................................................  $    2.94  $    1.88
Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 1996:
  First Quarter........................................................  $    2.59  $    2.03
  Second Quarter.......................................................  $    3.84  $    2.16
  Third Quarter........................................................  $    2.66  $    2.00
  Fourth Quarter.......................................................  $    2.16  $    1.44
Fiscal Year Ending December 31, 1997:
  First Quarter........................................................  $    1.56  $    1.19
  Second Quarter (through May 20, 1997)................................  $    1.56  $    1.13
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    On May 20, 1997, the last reported sale price of the Common Stock as
reported on the SmallCap Market was $1.22 per share. As of May 1, 1997, there
were 458 holders of record of the Common Stock.
    
 
                                DIVIDEND POLICY
 
   
    The Company has not declared or paid cash dividends on its Common Stock
since inception. Dividends on the Company's outstanding Series A Stock accrue at
the rate of $.72 per share per annum and are payable in kind in the form of
Series A Stock or in cash. On July 31, 1996, the Company issued an additional
13,333 shares of Series A Stock to the holder thereof in connection with the
first annual dividend distribution. The Company is required to pay an annual
dividend of $129,600 on the Series A Stock in cash or in kind on July 31, 1997.
The Company anticipates that any income generated in the foreseeable future will
be retained for the development and expansion of its business and the repayment
of indebtedness and therefore does not anticipate paying cash dividends on its
Common Stock in the foreseeable future. The Indenture, the 10% Debenture and the
Greyrock Facility restrict the payment of dividends in certain cases. See
"BUSINESS--GREYROCK FACILITY" and "DESCRIPTION OF NOTES--CERTAIN
COVENANTS--LIMITATIONS ON RESTRICTED PAYMENTS." Future borrowings, if any,
obtained by the Company or any of its subsidiaries may also prohibit or restrict
the payment of dividends or other distributions. Subject to the waiver of such
prohibitions and compliance with such limitations, the payment of cash dividends
on shares of the Common Stock will be within the discretion of the Company's
Board of Directors and will depend upon the earnings of the Company, the
Company's capital requirements, applicable requirements of the Delaware General
Corporation Law (the "DGCL") and other factors that are considered relevant by
the Company's Board of Directors.
    
 
                                       36
<PAGE>
   
                              SELECTED HISTORICAL
             CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER OPERATING INFORMATION
    
   
    The selected historical consolidated financial information presented below
(other than the unaudited information as of and for the three months ended March
31, 1996 and 1997) is derived from the audited Consolidated Financial Statements
of the Company. The selected unaudited consolidated financial information as of
and for the three months ended March 31, 1996 and 1997, in the opinion of
management, reflect all adjustments, consisting only of a normal recurring
nature, necessary for a fair presentation of the consolidated financial position
and consolidated results of operations for interim periods. The consolidated
operating results for the three months ended March 31, 1997 are not necessarily
indicative of the results which ultimately will be reported for the full fiscal
year ending December 31, 1997. All of the following information should be read
in conjunction with the financial statements as set forth in the index on page
F-1 and "MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS
OF OPERATIONS" contained elsewhere herein.
    
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                         THREE
                                                                                                                        MONTHS
                                                                                                                         ENDED
                                                                              YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                  MARCH 31,
                                                               -----------------------------------------------------  -----------
                                                                 1992       1993      1994(1)    1995(1)    1996(1)     1996(1)
                                                               ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------
<S>                                                            <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
                                                                        (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
 
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                            <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
  Telecommunications revenues................................  $     546  $   2,592  $   9,755  $  20,748  $  35,669   $   7,027
  Cost of revenue............................................        573      2,395      8,298     14,116     22,530       4,345
                                                               ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------
  Gross profit (loss)........................................        (27)       197      1,457      6,632     13,139       2,682
  Operating expenses:
    General and administrative...............................      1,134      1,096      2,854      6,478     10,928       2,248
    Depreciation and amortization............................        104        143        413      1,287      2,862         536
    Nonrecurring Russian venture charges.....................     --         --         --            143     --          --
    Nonrecurring network reconfiguration costs...............     --         --         --         --            806      --
    Nonrecurring restructuring and integration costs.........     --         --         --         --          2,016      --
    Nonrecurring unbillable revenue costs....................     --         --         --         --         --          --
                                                               ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------
      Total operating expenses...............................      1,238      1,239      3,267      7,908     16,612       2,784
                                                               ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------
  Loss from continuing operations before other income
    (expense) and extraordinary item.........................     (1,265)    (1,042)    (1,810)    (1,276)    (3,473)       (102)
  Other income (expense):
    Interest expense.........................................        (12)       (12)       (30)      (683)    (2,130)       (345)
    Other, net...............................................         19         84         21         24        221          15
                                                               ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------
      Total other income (expense)...........................          7         72         (9)      (659)    (1,909)       (330)
                                                               ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------
  Loss from continuing operations before extraordinary item..     (1,258)      (970)    (1,819)    (1,935)    (5,382)       (432)
  Discontinued operations:
    Loss from title plant services operations................       (104)      (106)      (478)    --         --          --
    Provision for operating losses during phase-out period...     --         --           (150)      (475)    --          --
    Loss from impairment.....................................     --         --         --         (4,056)    --          --
                                                               ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------
    Loss from discontinued operations........................       (104)      (106)      (628)    (4,531)    --          --
                                                               ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------
  Loss before extraordinary item.............................     (1,362)    (1,076)    (2,447)    (6,466)    (5,382)       (432)
  Extraordinary item-gain on extinguishment of debt..........     --         --         --         --          1,327      --
                                                               ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------
  Net loss...................................................     (1,362)    (1,076)    (2,447)    (6,466)    (4,055)       (432)
  Preferred dividend requirements, including accretion.......     --         --         --           (125)      (248)        (75)
                                                               ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------
  Net income (loss) applicable to common shareholders........  $  (1,362) $  (1,076) $  (2,447) $  (6,591) $  (4,303)  $    (507)
                                                               ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------
                                                               ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------
 
<CAPTION>
 
                                                                1997(1)
                                                               ---------
<S>                                                            <C>
 
<S>                                                            <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
  Telecommunications revenues................................  $  13,115
  Cost of revenue............................................      9,505
                                                               ---------
  Gross profit (loss)........................................      3,610
  Operating expenses:
    General and administrative...............................      3,350
    Depreciation and amortization............................      1,203
    Nonrecurring Russian venture charges.....................     --
    Nonrecurring network reconfiguration costs...............     --
    Nonrecurring restructuring and integration costs.........      1,098
    Nonrecurring unbillable revenue costs....................        522(2)
                                                               ---------
      Total operating expenses...............................      6,173
                                                               ---------
  Loss from continuing operations before other income
    (expense) and extraordinary item.........................     (2,563)
  Other income (expense):
    Interest expense.........................................       (790)
    Other, net...............................................         20
                                                               ---------
      Total other income (expense)...........................       (770)
                                                               ---------
  Loss from continuing operations before extraordinary item..     (3,333)
  Discontinued operations:
    Loss from title plant services operations................     --
    Provision for operating losses during phase-out period...     --
    Loss from impairment.....................................     --
                                                               ---------
    Loss from discontinued operations........................     --
                                                               ---------
  Loss before extraordinary item.............................     (3,333)
  Extraordinary item-gain on extinguishment of debt..........     --
                                                               ---------
  Net loss...................................................     (3,333)
  Preferred dividend requirements, including accretion.......        (50)
                                                               ---------
  Net income (loss) applicable to common shareholders........  $  (3,383)
                                                               ---------
                                                               ---------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
                                       37
    
<PAGE>
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                         THREE
                                                                                                                        MONTHS
                                                                                                                         ENDED
                                                                              YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                  MARCH 31,
                                                               -----------------------------------------------------  -----------
                                                                 1992       1993      1994(1)    1995(1)    1996(1)     1996(1)
                                                               ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------
                                                                        (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
<S>                                                            <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
  Loss per weighted average common share outstanding:
    Continuing operations....................................  $   (0.34) $   (0.18) $   (0.20) $   (0.17) $   (0.35)  $   (0.03)
    Discontinued operations..................................      (0.03)     (0.02)     (0.07)     (0.39)    --          --
                                                               ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------
    Loss before extraordinary item...........................      (0.37)     (0.20)     (.027)     (.056)     (.035)      (0.03)
    Extraordinary item.......................................     --         --         --         --           0.08      --
                                                               ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------
    Net income (loss) per share..............................  $   (0.37) $   (0.20) $   (0.27) $   (0.56) $   (0.27)  $   (0.03)
                                                               ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------
                                                               ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------
    Weighted average number of common shares outstanding.....      3,684      5,480      9,200     11,639     15,200      13,745
                                                               ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------
                                                               ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------
OTHER DATA:
  Gross profit margin........................................     --              8%        15%        32%        37%         38%
  Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities........  $  (1,219) $  (1,069) $  (2,289) $  (1,224) $     635   $    (564)
  Net cash used in investing activities......................  $    (245) $    (373) $  (1,744) $  (7,142) $  (3,173)  $    (367)
  Net cash provided by financing activities..................  $   1,503  $   2,615  $   3,166  $   8,859  $  16,074   $     378
  EBITDA (loss), as defined herein(3)........................  $  (1,161) $    (899) $  (1,397) $     154  $   1,751   $     434
 
<CAPTION>
 
                                                                1997(1)
                                                               ---------
 
<S>                                                            <C>
  Loss per weighted average common share outstanding:
    Continuing operations....................................  $   (0.21)
    Discontinued operations..................................     --
                                                               ---------
    Loss before extraordinary item...........................      (0.21)
    Extraordinary item.......................................     --
                                                               ---------
    Net income (loss) per share..............................  $   (0.21)
                                                               ---------
                                                               ---------
    Weighted average number of common shares outstanding.....     15,666
                                                               ---------
                                                               ---------
OTHER DATA:
  Gross profit margin........................................         28%
  Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities........  $  (7,498)
  Net cash used in investing activities......................  $  (8,494)
  Net cash provided by financing activities..................  $   4,219
  EBITDA (loss), as defined herein(3)........................  $     197(4)
</TABLE>
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        AS OF DECEMBER 31,     AS OF MARCH 31,
                                                                                       --------------------  --------------------
                                                                                         1995       1996       1996       1997
                                                                                       ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                                    <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
                                                                                                 (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
  Cash and cash equivalents..........................................................  $     824  $  14,360  $     271  $   2,588
  Total assets.......................................................................     26,041     62,679     26,404     50,559
  10% Convertible Notes..............................................................     --         27,200     --         27,200
  10% Convertible Debenture..........................................................     --         --         --          3,800
  Total debt(5)......................................................................     11,669     29,831     11,450     34,593
  Total liabilities..................................................................     15,933     55,097     15,707     46,335
  Series A Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock....................................      1,129      1,330      1,150      1,351
  Shareholders' equity...............................................................      8,979      6,251      9,547      2,873
</TABLE>
    
 
- --------------------------
 
   
(1) The selected historical consolidated financial and other information
    includes the acquisitions of LDN effective March 1, 1994, USC effective June
    1, 1995, FCLD effective September 1, 1996 and Addtel effective November 1,
    1996.
    
 
   
(2) The Company incurred an estimated $522,000 nonrecurring charge during the
    three months ended March 31, 1997 for the transmission costs associated with
    an estimated $856,000 of lost revenue due to programming errors related to
    the billing software procedures. The estimated nonrecurring charge is
    subject to change as the Company and its professional advisors continue to
    investigate the matter although management currently believes any such
    change will be immaterial.
    
   
(3) Earnings (loss) before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization,
    nonrecurring items, and other income (expense), or "EBITDA" (as defined
    herein), is a commonly used measure of performance in the telecommunications
    industry. As used herein, EBITDA is not intended as either a substitute or
    replacement for operating income (as presented according to generally
    accepted accounting principles ("GAAP")) as a measure of the financial
    results of operations or for cash flows from operations (as presented
    according to GAAP).
    
 
   
(4) A nonrecurring charge of an estimated $522,000 for transmission costs
    associated with lost revenue due to programming errors related to the
    billing software procedures is used in the EBITDA calculation for the three
    months ended March 31, 1997. This estimate is subject to change as the
    Company and its professional advisors continue to investigate the matter
    although management currently believes any change will be immaterial.
    
 
   
(5) Total debt consists of debt (both short- and long-term) and capital lease
    obligations.
    
 
                                       38
<PAGE>
               MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
                      CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
   
    The following is a discussion of the consolidated financial condition and
results of operations of the Company for the three years ended December 31,
1994, 1995 and 1996 and for the three month periods ended March 31, 1996 and
1997. It should be read in conjunction with the Company's Consolidated Financial
Statements and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this Prospectus.
    
 
GENERAL
 
   
    SA Telecommunications, Inc. is a publicly held holding company which,
through its operating subsidiaries, is a full-service regional interexchange
carrier providing a wide range of domestic telecommunications services through
its network of owned and leased transmission and switching facilities. The
Company primarily serves small and medium sized commercial accounts in the west,
southwest and south central United States. A vast majority of the Company's
commercial and residential customers are located in suburban, secondary and
rural markets. In addition to providing "1+" domestic long distance services,
the Company also offers international long distance, wholesale long distance,
operator and wireless services, and other products such as voice and data
private lines, "800/888" services, Internet access and travel cards. The Company
is also authorized to resell local telephone service in Texas and California.
    
 
   
    The Company entered the telecommunications business in 1991 through the
acquisition of NATC, a telecommunications provider offering international call
back long distance service to foreign customers. In 1994 and 1995, the Company
acquired two Texas-based switchless resellers LDN and USC. During 1996, the
Company purchased substantially all of the assets of FCLD, a switched reseller
of long distance telephone services located in Amarillo, Texas. In addition,
effective in 1996, the Company acquired the assets of Economy, a switchless
reseller of long distance telephone services located in McKinney, Texas,
acquired Uniquest, a company engaged in third party customer verification
services and outbound telemarketing, and purchased all of the stock of Addtel, a
switchless reseller of long distance services based in Glendale, California. The
growth of the Company's initial customer base was largely the result of these
acquisitions.
    
 
   
    Also during 1995 and 1996, the Company purchased and installed switches in
Dallas, Texas and Phoenix, Arizona and added leased transmission facilities
between these switches and the operator switch acquired in the USC acquisition.
The Company expanded its network through the acquisition of switching equipment
in Amarillo and Lubbock in connection with the FCLD acquisition. During the
second quarter of 1997, the Company plans to upgrade and move the Amarillo
switch to Los Angeles, California, and to add leased transmission facilities
between this switch and its other switches.
    
 
   
    The Company markets its services in areas in the west, southwest and south
central United States served by its network primarily under the "USC," "USI,"
"First Choice Long Distance," "Southwest Long Distance Network" and "Addtel"
trade names. The Company currently anticipates future growth will primarily
result from sales and marketing efforts of its direct sales force,
telemarketing, agent sales, mass marketing sales, and from continued
acquisitions of telecommunications companies within its market area or adjacent
thereto subject to the availability of capital.
    
 
                                       39
<PAGE>
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
   
    The following table sets forth certain items in the Company's Consolidated
Statements of Operations as a percentage of its revenues for the years ended
December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996 and the three months ended March 31, 1996 and
1997. For purposes of this Management's Discussion and Analysis, the term
"revenues" refers to the Company's telecommunications revenues as reflected in
the Company's Consolidated Statement of Operations, exclusive of any revenues
attributable to discontinued operations.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,             THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31,
                                     ----------------------------------------------  ----------------------------
                                          1994            1995            1996           1996           1997
                                     --------------  --------------  --------------  ------------  --------------
<S>                                  <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>           <C>
Operating revenue..................           100%            100%            100%          100%            100%
Cost of revenue....................            85              68              63            62              72
                                     --------------  --------------  --------------  ------------  --------------
Gross profit.......................            15              32              37            38              28
Operating expenses:
  General and administrative.......            30              32              31            32              26
  Depreciation and amortization....             4               6               8             7               9
  Nonrecurring network
    reconfiguration costs..........        --              --                   2         --             --
  Nonrecurring restructuring and
    integration costs..............        --              --                   6         --                  8
  Nonrecurring unbillable revenue
    costs..........................        --              --              --             --                  4
                                     --------------  --------------  --------------  ------------  --------------
Loss from continuing operations
  before other.....................           (19)             (6)            (10)           (1)            (19)
Other income (expense).............        --                  (3)             (5)           (5)             (6)
                                     --------------  --------------  --------------  ------------  --------------
Loss from continuing operations....           (19)             (9)            (15)           (6)            (25)
Loss from discontinued operations..            (6)            (22)         --             --             --
Extraordinary net gain on
  extinguishment of debt...........        --              --                   4         --             --
                                     --------------  --------------  --------------  ------------  --------------
Net loss...........................           (25)%           (31)%           (11)%          (6)%           (25)%
                                     --------------  --------------  --------------  ------------  --------------
                                     --------------  --------------  --------------  ------------  --------------
Net cash provided by (used in)
  operating activities.............  $ (2,289,481)   $ (1,224,486)   $    635,390    $ (564,382)   $ (7,497,651)
Net cash used in investing
  activities.......................  $ (1,743,558)   $ (7,141,820)   $ (3,172,528)   $ (367,220)   $ (8,494,028)
Net cash provided by financing
  activities.......................  $  3,166,078    $  8,858,613    $ 16,073,866    $  378,392    $  4,219,493
EBITDA (loss), as defined
  herein(1)........................  $ (1,397,324)   $    153,514    $  1,751,374    $  433,978    $    197,441(2)
                                     --------------  --------------  --------------  ------------  --------------
                                     --------------  --------------  --------------  ------------  --------------
</TABLE>
    
 
- --------------------------
 
   
(1) Earnings (loss) before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, certain
    nonrecurring items, and other income (expense) or "EBITDA," is a commonly
    used measure of performance in the telecommunications industry. As used
    herein, EBITDA is not intended as either a substitute or replacement for
    operating income (as presented according to GAAP), as a measure of the
    financial results of operations or for cash flows from operations (as
    presented according to GAAP).
    
 
   
(2) A nonrecurring charge of an estimated $522,000 for transmission costs
    associated with lost revenue due to programming errors related to the
    billing software procedures is used in the EBITDA calculation for the three
    months ended March 31, 1997. This estimate is subject to change as the
    Company and its professional advisors continue to investigate the matter
    although management currently believes any change will be immaterial.
    
   
THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1997 VERSUS THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1996
    
 
   
    Revenues increased by $6,087,880, or 87%, from $7,027,391 for the three
months ended March 31, 1996 to $13,115,271 for the three months ended March 31,
1997. Revenue minutes increased approximately 39,000,000 or 111%, from
approximately 35,000,000 during the first quarter of 1996 to approximately
74,000,000 in the first quarter of 1997. The Addtel acquisition contributed
$3,215,020 in retail revenue and $3,189,070 in wholesale revenue, and the FCLD
acquisition contributed $577,779 in retail revenue. The Company's marketing
strategy continues to be the aggressive marketing of its "1+" services,
    
 
                                       40
<PAGE>
   
which have a higher gross profit margin, and the de-emphasizing of operator
services, wholesale and international call back business which are less
profitable product lines.
    
 
   
    In May 1997, the Company uncovered programming errors related to its billing
software procedures which the Company believes occurred during the network
reconfiguration during 1996. Management of the Company currently believes that
the billing system for the Company's operating subsidiaries (excluding Addtel)
began dropping certain call detail records on or about December 1, 1996. Because
these call detail records from December through mid-March were purged and are
irretrievable, the Company has suffered the loss of revenues even though being
obligated to pay the associated transmission costs. The Company is in the
process of addressing this problem by making the necessary reprogramming changes
related to the billing software procedures to assure that all calls are properly
billed subsequent to mid-March 1997 to the extent permitted by law. Although the
Company and its professional advisors continue to review the available
information relating to the total amount of lost revenues, management currently
believes that unbilled and unbillable revenues will not exceed $.9 million. In
addition, management estimates that the transmission costs associated with such
lost revenues will be approximately $.5 million.
    
 
   
    Gross profit on retail revenues increased by $786,549 from $2,663,190 for
the three months ended March 31, 1996 to $3,449,739 for the same quarter in
1997. The gross profit margin on these retail revenues decreased by 1% from 38%
for the three months ended March 31, 1996 to 37% for the three months ended
March 31, 1997. Gross profit margins are positively impacted by a higher
percentage of on-net calls and improved call mix with higher margin "1+" traffic
comprising a larger percentage of total traffic than the lower margin operator
service traffic.
    
 
   
    Gross profit on wholesale revenue increased by $141,037 from $18,888 for the
three months ended March 31, 1996 to $159,925 for the same quarter in 1997. The
gross profit margin on these wholesale revenues decreased by 16% from 20% for
the three months ended March 31, 1996 to 4% for the three months ended March 31,
1997 due to the lower margins associated with the Addtel wholesale business.
    
 
   
    The Company currently plans on phasing out the wholesale business obtained
in the Addtel acquisition by the end of the third quarter of 1997. The wholesale
business is substantially less profitable than the retail business and bears a
higher credit risk. Addtel wholesale revenues for the quarter ended March 31,
1997 were $3,189,070.
    
 
   
    Gross profit on total revenues increased by $927,586 from $2,682,078 for the
three months ended March 31, 1996 to $3,609,664 for the same quarter in 1997.
The overall gross profit margin decreased by 10% from 38% for the three months
ended March 31, 1996 to 28% for the three months ended March 31, 1997. The
overall decline in gross profit margin is due to the lower margin wholesale
revenue acquired in the Addtel acquisition. If the estimated $522,141 of
transmission costs related to the estimated $855,969 of unbillable revenue had
been included in total cost of revenues for the three months ended March 31,
1997, the gross profit percentage for this period would have been 24%.
    
 
   
    General and administrative expense increased by $1,101,840 from $2,248,100
for the three months ended March 31, 1996 to $3,349,940 for the same quarter in
1997, and as a percentage of revenue, decreased from 32% in 1996 to 26% in 1997.
The increase in total general and administrative expense is primarily
attributable to the Addtel acquisition. The full impact of general and
administrative expense reductions from the continuing integration of Addtel will
not be realized until this process is completed, which is currently expected to
occur by June 30, 1997. The decrease as a percentage of revenues reflects
management's continued focus on cost containment.
    
 
   
    Depreciation and amortization expense increased by $666,853 from $535,944
for the three months ended March 31, 1996 to $1,202,797 for the same quarter in
1997, and, as a percentage of revenues, increased from 7% in 1996 to 9% in 1997.
This increase resulted from higher depreciation and amortization charges arising
from the acquisitions of FCLD and Addtel and increased depreciation from the
acquisition of switching and other network equipment.
    
 
                                       41
<PAGE>
   
    EBITDA decreased by $236,536 from $433,978 for the three months ended March
31, 1996 to $197,441 for the same quarter in 1997. A nonrecurring charge of an
estimated $.5 million for transmission costs associated with lost revenue due to
programming errors related to the billing software procedures is used in the
EBITDA calculation for the quarter ended March 31, 1997. This estimate is
subject to change as the Company and its professional advisors continue to
investigate the matter although management currently believes any change will be
immaterial.
    
 
   
    During the three months ended March 31, 1997, the Company incurred a
$1,097,780 nonrecurring integration charge to operations comprised of (i)
$197,600 for discontinuing the Company's international call back product line
and (ii) $900,180 for integration of the Addtel acquisition from 1996.
    
 
   
    The $197,600 charge for discontinuing the Company's international call back
product line is principally comprised of employee associated costs and
settlements. The $900,180 charge for integration of the Addtel acquisition is
principally comprised of costs associated with excess and duplicate personnel
reductions. The integration of Addtel is currently expected to be completed by
June 30, 1997.
    
 
   
    During the three months ended March 31, 1997, the Company incurred an
approximate $.5 million nonrecurring charge for costs associated with unbilled
and unbillable revenue. This charge for unbilled and unbillable revenue is for
the estimated transmission costs associated with the estimated $.9 million of
lost revenue due to the programming errors related to the billing software
procedures. This estimate is subject to change as the Company and its
professional advisors continue to investigate the matter although management
currently believes any change will be immaterial.
    
 
   
    The Company incurred a loss from operations before other income (expense) of
$101,966 for the three months ended March 31, 1996 versus a loss from continuing
operations before other income (expense) of $2,562,994 for the same quarter in
1997. This increase was primarily attributable to the nonrecurring charges and
increased depreciation and amortization expense.
    
 
   
    The Company had net other expense of $330,164 for the three months ended
March 31, 1996 compared to other net expense of $769,582 for the same quarter in
1997. This increase was primarily due to an increase in interest expense from
$345,267 to $789,782 related to the Original Offering of the Notes.
    
 
   
    The Company incurred a net loss of $432,130 for the three months ended March
31, 1996 as compared to a net loss of $3,332,576 for the same quarter in 1997.
This increase is primarily attributable to the nonrecurring charges, increased
depreciation and amortization and increased interest expense incurred in
connection with the Notes.
    
 
   
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996 VERSUS YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
    
 
   
    Revenues increased $14,920,481, or 72%, from $20,748,021 in 1995 to
$35,668,502 in 1996. Revenue minutes increased approximately 82,000,000, or 85%,
from approximately 97,000,000 in 1995 to approximately 179,000,000 in 1996.
    
 
   
    On a pro forma basis, as though the acquisition of USC occurred at the
beginning of 1995, revenues and minutes for 1996 increased 24% and 29%,
respectively, compared with pro forma revenues of $28,694,683 or approximately
139,000,000 revenue minutes for 1995. Revenue growth for 1996 was also impacted
by the FCLD acquisition which contributed $1,049,504 and the Addtel acquisition
which contributed $2,057,176 in retail revenue and $3,241,667 in wholesale
revenue. Operator services, wholesale (excluding Addtel) and international call
back business revenues increased by $257,335 from 1995 to 1996; however, as a
percentage of total revenues, declined from 35% in 1995 to 21% in 1996. The
Company's marketing strategy continues to be the aggressive marketing of its
"1+" services, which have a higher gross profit margin, and the de-emphasizing
of operator services, wholesale and international call back business which are
less profitable product lines.
    
 
                                       42
<PAGE>
   
    The Company plans on phasing out the wholesale business obtained in the
Addtel acquisition by the end of the third quarter of 1997. The wholesale
business is substantially less profitable than the retail business and bears a
higher credit risk.
    
 
   
    Gross profit increased by $6,506,366 from $6,631,908 in 1995 to $13,138,274
in 1996. The gross profit margin increased by 5% from 32% in 1995 to 37% in
1996. This increase was primarily attributable to the integration and operation
of the Company's network coupled with an increased number of calls originating
and terminating on the network more than offsetting the unfavorable impact of
the circuit availability problems experienced during the third and fourth
quarters of 1996. Additionally, there has been an overall improved call mix with
the higher margin "1+" traffic comprising a larger percentage of total traffic
than the lower margin operator service and wholesale traffic. Negatively
impacting the margin was the $3,241,667 of wholesale revenue from the Addtel
acquisition which had a 4% gross profit margin at December 31, 1996.
    
 
   
    General and administrative expense increased by $4,449,496 from $6,478,394
in 1995 to $10,927,890 in 1996, and as a percentage of revenues, decreased from
32% in 1995 to 31% in 1996. The increase in total general and administrative
expense is attributable to additional growth and acquisitions in 1996. However,
the full impact of general and administrative expense reductions from the
integration of FCLD and Addtel will not be realized until this process is
completed in 1997. The decrease as a percentage of revenues reflects
management's continued focus on cost containment.
    
 
   
    Depreciation and amortization expense increased by $1,574,675 from
$1,287,225 in 1995 to $2,861,900 in 1996, and as a percentage of revenues,
increased from 6% in 1995 to 8% in 1996. This increase resulted from higher
depreciation and amortization charges arising from the acquisitions of USC, FCLD
and Addtel, and increased depreciation from the acquisition of switching and
other network equipment.
    
 
   
    During the fourth quarter of 1996, the Company incurred an $806,436
nonrecurring charge to operations related to reconfiguring its network. This
reconfiguration included (i) the deployment of two additional switches to
enhance the efficiency of the network, (ii) the addition of a number of new
circuits throughout the Company's service area, and (iii) the planned expansion
of the network to the west coast. The combination of these factors necessitated
the Company to take its network down for a period of time, thus increasing the
volume of lower margin off-net traffic.
    
 
   
    During 1996, the Company incurred a $2,015,506 nonrecurring restructuring
and integration charge to operations comprised of (i) $227,201 for restructuring
the Company's sales organization, (ii) $1,244,511 for discontinuing the
Company's international call back product line, and (iii) $543,794 for
integration of the FCLD and Addtel acquisitions during 1996.
    
 
   
    The $227,201 sales restructuring charge represents excess and duplicate
costs in the fourth quarter of 1996 arising from restructuring the Company's
sales organization from a predominant single sales channel direct approach to a
more cost effective four channel approach consisting of (i) direct sales, (ii)
telemarketing, (iii) agents and (iv) mass marketing. Major customer accounts
will continue to be solicited by direct sales efforts. The preponderance of this
charge is comprised of salary and benefit costs associated with headcount
reductions. The $1,244,511 charge for discontinuing the Company's international
call back product line is principally comprised of employee associated costs and
reserves for uncollectible accounts receivable. The $543,794 charge for
integration of the FCLD and Addtel acquisitions is principally comprised of
costs associated with excess and duplicate personnel reduction. The integrations
of FCLD and Addtel are expected to be completed by March 31, 1997 and June 30,
1997, respectively.
    
 
   
    During 1995, the Company incurred a $143,558 nonrecurring charge to
operations related to the discontinuation of its non-telecommunications Russian
ventures. This charge was made for costs associated with winding down the
affairs of these ventures including termination costs, collectibility of
receivables, and write-down of certain assets.
    
 
                                       43
<PAGE>
   
    The Company incurred a loss from continuing operations before other income
(expense) of $1,277,110 in 1995 versus a loss from continuing operations before
other income (expense) of $3,473,458 in 1996. This increase was primarily
attributable to the nonrecurring charges and increased depreciation and
amortization expense, partially offset by improved gross profit margins.
    
 
   
    The Company had net other expense of $658,111 in 1995 compared to net other
expense of $1,908,701 in 1996. This increase was primarily due to an increase in
interest expense from $682,796 to $2,129,876 related to the Original Offering of
the Notes in August 1996.
    
 
   
    The Company recorded a loss from discontinued operations before other income
(expense) of $4,530,742 in 1995. The provision for operating losses of the
discontinued operations during the phase-out period was increased by $475,000 in
1995. The $150,000 reserve established at December 31, 1994 became inadequate
due to unforeseen delays in the proposed spin-off of Strategic Abstract & Title
Corporation ("SATC") and the ultimate decision to cancel the spin-off and sell
the subsidiary after the death of SATC's president in September 1995. On
February 29, 1996, SATC was sold to a key member of SATC management for a
$500,000 note, payable over ten years bearing interest at 7% per annum. At
December 31, 1995, the Company recorded an impairment loss of $4,055,742,
including a reserve against the note, to reflect the net realizable value of
SATC. This amount was a noncash charge against earnings.
    
 
   
    The Company recognized a net gain (made up of two components) on
extinguishment of debt of $1,327,644 for 1996. The first component was a gain on
extinguishment of debt of $2,149,191 relating to the Company's redemption of
securities issued in connection with the USC acquisition for a aggregate of
843,023 shares of the Company's Common Stock and $308,500 of cash. This gain was
recognized in the second quarter of 1996. These securities redeemed included (i)
notes having an aggregate principal amount of $3,150,00 and bearing interest at
11% per annum, (ii) an aggregate of 125,000 shares of Series B Cumulative
Convertible Preferred Stock, and (iii) a warrant which was exercisable into an
aggregate of 1,050,000 shares of the Company's Common Stock at any time prior to
July 31, 2000 at a per share price of $1.25. The second component was a loss on
extinguishment of debt of $821,547 relating to the Company's redemption of its
$2,000,000 principal amount of convertible debentures from the proceeds of the
offering of the Notes which was incurred in the third and fourth quarters of
1996.
    
 
   
    The Company incurred a net loss of $6,465,963 in 1995 as compared to
$4,054,515 in 1996. This improvement is primarily attributable to the one-time
net extraordinary gain on extinguishment of debt, improved profit margins, and
the absence of a discontinued operations charge in 1996, partially offset by the
nonrecurring charges, increased interest expense and increased depreciation and
amortization expense.
    
 
   
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995 VERSUS YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994
    
 
    Revenues increased by $10,992,678 or 113%, from $9,755,343 in 1994 to
$20,748,021 in 1995. This $10,992,678 net increase in revenues was the result of
(i) the USC acquisition which contributed $10,452,248, (ii) a $1,911,489
increase in the Company's "1+" revenue primarily arising from new customers
(excluding the USC acquisition), (iii) a decline of $1,217,161 in revenue
relating to certain operator services, and the Company's wholesale and
international business, and (iv) a decline in other revenues of $153,898.
 
    Gross profit increased by $5,174,995 from $1,456,913 in 1994 to $6,631,908
in 1995 principally due to the USC acquisition. The gross profit margin
increased by 17% from 15% in 1994 to 32% in 1995. This increase was principally
due to the improved mix of call traffic provided by the USC revenues which
consisted of a higher percentage of "1+" calls. The percentage of "1+" calls,
which have a higher gross profit margin, has increased as compared to the lower
margin operator service and wholesale calls.
 
    General and administrative expense increased by $3,624,157 from $2,854,237
in 1994 to $6,478,394 in 1995, and, as a percentage of revenues, increased from
30% in 1994 to 32% in 1995. The increase in total general and administrative
expense was primarily attributable to the USC acquisition. The increase as a
 
                                       44
<PAGE>
percentage of revenues was indicative of the duplicity of costs experienced when
USC was first acquired. These costs consisted primarily of personnel related
items. The Company focused on decreasing the relative percentage of these costs
and, in the fourth quarter of 1995, such costs decreased to 28% of revenues.
 
    Depreciation and amortization expense increased by $873,908 from $413,317 in
1994 to $1,287,225 in 1995 and, as a percentage of revenues, increased from 4%
in 1994 to 6% in 1995. This increase resulted from higher depreciation and
amortization charges arising from the USC acquisition and increased depreciation
from the acquisition of switching equipment in December 1994.
 
    The Company incurred a loss from continuing operations before other income
(expense) of $1,810,641 in 1994 versus a $1,277,110 loss in 1995. This decrease
was principally attributable to an improvement in gross profit margins but was
partially offset by small percentage increases in general and administrative
expense and depreciation and amortization expense.
 
    The Company had net other expense of $8,429 in 1994 as compared to net other
expense of $658,111 in 1995. This increase was primarily due to an increase in
interest expense from $29,903 to $682,796 related to the increased debt incurred
in connection with the USC acquisition.
 
    The loss from discontinued operations increased by $3,902,826 from $627,916
in 1994 to $4,530,742 in 1995. The provision for operating losses of the
discontinued operations during the phase-out period was increased by $475,000 in
1995. The $150,000 reserve established at December 31, 1994 became inadequate
due to unforeseen delays in the proposed spin off of SATC and the ultimate
decision to cancel the spin-off and sell the subsidiary after the death of
SATC's president in September 1995. On February 29, 1996, SATC was sold to a key
member of SATC management for a $500,000 note, payable over ten years bearing
interest at 7% per annum. At December 31, 1995, the Company recorded an
impairment loss of $4,055,742, including a reserve against the note, to reflect
the net realizable value of SATC. This amount was a noncash charge against
earnings.
 
   
    The Company incurred a net loss of $2,446,986 for 1994 as compared to
$6,465,963 in 1995. The increased net loss was principally attributable to the
loss from discontinued operations and increased interest expense related to the
debt incurred in connection with the USC acquisition.
    
 
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
 
   
    On August 12, 1996, the Company completed the $27.2 million private
placement of the Notes, which are generally convertible at any time prior to
maturity at a conversion price of $2.55 per share, subject to adjustments in
certain circumstances. The Notes are redeemable at the option of the Company in
whole or in part at any time on or after August 15, 1999 at annual redemption
prices starting at 107% of principal, plus accrued interest to the redemption
date. Each holder of the Notes has the right to require the Company to
repurchase the Notes in the event that all three of the following events occur:
(i) the Company incurs certain indebtedness, (ii) the Pro-Forma Interest
Coverage (as defined herein) is less than 2.0 to 1, and (iii) the "$2 Minimum
Threshold" is not met. Semi-annual cash interest payments of $1.6 million will
be due on the Notes and the 10% Debenture during each February and August until
August 2006. As a result, a substantial portion of the Company's cash flow will
be devoted to debt service. The ability of the Company to make payments of
principal and interest will be largely dependent upon its future performance. If
losses from operations do not improve, the Company will have to borrow
additional funds or sell debt or equity securities to make such interest
payments. There can be no assurances that such sources of financing will be
available to the Company.
    
 
    The Company has used the net proceeds received from the Original Offering of
the Notes of approximately $25.4 million after deducting estimated transaction
related fees and expenses to (i) refinance existing bank debt to Norwest of
approximately $7 million, (ii) exercise the Company's option to purchase 843,023
shares of the Company's Common Stock from former USC shareholders for
 
                                       45
<PAGE>
   
approximately $2.9 million, (iii) redeem or repurchase certain of the Company's
outstanding debentures for $2.1 million, and (iv) approximately $13.4 million to
effect the Addtel and FCLD acquisitions and for network expansion and working
capital.
    
 
   
    On January 9, 1997, the Company completed a line of credit arrangement with
Greyrock, a division of NationsCredit Commercial Corporation. The line of credit
has maximum availability of $10 million, with borrowings based on 80% of
eligible accounts receivable and inventory, other than receivables arising from
telecommunications services rendered to customers which are billed to the
customers by a RBOC, a BOC, a LEC, a credit card company, or a provider of local
telephone services. The borrowings are secured by all of the assets of the
Company and its subsidiaries and the stock of the Company's subsidiaries. The
line of credit matures December 31, 1997 and automatically renews for successive
additional one year terms unless either party elects to terminate by giving
written notice to the other not less than 60 days prior to the next maturity
date.
    
 
   
    The borrowings bear interest at a floating rate of 2.5% above the reference
rate of Bank of America NT & SA, provided that the interest rate is not less
than 9% per annum. Interest is payable monthly and to the extent that accrued
interest does not equal $10,000 per month, the Company is required to pay an
unused line of credit fee of such difference. The initial borrowing by the
Company under this facility aggregated $1.6 million principal amount on January
9, 1997, and as of March 31, 1997, the Company had $2,055,242 principal amount
of indebtedness outstanding under such facility. Proceeds from this line were
used to make the $1,382,667 interest payment on the Notes on February 14, 1997.
Although loan balances fluctuate daily based on the amounts of accounts
receivable and collection, the Company has generally reached the maximum
borrowing amount available based on the historical calculation of eligible
accounts receivable. In order to improve the Company's working capital position
and help mitigate shortfalls, the Company has reached an oral agreement with
Greyrock to expand the borrowing base of eligible accounts receivable to include
both unbilled and billed receivables.
    
 
   
    The agreements regarding the line of credit contain covenants which, among
other matters, limit the
ability of the Company and its subsidiaries to take the following actions
without the consent of Greyrock: (1) merge, consolidate and acquire or sell
assets, (2) incur indebtedness outside the ordinary course of business which
would have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries taken
as a whole or on the prospect of repayment of the obligations under the line of
credit, (3) pay dividends other than stock dividends and certain dividends with
respect to the Company's Series A Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock, and
(4) redeem, purchase or acquire its capital stock.
    
 
   
    On March 25 1997, the Company completed a $3.8 million private placement of
the 10% Debenture, which is generally convertible at any time prior to maturity
at a conversion price of $2.55 per share, subject to adjustments in certain
circumstances. The 10% Debenture is redeemable at the option of the Company in
whole or in part at any time on or after August 15, 1999 at annual redemption
prices starting at 107% of principal, plus accrued interest to the redemption
date. Each holder has the right to require the Company to repurchase the 10%
Debenture in the event that all three of the following events occur: (i) the
Company incurs certain indebtedness, (ii) the Pro-Forma Interest Coverage is
less than 2.0 to 1, and (iii) the $2 Minimum Threshold is not met. The Company
used approximately $1.5 million of the $3.2 million net proceeds received from
the sale of the 10% Debenture to reduce indebtedness outstanding from time to
time under the Greyrock Facility, and used the remaining $1.7 million for
working capital.
    
 
   
    Since October 22, 1996, the $2 Minimum Threshold has not been met.
Additionally, the Company's Pro Forma Interest Coverage remains less than 2.0 to
1. Therefore, if the Company incurs additional indebtedness (other than as
permitted under the 10% Debenture and the Indenture), then a holder of the Notes
and the 10% Debenture would have the right to require the Company to repurchase
the Notes and the 10% Debenture. Should holders of the Notes and the 10%
Debenture ever have the ability to cause the Company to repurchase the Notes and
the 10% Debenture, there can be no assurance that the Company would have
sufficient liquidity to effect such repurchase.
    
 
                                       46
<PAGE>
    During the Company's third quarter ended September 30, 1996 and a majority
of the fourth quarter ended December 31, 1996, the Company experienced delays in
obtaining circuits primarily in New Mexico, and, to a lesser extent, Arizona and
Colorado. This delay in obtaining circuits adversely impacted the Company's
gross margins and related profitability. The Company may in the future
experience difficulties in obtaining circuits as the demand for circuits
increases. These circuits, which must be obtained from the local RBOC, CLEC or a
competitive access provider, enable the Company's network to operate at its
optimum efficiency by increasing the number of calls originating and terminating
on the network. Should the lack of available circuits recur, this condition will
have a negative impact on gross profit margin and related profitability because
the Company will be forced to terminate calls off its network at a higher cost
than if terminated on its network.
 
   
    The Company experienced negative cash flow from operating activities of
$2,289,481 and $1,224,486, in 1994 and 1995, respectively, and positive cash
flow from operating activities of $635,390 in 1996. The Company experienced
negative cash flow from operating activities of $564,382 and $7,497,651 for the
three months ended March 31, 1996 and 1997, respectively. The positive cash flow
of $635,390 in 1996 and the negative cash flow of $7,497,651 for the three
months ended March 31, 1997 includes approximately $1.1 million and $495,000,
respectively of claims related to amounts for transmission and access charges
which the Company has paid but believes were overbilled by the Company's long
line transmission carriers and several local exchange carriers. Total claims
receivable at March 31, 1997 were approximately $1,463,000. The Company has been
and intends to vigorously pursue settlement of these disputed charges by
demanding cash repayment or credit against future billings. In addition, the
Company has offset approximately $1,067,000 on invoiced amounts from its long
line carriers regarding on-going disputes over credit amounts. Any failure of
the Company to ultimately obtain such repayments or credit against future
billings would have a material adverse effect on the Company's cash flow and
results of operations. The overall improvement in cash flow from operating
activities in 1996 is attributable to improved cash management. The improvement
in 1995 over 1994 is primarily due to the improvement in operations resulting
from the USC acquisition and subsequent integration of the combined operations.
    
 
   
    The overall deterioration in cash flow used in operating activities during
the three months ended March 31, 1997 is principally attributable to increased
operating losses and the significant decrease in accounts payable and accrued
expenses due to payment of contractual obligations with Addtel's line cost
vendors. In order to have sufficient working capital for operations and to make
semi-annual cash interest payments on the Notes and the Debenture of $1.6
million, the Company must expand its available borrowings under the Greyrock
Facility, obtain a moratorium on vendor obligations, borrow other additional
funds or sell debt or equity securities or a combination of the foregoing.
    
 
   
    The Company currently plans on phasing out Addtel's wholesale business by
the end of the third quarter of 1997. Management anticipates that this phase out
will have an immaterial effect on the Company's overall gross profit margin.
However, management expects that cash flow will be negatively impacted during
and after the phase out because wholesale accounts receivable are generally
collected in 30 days after customer billing and related line costs are generally
payable in 60 to 90 days from carrier invoice date.
    
 
   
    Management believes an additional factor negatively impacting cash flow
during the second and third quarters of 1997 will be the delay in billing and
collection of the revenues associated with the dropped calls after mid-March
1997.
    
 
   
    In 1994, accounts receivable expanded due to a growth in revenues without
proportionate increases in accounts payable and accrued expenses, which caused
working capital to be expended. Domestic accounts receivable are generally
collected in 45 days and foreign accounts receivable are generally collected in
65 days. However, accounts payable for contracts with transmission carriers and
switched service providers must generally be paid in 30 days. As is customary in
the industry, the Company has entered into a
    
 
                                       47
<PAGE>
contractual arrangement with one or more third party billing and collection
companies with respect to certain of its receivables.
 
   
    Cash used in investing activities was $1,743,558, $7,141,820 and $3,172,528
in 1994, 1995, 1996, respectively, and $367,220 and $8,494,028 for the three
months ended March 31, 1996 and 1997, respectively. Of the total in 1996,
$9,084,591 was utilized in the acquisition of Addtel, FCLD and Economy. Of the
total in 1995, $6,974,685 was utilized in the acquisition of USC and of the
total in 1994, $1,330,397 was utilized in the acquisition of LDN. The $3,588,786
of the total in 1996 was attributable to expenditures for property and equipment
primarily related to switching equipment and network associated costs. Of the
total in the first quarter of 1997, $8,112,436 was utilized in the acquisition
of Addtel. $451,025 of the total in first quarter of 1997 versus $367,220 in the
first quarter of 1996 was attributable to expenditures for property and
equipment primarily related to switching equipment and network associated costs.
    
 
   
    Cash provided by financing activities was $3,166,078, $8,858,613, and
$16,073,866 in 1994, 1995, 1996, respectively, and $378,292 and $4,219,493 for
the three months ended March 31, 1996 and 1997, respectively. Net proceeds of
$25.4 million from issuance of the Notes in 1996 were utilized to (i) repay
existing bank debt of $7 million, (ii) repurchase 843,023 shares of the
Company's Common Stock from former USC shareholders for $2.9 million, (iii)
redeem the Company's outstanding debentures for $2.1 million, and (iv) the
remaining balance of approximately $13.4 million was utilized to effect the
Addtel and FCLD acquisitions and for network expansion and working capital.
Proceeds generated from the issuance of $7,000,000 of long term debt and
$1,000,000 of Series A Stock were utilized in the 1995 acquisition of USC.
Proceeds from private placements of Common Stock were the principal source of
the $1,330,397 of cash used for the 1994 acquisition of LDN. The majority of the
increase in 1996 is attributable to the Original Issuance of Notes in August
1996. The majority of the increase for the three months ended 1997 is
attributable to the sale of the 10% Debenture in March 1997.
    
 
    In connection with the USC acquisition, the Company (i) paid $6,500,000 in
cash (including $2,400,000 paid in connection with certain agreements pertaining
to non-competition and confidentiality); (ii) issued the notes having an
aggregate principal amount of $4,250,000 and bearing interest at the rate of 11%
per annum (the "USC Notes"); (iii) issued an aggregate of 125,000 shares of
Series B Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock ("Series B Stock"); and (iv)
issued warrants exercisable into an aggregate of 1,050,000 shares of the
Company's Common Stock at any time prior to July 31, 2000 at a per share
exercise price of $1.25. On June 21, 1996, the Company acquired all of such
securities for an aggregate of $308,500 of cash and the issuance of an aggregate
of 843,023 shares of the Company's Common Stock. On August 14, 1996, the Company
used $2,900,000 of the net proceeds of the Original Offering of the Notes to
exercise its option to purchase such 843,023 shares of the Company's Common
Stock for an exercise price of $3.44 per share.
 
    In order to provide the cash portion of the purchase price to be paid to the
stockholders of USC, the Company entered into a series of related transactions
which were consummated concurrently with the closing of the USC acquisition on
July 31, 1995. The primary transaction was the $10,000,000 Credit Agreement with
Norwest under which $7,000,000 was advanced to fund a majority of the cash
proceeds utilized in the acquisition. On November 10, 1995 and March 13, 1996,
the Company entered into amendments to its Credit Agreement with Norwest, which,
among other things: (i) amended certain definitions, agreements, and covenants
relating to operating cash flow, senior debt service coverage, and prepayments
on subordinated debt, and (ii) waived any breach of financial covenants with
respect to senior debt service coverage and with respect to operating cash flow
at September 30, 1995 and December 31, 1995. As part of such amendments, the
Company paid default fees of $35,000 and prepaid $150,000 of indebtedness on
November 30, 1995. In connection with obtaining the consent of Norwest to the
sale of the Notes, on July 17, 1996 the Company received a waiver from Norwest
with respect to any breach arising out of the computation of senior debt service
coverage and operating cash flow as of May 31, 1996 for the preceding six months
and paid a waiver fee of $20,000. These amendments and waivers to the Credit
Agreement were necessitated because (1) the general and administrative expenses
being incurred
 
                                       48
<PAGE>
by USC exceeded those projected by the Company and (2) the closing date of the
acquisition was delayed beyond the originally scheduled closing date. On August
12, 1996, the Company used approximately $7,000,000 of the net proceeds from the
Original Offering of the Notes to fully repay the principal and interest
outstanding to the date of such repayment under the Credit Agreement.
 
    In addition, in consideration of the payment of $1,000,000 in cash and
services provided in connection with the USC acquisition by JLCM, the Company
privately placed with JLCM an aggregate of 166,667 shares of Series A Stock and
issued to JLCM the JLCM Warrant entitling JLCM to purchase an additional 500,000
shares of the Company's Common Stock at a price of $1.125 per share. On July 31,
1996, the Company issued JLCM an additional 13,333 shares of Series A Stock in
payment of the annual dividend on such stock.
 
   
    The terms and provisions relating to the Series A Stock provide for the
conversion of such shares into an aggregate of 1,440,000 shares of Common Stock
of the Company at any time prior to redemption by the Company (either through
optional redemption at any time after July 31, 1997, or through mandatory
redemption no later than July 31, 2000), which number of shares was subject to
adjustment in certain circumstances, including the issuance by the Company of
shares of Common Stock at prices below the $1.125 stipulated conversion price.
    
 
    In March, April and June 1996, the Company entered into private placements
whereby it sold an aggregate of $600,000 of its 9% Convertible Subordinated
Debentures in March 1996 (the "March Debentures") and $400,000 of its 9%
Convertible Subordinated Debentures in April 1996 (the "April Debentures"), and
$1,000,000 of its 9% Convertible Subordinated Debentures in June 1996. All such
debentures were repurchased by the Company on September 6, 1996 with
approximately $2,100,000 of the net proceeds of the Original Offering of the
Notes. In connection with such private placements, the Company paid $75,000 of
finders fees and issued the Finder's Warrants exercisable into an aggregate of
200,000 shares of Common Stock. See "SELLING NOTEHOLDERS AND SELLING
STOCKHOLDERS--SELLING STOCKHOLDERS."
 
    On May 7, 1996, six holders of the Common Stock Purchase Warrants issued in
the Company's September 20, 1995 private placement exercised such warrants for
an aggregate of 1,070,000 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $1.25
per share or $1,337,500. In connection with such early exercise, the Company
issued additional Common Stock Purchase Warrants to such holders exercisable
into an aggregate of 1,337,500 shares of Common stock at an exercise price of
$2.40 per share between November 7, 1996 and May 7, 1998.
 
   
    At March 31, 1997, the Company had $32,537,656 of long term debt of which
$536,322 was the current portion. Of such long term debt, $27,200,000 principal
amount is attributable to the Notes and $3,800,000 principal amount is
attributable to the 10% Debenture. Although management of the Company currently
believes that cash flows generated from operations will improve with the
integration of Addtel and expansion of the Company's telecommunications network,
the Company's working capital is not sufficient to meet current obligations
without an infusion of additional working capital. Also, in order for the
Company to continue its aggressive acquisition program, the Company must either
use equity securities as consideration or raise additional debt or equity. There
is no assurance that such capital will be available. In the past, the Company
has financed its operations and expansion needs from proceeds from private
placements of Common Stock and the exercise of stock options. There can be no
assurances that these or other sources of funds will continue to be available.
    
 
   
    At March 31, 1997, the Company had a cash and cash equivalent balance of
$2,588,280 as compared to $14,360,466 at December 31, 1996. The decline in cash
was principally attributable to (i) the $8 million purchase price of Addtel,
(ii) $7.5 million cash used in operating activities, and (iii) $1 million and
$500,000 for principal payments and capital expenditures, respectfully. The
decline was partially offset by $3.2 million net proceeds from the sale of the
10% Debenture and $2.1 million under the Greyrock Facility. As of March 31,
1997, working capital was a negative $2,688,567 as compared to a negative
$3,011,355 at December 31, 1996.
    
 
                                       49
<PAGE>
   
    The Company is required to pay annual dividends in cash or in kind on the
Company's Series A Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock of $129,600 on July
31, 1997.
    
 
CAPITAL EXPENDITURES
 
   
    Capital expenditures for the three months ended March 31, 1997 totaled
$916,492, of which $465,467 were financed. Capital expenditures in 1996 totaled
$4,590,027, of which $1,001,241 were financed. Capital expenditures for 1995
totaled $693,977 of which $500,701 were financed. The majority of these capital
expenditures relate to switching equipment acquired by means of capital leases
and network costs.
    
 
   
    Other than additional fixed facilities, such as switching equipment
requirements as the network expands and peripheral equipment and software such
as billing systems to support such expansion, future capital expenditures are
expected to be minimal. The Company's future capital expenditures related to
network expansion will be made primarily to acquire switches and related
equipment. Additional switching equipment would require significant capital
expenditures by the Company.
    
 
DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS
 
    In October 1994, the Company made the determination to focus its long-term
strategy and resources on the expansion of its domestic telecommunications
services business, ultimately resulting in the sale of all of the issued and
outstanding capital stock of SATC described below as well as the discontinuation
of the operations of Baltic States/CIS Ventures, Inc. ("BSCV").
 
    Management of the Company determined to sell SATC in October 1995, after the
death of SATC's president, resulting in the cancellation of the previously
proposed spin-off and distribution of SATC to the Company's stockholders. A
corporation formed by a key member of SATC's management purchased SATC on
February 29, 1996. SATC had developed a proprietary information database for the
offering of on-line title abstracting and title insurance and reporting services
and operates title plants in Midland County and Ector County, Texas. The
consideration received by the Company for such sale was a promissory note in the
original principal amount of $500,000 with interest at 7% per annum payable over
10 years, secured by a pledge of the stock of and guaranty by SATC and a
security interest in the assets of SATC. The Company has retained the benefits
of certain net operating losses incurred by SATC.
 
HOLIDAY AND SEASONAL VARIATIONS IN REVENUES
 
    The Company's revenues, and thus its potential earnings, are affected by
holiday and seasonal variations. A substantial portion of the Company's revenues
are generated by direct dial domestic long distance commercial customers, and,
accordingly, the Company experiences decreases in revenues around holidays (both
domestic and international) when commercial customers reduce their usage. The
Company's fourth fiscal quarter ending December 31, which includes the
Thanksgiving, Hanukkah, Christmas and New Year's Eve holidays, and the Company's
first fiscal quarter ending March 31, historically have been the slowest revenue
periods of the Company's fiscal year. The Company's fixed operating expenses,
however, do not decrease during these quarters. Accordingly, the Company will
likely experience lower revenues and earnings in its first and fourth fiscal
quarters when compared with the other fiscal quarters.
 
EFFECT OF INFLATION
 
   
    Inflation is not a material factor affecting the Company's business.
Historically, transmission and switched service costs per minute have decreased
as the volume of minutes increased. General operating expenses such as salaries,
employee benefits and occupancy costs are, however, subject to normal
inflationary pressures. Management has been able to contain these expenses
through cost control measures.
    
 
                                       50
<PAGE>
                    OVERVIEW OF TELECOMMUNICATIONS INDUSTRY
 
INDUSTRY BACKGROUND
 
   
    The competitive long distance telecommunications industry in the United
States has evolved principally as the result of the court-ordered divesture in
1984 by AT&T of its local exchange operations previously performed by AT&T's 22
operating companies. The AT&T Decree divided the United States into
approximately 200 LATAs and combined these 22 companies into seven RBOCs. These
RBOCs (NYNEX, Bell Atlantic, Bell South, Ameritech, US West, Southwestern Bell
and Pacific Telesis Group) along with other entities such as GTE and other
smaller companies, were given the exclusive right to provide intra-LATA service,
local access service to long distance carriers and intra-LATA toll service.
RBOCs were prohibited from transmitting inter-LATA services, which services
became the province of long distance companies which own or lease and operate
both switching equipment and long distance transmission facilities, including
AT&T, MCI, Sprint, WorldCom and other IXCs such as the Company. Other companies
offering long distance service act as resellers for the services of long
distance companies as switchless resellers or switched resellers.
    
 
    The AT&T Decree, together with a separate court decree ("GTE Decree")
entered in 1984, helped create the foundation for smaller companies, such as the
Company, to emerge as competitive alternatives to AT&T, MCI, Sprint and WorldCom
for long distance telecommunications services. The AT&T Decree required that the
RBOCs provide all IXCs with access to local exchange service for the purpose of
accepting and completing inter-LATA calls. The access provided must be "equal in
type, quality and price" to that provided to AT&T. In addition, RBOCs are
required to maintain a subscription process that gives a telephone customer the
right to select an IXC for carrying such customer's inter-LATA telephone calls.
These so-called "equal access" and related provisions were intended to prevent
preferential treatment of AT&T by the RBOCs and to regulate charges that the
RBOCs could charge the IXCs, regardless of their volume of traffic. Similar
access requirements have been imposed upon the subsidiaries of GTE, which
provide local telephone service, and upon other independent LECs.
Notwithstanding the AT&T Decree, the GTE Decree and certain FCC regulations,
there are limited "nonequal access" areas in the United States where local
access providers are not required to provide "equal access" and where the
competitive market in long distance services has not developed to the degree it
has elsewhere. Equal access is also not required for wireless calls. The equal
access rules have resulted in IXCs, such as the Company, being able to offer
"1+" dialing (i.e., by dialing "1" (plus the area code when necessary) and the
telephone number of the person being called) rather than the customer dialing
access codes or identification numbers and codes in order to utilize the
Company's long distance telephone services.
 
   
TELECOMMUNICATIONS ACT OF 1996.  The 1996 Act is intended to foster additional
competition in the United States domestic telecommunications market. The
legislation opened, for the first time, the local access service market to
competition, by requiring that LECs permit interconnection to their networks
and, among other things, to provide unbundled access, resale, number
portability, dialing parity, access to rights of way and mutual compensation. In
effect, the 1996 Act seeks to foster competition in the local telephone market
as the AT&T Decree and GTE Decree did in the long distance market by requiring
LECs to allow the resale by third parties, of some or all of the services now
being provided to residential and business customers. The legislation also
codifies the LECs' equal access and non-discrimination obligations and preempts
inconsistent state regulation. Finally, the legislation also contains special
provisions which eliminate the AT&T Decree and the GTE Decree, which restrict
the RBOCs and GTE operating companies, respectively, from providing long
distance service and engaging in telecommunications equipment manufacturing.
These new provisions permit RBOCs to enter the long distance market under
certain conditions and to enter into business relationships with IXCs that were
previously prohibited. An RBOC will no longer be restricted from providing
inter-LATA long distance service outside of those markets in which it provides
local access service (referred to as "out-of-region" long distance service). An
RBOC may provide long distance service within the regions in which it also
provides local exchange service (referred to as "in-region" service) if it
satisfies several procedural and substantive requirements, including obtaining
    
 
                                       51
<PAGE>
   
FCC approval. FCC approval is to be granted upon a showing that (i)
facilities-based competition is present in the state in question, (ii) the RBOC
has entered into interconnection agreements in those states in which it seeks
long distance relief and (iii) the interconnection agreements satisfy a 14-point
"checklist" of competitive requirements, and if the FCC is satisfied that the
RBOC's entry into the long distance market in question is in the public
interest. Before making its ruling the FCC is instructed to consult with the
Department of Justice ("DOJ"), but the FCC is not bound by recommendations of
the DOJ. See "RISK FACTORS--HIGHLY COMPETITIVE INDUSTRY" and "RISK
FACTORS--REGULATORY AND LEGISLATIVE UNCERTAINTY."
    
 
   
    The Company believes that the 1996 Act will result in substantial changes in
the marketplace that should be generally favorable for the Company. Since the
1996 Act seeks to foster greater competition in the telecommunications industry,
the Company believes it will benefit from a wider array of potential products
and services formerly not sold by long distance providers. The Company also
believes it will have the ability to market a full range of local
telecommunications services, and to negotiate favorable agreements with a
variety of products for local, long distance and associated telecommunications
services.
    
 
   
    Recently, the FCC concluded many months of hearings based on the
implementation of the 1996 Act, and as a result, issued several sweeping orders,
of which the "interconnection" order is most significant. The "interconnection"
order outlined how companies desiring to enter into local phone markets can
"hook up" to RBOCs and GTE and the networks of other LECs. It also set specific
formulas to determine the charges associated to leasing part of a local network.
These formulas outline reductions to the companies of 17% to 25% below the price
of the RBOCs and GTE retail local phone service for purposes of local resale.
The RBOC's and GTE appealed this order, and in October 1996, they were granted a
temporary stay of the FCC order by the U.S. Court of Appeals. Further, the court
suspended key provisions of the "interconnection" order such as pricing and
contract rules. Furthermore, the court's decision places the oversight of the
1996 Act back under the jurisdiction of the state PUCs, in which the RBOCs and
GTE has historically enjoyed a more favorable relationship. The FCC is appealing
these rulings to the U.S. Supreme Court, but industry estimates are that this
action will delay local telephone competition.
    
 
   
    Also, the FCC has adopted rules to implement the 1996 Act's "universal
fund," which will replace subsidies associated with local access charges, but be
paid for by all carriers, including the Company. The Company, as well as other
providers of interstate telecommunications, will be required to contribute to an
interstate universal service fund. Contributions will be assessed against
end-user telecommunications revenues. Upon implementation of these rules in
1997, the Company currently expects a reduction in the average per minute access
charges it incurs now from RBOCs and GTE in the Company's region.
    
 
PROCESSING OF A LONG DISTANCE TELEPHONE CALL
 
   
    A long distance telephone call is processed in three basic phases:
origination, transport (long haul) and termination. A call is originated when a
customer first obtains a dial tone provided by such customer's LEC, either an
RBOC or a CLEC. A customer who has chosen a primary long distance provider may
initiate a long distance telephone call by dialing "1" (plus the area code when
necessary) and the telephone number of the person being called. If a customer
has chosen a long distance provider which, like the Company, is an IXC, or which
is a switched reseller, the long distance call is routed to the switching
equipment maintained by that long distance provider. If the customer has
designated a long distance carrier which is a switchless reseller, the call is
routed to a switch owned by the IXC providing switching service to the
switchless reseller. The long distance provider will pay access charges to the
LECs originating and terminating the call.
    
 
    The IXC's switch, or point of presence ("POP"), deciphers the call and
switches it to the long distance transmission lines for transport to the
appropriate region of the country. Calls handled by the Company's switches are
routed to the Company's transmission lines, where available, or to the
transmission lines of
 
                                       52
<PAGE>
   
others, depending upon the destination of the call. Currently, the Company
utilizes various telecommunications carriers to carry long distance calls that
cannot be carried by the Company's own network facilities.
    
 
    A long distance call leaves the transport process when it reaches a switch
owned by a LEC providing local access service to the termination telephone. This
switch routes the long distance call onto the LEC's local access network for
termination. For each long distance call, the originating and terminating LECs
receive an access fee from the switched reseller or IXC providing long distance
service to the local customer. A switched reseller or IXC builds this fee and
any termination fees into the fees it charges its customers for long distance
telephone service.
 
   
    In order to complete a telephone call outside of the area covered by the
Company's network facilities, the Company must utilize transmission facilities
maintained by third parties. The Company pays a fee to these companies on a
usage basis. The Company's switches are capable of routing calls to the provider
of long distance transmission facilities for the call in question with the least
cost to the Company, based upon pre-coded instructions.
    
 
                                       53
<PAGE>
                                    BUSINESS
 
HISTORY
 
    Effective December 1991, the Company entered the telecommunications industry
through its acquisition of all of the stock of NATC, a telecommunications
carrier offering international telecommunications services to foreign customers.
From 1991 to 1993, NATC was the Company's primary business activity. Although
NATC's international business continues under the product name "GlobalCOM," its
significance to total revenues has diminished largely as a result of the
Company's entry into the domestic telephone business. This expansion began with
the acquisition of the stock of LDN, a domestic switchless reseller located in
Dallas, Texas effective March 1, 1994.
 
   
    In October 1994, the Company decided to focus its long-term strategy and
resources on the expansion of its domestic telecommunications services business,
ultimately resulting in the sale of SATC on February 29, 1996. Similarly, in
October 1995, the Company discontinued the operations of BSCV, a subsidiary of
the Company which engaged in the international long distance business, primarily
in the Russian Federation through joint ventures or contractual arrangements.
BSCV historically did not generate significant revenues for the Company. In
1995, the Company changed its name to SA Telecommunications, Inc. and continued
the growth of its domestic telecommunications services through the acquisition
of USC, a domestic switchless reseller located in Levelland, Texas, with a
customer base located in Arizona, Arkansas, New Mexico, Oklahoma and Texas.
    
 
    The Company's predecessor, Mineral Leasing Corporation, was incorporated in
Texas on September 16, 1981 and was originally engaged in the oil and gas
leasing business. In April 1989, such entity merged into Coquina Search Corp., a
Delaware corporation.
 
GENERAL
 
   
    SA Telecommunications, Inc. is a publicly held holding company which,
through its operating subsidiaries, is a full-service regional interexchange
carrier providing a wide range of domestic telecommunications services through
its network of owned and leased transmission and switching facilities. The
Company primarily serves small and medium sized commercial accounts in the west,
southwest and south central United States. A vast majority of the Company's
commercial and residential customers are located in suburban, secondary and
rural markets. In addition to providing "1+" domestic long distance services,
the Company also offers international long distance, wholesale long distance,
operator and wireless services, and other products such as voice and data
private lines, "800/888" services, Internet access and travel cards. The Company
is also authorized to resell local telephone service in Texas and California.
The Company has begun test marketing the resale of local exchange services of
Southwestern Bell in portions of Texas through the grant of an SPCOA from the
Texas PUC, but is not presently reselling local exchange services in California.
    
 
   
    The Company entered the telecommunications business in 1991 through the
acquisition of NATC, a telecommunications provider offering international long
distance telecommunications services to foreign customers. In 1994 and 1995, the
Company acquired two Texas-based switchless resellers, LDN of Dallas, Texas, and
USC of Levelland, Texas. During 1996, the Company purchased substantially all of
the assets of FCLD, a switched reseller of long distance telephone services
located in Amarillo, Texas. Additionally, effective in 1996 the Company acquired
Economy, a switchless reseller located in McKinney, Texas, and Uniquest, a
corporation engaged in third party customer verification services and outbound
telemarketing. Effective November 1, 1996, the Company purchased all of the
issued and outstanding capital stock of Addtel, a switchless reseller of long
distance services based in Glendale, California. At March 31, 1997, a majority
of Addtel's revenue was derived from the provision of wholesale long distance
services while its retail customer base primarily consisted of small and medium
sized commercial accounts and residential customers concentrated in the greater
Los Angeles metropolitan area. The growth in the Company's initial customer base
has been largely the result of these acquisitions.
    
 
                                       54
<PAGE>
   
    During late 1995 and early 1996, the Company purchased and installed
switches in Dallas, Texas and Phoenix, Arizona and added leased transmission
facilities between these switches and the operator switch the Company acquired
in the USC acquisition. The Company expanded its network through the acquisition
of switching equipment in Amarillo and Lubbock in connection with the FCLD
acquisition. During the second quarter of 1997, the Company plans to upgrade and
move the Amarillo switch to Los Angeles, California and to add leased
transmission facilities between this switch and its other switches.
    
 
   
    The Company markets its services in areas in the west, southwest and south
central United States served by its network primarily under the trade names
"USC," "USI," "First Choice Long Distance," "Southwest Long Distance Network"
and "Addtel" trade names. The Company currently anticipates future growth will
primarily result from sales and marketing efforts of its direct sales force,
telemarketing, agent sales, mass marketing sales and from continued acquisitions
of telecommunications companies within its market area or adjacent thereto,
subject to the availability of capital.
    
 
THE COMPANY'S NETWORK
 
   
    The Company currently operates switching equipment located in Dallas and
Lubbock, Texas and Phoenix, Arizona under capital lease arrangements and an
operator service switch located in Levelland, Texas. During the second quarter
of 1997, the Company plans to upgrade and move the switch formerly located in
Amarillo, Texas to Los Angeles, California. In addition, the Company leases
local access circuits and long distance transmission facilities from various
providers. The local access circuits and transmission facilities connect the
Company's switches with each other and with switching equipment owned by third
parties in other geographic areas. Together, the Company's switches, local
access circuits, and long distance transmission facilities comprise the
Company's network. The Company's transmission facilities between the Company's
switches and the LECs in its market area permit the routing of a customer's
telephone call directly from the LEC's switch to the Company's switch and
ultimately to the destination number. The call can be routed over the Company's
network, to the extent that the Company's long distance transmission facilities
originate and terminate in the appropriate geographic region, or a combination
of the Company's facilities and a third party provider. Also, the call can be
routed completely over a third party provider based upon a contractual
relationship with the Company. Calls which originate and terminate on the
Company's network have a higher gross margin than other calls because the
Company only has to pay origination and termination fees to the serving LECs and
not to another IXC for off-network coverage. The Company's digital switches in
Dallas, Lubbock and Phoenix permit the Company to route calls to the least
expensive alternative available to the Company.
    
 
   
    The Company currently utilizes Siemens Stromberg Carlsen DCO Class 4/Class 5
switches for its network platform. These switches are connected through leased
fiber-optic transmission lines, which are connected to LEC's tandem switches in
LATAs in its target market. The Company's switches are fully digital and utilize
advanced routing systems for enhanced transmission quality. Siemens switches are
used extensively by RBOCs and IXCs because they are modular, very flexible and
easily adaptable.
    
 
SERVICES
 
   
DOMESTIC LONG DISTANCE AND RELATED SERVICES.  The Company provides its customers
with 24-hour long distance telephone services to all points in the United States
and to any foreign country. The Company's primary services are switched "1+"
domestic long distance service, in-bound domestic "800/888" service, and
domestic travel card service. The Company's "1+" domestic service is provided
through equal access to the network of the LEC with the Company as the
customer's primary long distance carrier. In-bound "800/888" service allows a
customer to receive calls at a specified number from the general public at no
cost to the caller. Travel card service allows an individual to call another
destination while outside of their office or home. Other offerings include the
ability to call foreign countries from a domestic locations (international
calling), domestic long distance directory assistance, the provision of voice
and data private line services, dedicated "1+" domestic long distance service,
as well as a domestic operator assistance
    
 
                                       55
<PAGE>
   
service. Customer billing is generated internally for the Company's "1+"
business and is LEC billed through a third party service provider with respect
to operator service and certain mass marketing programs.
    
   
    Domestic retail "1+" long distance and related services represented
approximately 23% of the Company's total revenues in 1994, 66% in 1995, 71% in
1996 and 65% for the three months ended March 31, 1997. The growth from 1994
through 1996 was the result of a primary focus on this segment due to higher
profit margins and network utilization. The decline for the three months ended
March 31, 1997 was the result of the disproportionate impact of the Addtel
wholesale revenues.
    
 
    The Company's customers can access the Company's network in several ways. If
a customer is located in an area that has been converted to equal access
(meaning that all long distance carriers are provided with equal access to the
respective LEC's network) and that customer has selected the Company as its
primary long distance carrier, access is gained by dialing "1" plus the area
code and number desired. Substantially all of the Company's customers gain
access to the Company's network in this manner. The Company also provides access
to its switches through dedicated access lines which are private-leased lines
dedicated to one customer. Finally, customers in both equal access areas and
non-equal access areas can access the Company's network by dialing a Company
provided access number. Under its service options, the Company charges its
customers on the basis of minutes of usage at rates that vary with the distance,
duration and/or time of day of the call.
 
   
OPERATOR SERVICES.  The Company provides operator services to pay telephone
owners, hotels and other persons who provide telephone equipment that is
available to the public. These services consist of assistance in placing long
distance telephone calls, including collect calls or person-to-person calls.
Operator services represented approximately 46% of the Company's revenues in
1994, 22% in 1995, and 11% in 1996 and 4% for the three months ended March 31,
1997. The Company does not anticipate spending significant additional capital or
otherwise devoting the Company's resources to expanding its operator service
business unless an opportunity arises whereby the margins for such line of
business is comparable to the Company's other products.
    
 
   
WHOLESALE SERVICES.  The Company also provides transport and switch services
through its network to resellers of domestic long distance services. Wholesale
services constituted 9% of total revenue in 1994, 4% in 1995, and increased to
13% in 1996 and 28% for the three months ended March 31, 1997, partially due to
the Addtel acquisition. As a result of the acquisition of Addtel, the Company
presently derives a significant portion of its revenue from the provision of
wholesale long distance services to Star. Although the Company believes its
relationship with Star is good, there can be no assurance that the relationship
will continue as presently in effect. Any termination or significant disruption
of the Company's relationship with Star would have a material adverse effect on
the Company's gross revenues but would likely improve profit margins. In
addition, a deterioration in the financial condition of Star could possibly
expose the Company to potentially large accounts receivable write-offs which
would adversely effect the Company's financial condition and results of
operations. The Company plans on phasing out the wholesale business obtained in
the Addtel acquisition by the end of the third quarter of 1997. Management of
the Company believes this segment of the business is substantially less
profitable than the retail business and bears a higher credit risk. See "RISK
FACTORS--SIGNIFICANT WHOLESALE CUSTOMER."
    
 
   
INTERNATIONAL CALL BACK.  The Company also provides international service under
the GlobalCOM product name to individuals originating long distance telephone
calls from outside the United States. During the fourth quarter of 1996,
management of the Company decided to offer the international call back business
for sale, and if such sale was not forthcoming during the second quarter of
1997, to discontinue these international services by the end of the second
quarter. The revenues from international call back services as a percentage of
total revenues were 22% in 1994, 8% in 1995, 5% in 1996, and 3% for the three
months ended March 31, 1997. This decrease was largely the result of the
Company's previous decision in October 1994 to focus on higher margin domestic
telecommunications services.
    
 
                                       56
<PAGE>
   
OTHER TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES.  In May 1996, the Company was granted an
SPCOA from the Texas PUC permitting the Company to offer Southwestern Bell local
services on a resale basis to customers within Texas. The Company is currently
test marketing such service in portions of Texas at rates specified under
Southwestern Bell's resale tariff and is negotiating an interconnection
agreement for resale of local services in Texas and other states within the
Company's and Southwestern Bell's overlapping service areas. The Company has
also applied for similar certification in seven of the other states where it is
currently providing long distance services. On February 23, 1996, Addtel was
granted authority to resell local exchange services in California, but is
currently not providing such service. Management of the Company believes that
the resale of local exchange services will be instrumental to the Company in the
future because it will permit the Company to offer local telecommunications
service, together with a variety of long distance services, to its customers
under one invoice. The Company has also entered into contractual relationships
which permit the Company to offer paging services, Internet access services and
conference calling services of other providers. See "BUSINESS
STRATEGY--STRATEGIC ALLIANCES."
    
 
BUSINESS STRATEGY
 
   
    The Company's objective is to become the leading regional provider of
domestic telecommunications services by expanding its customer base and
increasing the utilization of its network. The Company plans to achieve this
goal through the implementation of a four point strategy consisting of
acquisitions, internal growth, network expansion, and strategic alliances. See
"RISK FACTORS--AVAILABILITY OF GROWTH OPPORTUNITIES," "RISK FACTORS--ACQUISITION
INTEGRATION; MANAGEMENT OF GROWTH," "RISK FACTORS--RISKS RELATING TO DEVELOPMENT
OF A LONG DISTANCE NETWORK" and "MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS."
    
 
   
ACQUISITIONS.  An important part of the Company's growth strategy is to continue
to acquire and integrate telecommunications companies whose customer base is
located in areas contiguous to or overlapping with the Company's existing
service area. The Company will seek to achieve operating efficiencies as a
regional consolidator by increasing customers and benefiting from compatible
call traffic patterns within its targeted expansion areas in the west, southwest
and south central United States. In considering acquisitions, the Company will
evaluate customer profiles, feasibility of obtaining operating efficiencies,
network and equipment compatibility, managerial and personnel resources and ease
of integration on a timely basis. Once the Company consummates an acquisition,
it intends to integrate the target's customer base into its own network and
billing system and to eliminate duplicative costs. The Company's ability to
effect such acquisitions may be limited by virtue of the Company's liquidity,
the covenants set forth in the Indenture, the 10% Debenture and the Greyrock
Facility.
    
 
INTERNAL GROWTH.  The Company will seek to increase its revenues through the use
of its direct sales force, telemarketing sales, agents and other marketing
techniques such as direct mail and mass marketing to achieve internal growth.
The Company's strategy also includes increasing its customers' utilization of
its network by promoting the sale of additional or "bundled" services, such as
Internet access, local access and wireless services, and enhanced services such
as voice mail, broadcast fax, and conference calling.
 
   
NETWORK EXPANSION.  The Company believes that expanding its network will enable
the Company to control the flow of its long distance traffic and to increase its
overall profit margin as well as improve the quality of its network
transmission. The Company monitors traffic patterns on its network, allowing it
to replace variable long distance transport costs with fixed transport costs
when call volumes to particular geographic areas dictate. The Company's switches
utilize software to reduce long distance transport costs of individual calls.
Since 1995, the Company has transformed from a switchless reseller to an IXC
with switching and transmission facilities.
    
 
STRATEGIC ALLIANCES.  The Company's growth plans include the exploration of
strategic alliances with product and service providers in the telecommunications
industry primarily inside its present geographic
 
                                       57
<PAGE>
   
area. The Company believes that such strategic relationships may enable it to
penetrate new markets, enhance its product offerings or more efficiently utilize
its network.
    
 
   
    In May 1996, the Company was issued an SPCOA by the Texas PUC permitting the
Company to offer Southwestern Bell's local services on a resale basis. The
Company is currently test marketing such service in portions of Texas at rates
specified under Southwestern Bell's resale tariff and is negotiating an
interconnection agreement for resale of local services in Texas and other states
within the Company's and Southwestern Bell's overlapping service areas. The
Company has also applied for similar certification in seven of the other states
in which it is currently providing such service. The Company has also entered
into contractual arrangements which permit the Company to offer paging services,
conference call services and Internet access services of other providers.
    
 
GREYROCK FACILITY
 
   
    On January 9, 1996, the Company completed a Line of Credit arrangement with
Greyrock, a division of NationsCredit Commercial Corporation. The line of credit
has maximum availability of $10 million, with borrowings based on 80% of
eligible accounts receivable and inventory, other than receivables arising from
telecommunications services rendered to customers which are billed to the
customers by a RBOC, a BOC, a LEC, a credit card company, or a provider of local
telephone services. The borrowings are secured by all of the assets of the
Company and its subsidiaries and the stock of the Company's subsidiaries. The
line of credit matures December 31, 1997 and automatically renews for successive
additional one year terms unless either party elects to terminate by giving
written notice to the other not less than 60 days prior to the next maturity
date.
    
 
   
    The borrowings bear interest at a floating rate of 2.5% above the reference
rate of Bank of America NT & SA, provided that the interest rate is not less
than 9% per annum. Interest is payable monthly and to the extent that accrued
interest does not equal $10,000 per month, the Company is required to pay an
unused line of credit fee of such difference. As of March 31, 1997, the Company
had approximately $1.95 million principal amount outstanding under this
facility.
    
 
   
    The agreements regarding the line of credit contain covenants which, among
other matters, limit the ability of the Company and its subsidiaries to take the
following actions without the consent of Greyrock: (1) merge, consolidate and
acquire or sell assets, (2) incur indebtedness outside the ordinary course of
business which would have a material adverse effect on the Company and its
subsidiaries taken as a whole or on the prospect of repayment of the obligations
under the line of credit, (3) pay dividends other than stock dividends and
certain dividends with respect to the Company's Series A Cumulative Convertible
Preferred Stock, and (4) redeem, purchase of acquire its capital stock.
    
 
10% DEBENTURES
 
   
    On March 25, 1997, the Company completed a private placement of $3,800,000
principal amount of its 10% Debenture to Northstar High Total Return Fund
("Northstar"). The maturity date of the Debenture is August 15, 2006, and
interest is payable, at the rate of 10% per annum, semiannually on February 15
and August 15, commencing August 15, 1997. Of the approximately $3.2 net
proceeds, approximately $1.5 million was used to reduce indebtedness outstanding
from time to time under the Company's line of credit arrangement with Greyrock
and approximately $1.7 was used for working capital.
    
 
   
    The Debenture was modeled after the Notes and the terms of the Debenture are
substantially similar to the Notes and contain generally the same covenants. See
"DESCRIPTION OF NOTES--CERTAIN COVENANTS." The holder of such 10% Debenture has
also been granted the same repurchase rights as a holder of the Notes. See
"DESCRIPTION OF NOTES--REPURCHASE AT OPTION OF HOLDER UPON AN INCURRENCE EVENT"
and "--REPURCHASE AT OPTION OF HOLDER UPON A FUNDAMENTAL CHANGE."
    
 
                                       58
<PAGE>
   
    The 10% Debenture is a senior unsecured obligation of the Company and ranks
PARI PASSU in right of payment with all existing and future senior obligations
of the Company, including the Notes. The Debenture is not redeemable prior to
August 15, 1999, and on and after such date, may be redeemed at the option of
the Company, in whole or in part, at the same percentage prices as are
applicable to the Notes for the relevant time period, plus accrued interest to
the date of redemption.
    
 
   
    The 10% Debenture is convertible at the option of the holder at any time
through maturity, unless previously redeemed, into shares of Common Stock (the
"Debenture Conversion Shares") at an initial conversion price of $2.55 per
share, subject to adjustment under certain circumstances. The 10% Debenture is
currently convertible into an aggregate of 1,490,196 shares of Common Stock,
representing approximately 8.68% of the Company's Common Stock outstanding as of
May 1, 1997, including such Debenture Conversion Shares. The Notes and the 10%
Debenture together are currently convertible into 43.7% of the Company's Common
Stock outstanding as of May 1, 1997 including such Debenture Conversion Shares
and the 10,666,667 Conversion Shares issuable upon conversion of the Notes.
    
 
   
SALES AND MARKETING
    
 
   
    The Company markets its service primarily through four sales channels:
direct sales, agent sales telemarketing and mass marketing sales.
    
 
   
    The Company employs a sales staff to directly market its services to clients
in certain suburban, secondary and rural markets where national IXCs, regional
long distance carriers and RBOCs typically do not maintain sales personnel and
utilizes agents primarily to market its services in the Addtel service area.
Currently the Company directly markets its services from 27 locations situated
throughout the Company's contiguous primary nine state region. In addition, the
Company employs an internal telemarketing staff. The Company believes it offers
comparable products and services generally provided by national carriers. The
Company emphasizes local market representation in the markets which it serves.
    
 
COMPETITION
 
   
    The domestic long distance telecommunications industry is highly
competitive, and the Company expects it to remain so for the foreseeable future.
As a result of the AT&T Decree, numerous competitors entered the domestic long
distance telecommunications market, resulting in, among other things, a
significant drop in the consumer or retail price of long distance service. The
1996 Act can be expected to increase competition in the domestic long distance
market as the RBOCs begin providing both in region and out of region long
distance service. The Company competes directly with other IXCs and with
resellers of long distance service, some of which have substantially greater
financial, marketing and product development resources than the Company. The
larger IXCs are obtaining financing from large foreign telecommunications
carriers seeking to enter the United States, such as British Telecom's
acquisition of MCI and the investments in Sprint by Deutsche Telekom AG and
France Telecom.
    
 
    In recent years, increased competition among long distance carriers has
resulted in an overall reduction in the retail price of long distance service.
At the same time, technological change and the rapid expansion of circuit
capacity in the United States as a result of the installation of fiber-optic
transmission facilities have resulted in increased efficiency of the long
distance network, also contributing to the declining prices. The Company's
target market, primarily small and medium sized businesses, is believed by the
Company to be motivated by cost in its choice of a long distance provider as
well as such additional factors as local presence, cost effectiveness and
flexible billing programs.
 
    The 1996 Act is expected to result in the entry of new competitors,
including some or all of the RBOCs, into the domestic long distance market. It
is not clear whether the RBOCs will build their own national networks, lease
facilities from others or acquire smaller domestic long distance service
providers. To the extent that the RBOCs enter the domestic long distance market
by acquiring other IXCs, the domestic long distance service industry can be
expected to consolidate, resulting in increased competition
 
                                       59
<PAGE>
   
for the Company from a relatively small number of very large, nationwide
providers. No assurance can be given that the Company will be able to compete
effectively with the RBOCs or other owners of the nationwide long distance
networks. See "RISK FACTORS--HIGHLY COMPETITIVE INDUSTRY," "RISK FACTORS--
REGULATORY AND LEGISLATIVE UNCERTAINTY," "OVERVIEW OF TELECOMMUNICATIONS
INDUSTRY--INDUSTRY BACKGROUND-- TELECOMMUNICATIONS ACT OF 1996" and
"--GOVERNMENT REGULATION."
    
 
EMPLOYEES
 
   
    At March 31, 1997, the Company employed 338 individuals on a full-time
equivalent basis and 51 part-time employees. None of the Company's employees is
represented by a labor union. The Company considers its relations with its
employees to be good and has not experienced any interruption of operations as a
result of labor disagreements. The Company's future success will depend on its
ability to attract, motivate and retain highly skilled employees.
    
 
GOVERNMENT REGULATION
 
    The Company's domestic long distance telephone business is subject to
regulation at the federal level by the FCC and at the state level by PUCs of the
various states in which the Company operates. Pursuant to regulation by the FCC,
the Company's international business must maintain compliance in jurisdictions
where the Company services foreign customers.
 
   
    The FCC has regulatory jurisdiction over interstate and international
telecommunications common carriers, like the Company. Under Section 214 of the
Federal Communications Act, the FCC must certify a communications common carrier
before it may provide international services. The Company's subsidiaries,
Addtel, LDN, USC and NATC, have obtained Section 214 authorization to provide
international switched services by means of resale. The FCC has ruled that
"non-dominant" common carriers, like the Company, need not apply for Section 214
authorization for the provision of domestic U.S. interstate services.
    
 
   
    In addition to its certification as a long distance carrier, the Company is
authorized to resell local exchange service in Texas and California. The Company
has also filed application to offer local exchange services in the seven other
states in its service area.
    
 
   
    Prior to November 1995, AT&T was classified as a "dominant" carrier for
certain domestic long distance and long distance related services. As a result,
AT&T was limited in its ability to change its pricing for these services or to
discriminate among customers other than by reasons of specifically described
volume levels and categories of service. In November 1995, the FCC terminated
AT&T's status as a "dominant" carrier for the following domestic services:
commercial and residential, operator, "800," directory assistance and private
line services. As a result, AT&T is on a level playing field with other non-
dominant carriers such as the Company with respect to its ability to change
prices quickly to meet competition. As a non-dominant carrier, AT&T also will no
longer have to submit cost support data with certain of its tariff filings. In
addition, AT&T will no longer have to file carrier-to-carrier contracts and will
be relieved of certain annual reporting requirements and will automatically be
authorized to extend service to any domestic point. As a result of AT&T's new
status as a non-dominant carrier, AT&T will be able to more rapidly respond to
competitive conditions in the long distance market, including price and service
innovations implemented by other non-dominant carriers such as the Company. AT&T
will also be able to implement service agreements with other long distance
service providers, such as the Company and its competitors, on a case by case
basis, depending upon competitive conditions at the time of negotiation. AT&T is
building a wireless local loop network to avoid the payment of access charges
which could result in the Company incurring costs that AT&T can avoid.
    
 
                                       60
<PAGE>
   
    An issue under consideration by the FCC which is of potential significance
to the Company is that of "Billed Party Preference," or BPP. This term refers to
a concept in which any long distance call outside the local telephone company's
calling area carried from a publicly available telephone would be completed over
the long distance carrier network of the billed party's previously expressed
preference. If such a system were implemented successfully, the market niche of
operator services, such as that of the Company, would be rendered ineffectual,
because an owner of publicly available telephones would be unable to direct
operator assisted calls over the network of such owner's desired carrier. The
Company derives revenues from such "payphone" business wherein the Company is
the desired carrier of the pay telephone owner. Under the 1996 Act, LECs are
required to implement local number portability in the 100 largest Metropolitan
Statistical Areas (MSA) between October 1, 1997 and December 31, 1998. Because
the technology necessary to implement local number portability is similar to
that proposed for implementation of BPP, the FCC has indicated that it considers
the incremental investment necessary to implement BPP after the commencement of
local number portability to be insignificant. Therefore, the Company believes
that if BPP is ever required, it is not likely to be implemented until some
point after December 31, 1998. As an interim measure, the FCC has proposed to
require operator service providers to verbally disclose the applicable charges
to consumers before connecting a call if they charge rates greater than certain
benchmarks. The FCC has ordered all long distance companies, including the
Company, to pay for call compensation to pay phone owners for calls initiated by
800 numbers or access codes rather than by depositing of coins.
    
 
    The regulation of the telecommunications industry is changing rapidly, and
the regulatory environment varies substantially from state to state. FCC
regulatory actions have had, and are expected to continue to have, both positive
and negative effects upon the Company. Decisions by the FCC with respect to the
permissible business activities or pricing practices of the Company's dominant
competitors, such as AT&T, may also have an adverse impact on the Company's
operations. Moreover, any significant change in regulations by state
governmental agencies could significantly increase the Company's costs or
otherwise have an adverse effect on the Company's activities and on any future
expansion efforts.
 
    As a result of the 1996 Act, the RBOCs will be permitted to enter into the
out-of-region long distance market immediately and will be able to enter the
in-region long distance market subject to FCC approval. There is expected to be
no uniformity in the RBOCs' approach to entering in-region or out-of-region
service, although eventually it is likely that one or more of the RBOCs will
provide long distance service throughout their respective in-region markets and
nationally. Importantly for the Company, the 1996 Act defines in-region service
to include every state, in its entirety, in which the RBOC provides local
exchange service, even if the RBOC is not the incumbent local service provider
in all parts of that state. Southwestern Bell (Texas, Oklahoma, Kansas and
Arkansas) and US West Communications (New Mexico, Colorado and Arizona) and Bell
South (Louisiana) are the principal RBOCs serving the states in which the
Company's customers are concentrated. Operating subsidiaries of GTE also provide
local exchange service in portions of Texas, New Mexico and Arkansas. It can be
anticipated that some or all of these RBOCs will establish switches and
transmission facilities competitive with those of the Company, to the extent
that they have not already done so in connection with other business activities
(such as cellular telephone services). Other RBOCs may seek to enter out of
region markets by entering into business relationships or acquiring IXCs such as
the Company. In addition, although the 1996 Act provides for certain safeguards
to protect against anti-competitive abuse by the RBOCs, it is unknown whether
these safeguards will provide adequate protection and the impact of
anti-competitive conduct on the Company, if such conduct occurs, is uncertain.
See "RISK FACTORS--HIGHLY COMPETITIVE INDUSTRY" and "RISK FACTORS-- REGULATION
AND LEGISLATIVE UNCERTAINTY."
 
    In addition to the 1996 Act, a variety of other regulatory approaches are
being considered by state and federal authorities with regard to deregulating
local access services. Competitive access providers have installed local
networks in many parts of the country, primarily large urban areas, that allow
subscribers to route their long distance traffic directly to a designated IXC,
thereby bypassing the LEC. In certain
 
                                       61
<PAGE>
   
instances, the LECs have been afforded a degree of pricing flexibility in
differentiating among markets and carriers in setting access charges and other
rates in areas where adequate competition has emerged. CLECs, which exist in an
expanding number of the Company's markets, are currently providing more
competitive access and termination charges to IXCs than LECs. As LECs become
free to set rates and to discriminate between customers, the ability of IXCs
which are larger than the Company to obtain volume discounts for access and
termination charges could adversely affect the Company by reducing the operating
costs of its larger competitors relative to those of the Company. In particular,
it is expected that the largest players in the long distance market, such as
AT&T, MCI, Sprint and WorldCom will be able to guarantee substantially larger
volumes to LECs than will the Company. As deregulation of the local exchange
market occurs, LECs may be willing to grant large IXCs significant discounts in
return for guarantees of volume. There can be no assurance that the Company will
be able to obtain similar discounts.
    
 
   
    The FCC is currently considering action on various proposals that may have
an impact on the Company. Recent developments include implementation of the 1996
Act discussed above; action by the FCC or PUCs changing access rates charged by
LECs and making other related changes to access and interconnection policies,
certain of which could have material adverse consequences for the Company;
related FCC and state regulatory proceedings considering additional deregulation
of LEC access pricing; a pending FCC rulemaking on BPP as described above that
could adversely affect the Company's provision of operator services; and various
legislative and regulatory proceedings that could result in new local exchange
competition.
    
 
   
    Under recently adopted regulations, the Company has the option to maintain
its domestic tariffs on file at the FCC. At the end of an FCC-prescribed
transition period ending September 22, 1997, non dominant-carriers, such as the
Company, are required by the FCC to cancel their domestic tariffs. In February
1997, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit stayed the
FCC's order requiring mandatory detariffing for domestic interstate long
distance service. Management of the Company believes that the Court's action
will likely delay or alter the impact of the FCC's order requiring long distance
carriers to remove their FCC tariffs for domestic interstate service by
September 22, 1997. Mandatory detariffing would require the Company and other
carriers to enter into individual contracts with long distance customers
regarding the rates and terms of its service, including limitations on
liability.
    
 
   
    The Company must contract with other IXCs providing long distance service to
the Company where the Company does not maintain its own network facilities. High
volume customers such as the Company, may be able to utilize such IXCs' tariffs
or contracts which provide discounted long distance rates. These tariffs or
contracts are generally available to any similarly situated customer; however,
since customer needs may vary substantially, contracts created specifically for
a customer may have little utility to others. The Company believes that it has
been successful in negotiating contracts with IXCs to terminate calls outside of
the areas covered by its network at advantageous rates. These contracts
generally have a term of one year or more and can be extended by mutual
agreement. No IXC is under any obligation to structure tariffs or contracts
specifically for the Company, and there can be no assurance that tariffs or
contracts created for other customers will meet the Company's needs in the
future.
    
 
   
    The Company will need to comply with the applicable laws and obtain the
approval of the regulatory authority of each state and country in which it
provides or proposes telecommunications services. The laws and regulatory
requirements vary in these jurisdictions. Some have substantially deregulated
various communications services, while other jurisdictions have maintained
strict regulatory regimes. The application and tariff procedures can be
time-consuming and costly, and terms of licenses vary for different
jurisdictions.
    
 
    For a further description of the AT&T Decree and the 1996 Act see
"--OVERVIEW OF THE TELECOMMUNICATIONS INDUSTRY."
 
                                       62
<PAGE>
PROPERTIES
   
    The executive offices of the Company and its subsidiaries are located in
Richardson, Texas and are leased under a five year term expiring on February 28,
2001 and April 30, 2001. The Company owns its operator services and customer
service facilities in Levelland, Texas, which is subject to a deed of trust and
promissory note having a principal amount outstanding of $92,822 as of December
31, 1996. The Company also owns an office building in Midland, Texas, which is
subject to a deed of trust and vendor's lien note having $99,376 in principal
amount outstanding as of December 31, 1996. The Company also leases space in
Dallas and Lubbock, Texas, Phoenix, Arizona and Los Angeles, California for the
switches which route long distance calls. These leases expire in September 1,
1997, September 2000, March 31, 1998, and November 2000, respectively.
    
 
   
    In addition, Addtel leases office space in Glendale, California and the
Company leases space for sales offices in Fort Smith, Fayetteville and Little
Rock, Arkansas; Phoenix and Tucson, Arizona; Longmont, Colorado; Topeka, Kansas;
Hammond, Louisiana; Albuquerque, Farmington, Hobbs, Las Cruces and Roswell, New
Mexico; Oklahoma City, Oklahoma; and Amarillo, Big Spring, Brownfield, El Paso,
Euless, Grand Prairie, Lamesa, Levelland, McKinney, Odessa, Richardson, and
Snyder, Texas.
    
 
   
    The Company considers its owned and leased properties adequate to meet its
current and reasonably foreseeable needs. The Company believes that additional
or alternative space will be available as needed to accommodate any expansion.
    
 
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
 
   
    On July 20, 1995, a suit was filed in the 101st Judicial Court for Dallas
County, Texas, Cause No. 95-07136-E (SILVIO AVYAM V. SA HOLDINGS, INC. AND NORTH
AMERICAN TELECOMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION) against the Company and one of its
subsidiaries alleging breach of contract, breach of fiduciary duty, conspiracy
and fraud arising out of the termination of a consulting agreement between such
subsidiary and the plaintiff. In addition to this legal proceeding, Mr. Avyam
also filed a criminal theft complaint in the Juzgado Tercero de Primera
Instancia del Ramo Penal de Narcoactividad y Delitos Contra el Medio Ambiente
(Third Court of First Degree of Drug Activity and Crimes against the
Environment) in Guatemala City, Guatemala against Mr. Miller and two employees
of the subsidiary. On February 24, 1997, the parties reached a settlement with
respect to this Texas lawsuit, the terms of which are not material to the
Company. As part of such settlement, the criminal complaint filed by Mr. Avyam
in Guatemala City, Guatemala against the Company, the Company's subsidiary, Paul
Miller and two other NATC employees is in the process of being dismissed.
    
 
   
    The Company filed suit on January 23, 1996 against Dickinson & Co., an
investment banking firm ("Dickinson"), its parent, Dickinson Holding Corp. and
Polish Telephone and Microwave Corporation ("PTMC") in the 298th Judicial
District Court for Dallas County, Texas, Cause No. 96-00768-M (SA
TELECOMMUNICATIONS, INC. F/K/A SA HOLDINGS V. DICKINSON CO. & DICKINSON HOLDINGS
CORP. AND POLISH TELEPHONE AND MICROWAVE CORPORATION). The Company has alleged,
among other claims, that Dickinson intentionally and willfully breached its
fiduciary duty to the Company under its financial consulting agreement with the
Company and that it interfered with the business relationship between the
Company and PTMC in conspiracy with the other two defendants. The Company is
seeking an unspecified amount of actual and exemplary damages and recovery of
attorneys fees. The matter is presently scheduled for trial on July 1, 1997.
    
 
    On December 19, 1996, a suit was filed in the Circuit Court of the 20th
Judicial Circuit, St. Clair County, Illinois (THE PEOPLE OF THE STATE OF
ILLINOIS VS. LONG DISTANCE NETWORK, INC.), Cause No. 96CH394. This is a suit by
the Attorney General of the State of Illinois against LDN alleging violations of
Sections 2 and 2DD of the Illinois Consumer Fraud and Deceptive Business
Practices Act ("Consumer Fraud Act") arising out of LDN's use of an independent
agent to solicit long distance customers through the use of the agent's
sweepstakes promotion. The suit states that the Attorney General has received
approximately 26
 
                                       63
<PAGE>
   
consumer complaints through December 1996 and basically alleges that Illinois
consumers have had their chosen long distance carrier switched without valid
authorization (through misrepresentation and/or forgery), and that the
sweepstakes promotion constituted an illegal lottery. Plaintiff is seeking among
other remedies: (1) findings that LDN has violated such sections of the Consumer
Fraud Act and assessing a civil penalty in the amount of up to $50,000 per
violation if the court finds LDN engaged in such acts with intent to defraud,
and if without intent to defraud, a single penalty of up to $50,000, (2) a
permanent injunction against such acts and such sweepstakes promotion, (3) a
declaration that all contracts entered into between LDN and Illinois consumers
as a result of such acts be rescinded, (4) full restitution to all Illinois
consumers who paid for telephone charges billed by or on behalf of LDN as a
result of such actions and cancellation of any related charges assessed against
Illinois residents, and (5) costs of prosecution and investigation. The parties
have entered into a stipulation extending the time for LDN's answer in such suit
while the parties are engaged in negotiations aimed at resolving these matters.
A case management conference is currently scheduled on June 19, 1997.
    
 
    The Company is a party, from time to time, in routine litigation incident to
its business. Management believes that it is unlikely that the final outcome of
any of these claims or proceedings to which the Company is currently a party if
determined adverse to the Company would have a material adverse effect on the
Company's financial position or results of operations.
 
                                       64
<PAGE>
                                   MANAGEMENT
 
DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
 
   
    The table below sets forth certain information as of May 15, 1997 regarding
the directors and executive officers of the Company:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NAME                                  AGE                                     POSITION
- --------------------------------      ---      ----------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                               <C>          <C>
Jack W. Matz, Jr................          48   Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and Director(1)
 
Paul R. Miller..................          54   President, Chief Operating Officer and Director(1)
 
J. David Darnell................          51   Vice President--Finance, Chief Financial Officer and Director(1)
 
John H. Nugent..................          52   Vice President--Acquisitions and Business Development and Director(2)
 
Lynn H. Johnson.................          48   Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
 
Igor I. Mamantov................          55   Vice President--International Sales and Director
 
John Q. Ebert...................          56   Director(2)
 
Howard F. Curd..................          32   Director
 
Dean A. Thomas..................          78   Director(1)(3)
 
Barry J. Williams, M.D..........          53   Director(3)
 
Pete W. Smith, Jr...............          42   Director
 
Thomas L. Cunningham............          54   Director(2)(3)
 
Rueben F. Richards..............          41   Director
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
 
(1) Member of the Executive Committee
 
(2) Member of the Compensation Committee
 
(3) Member of the Audit Committee
 
MANAGEMENT BACKGROUND
 
    The following is a description of the business experience and other matters
concerning the directors and executive officers of the Company.
 
   
    JACK W. MATZ, JR. serves as Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive
Officer of the Company. For more than eight years, Mr. Matz served as President
of the Company and its predecessor, SATC. Mr. Matz has also served as director
and/or executive officer of the following privately held corporations: Strategic
Industries, Inc., an investment company (1982-1989); El Dorado Systems (Canada),
Inc., a computer systems firm (1983-1986); HCS Drilling and Operating
Corporation, an oil and gas firm (1981-1984) and Koewell Oil and Gas Corporation
(1980-1981). Prior to these relationships, Mr. Matz held numerous positions with
Chrysler Corporation, ending with zone sales manager for the Rocky Mountain
States in 1981.
    
 
    PAUL R. MILLER was elected President, Chief Operating Officer and a director
of the Company in February 1995. He previously served as Executive Vice
President of LDN since 1991. LDN was acquired by the Company in March 1994 and
is currently a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company. Mr. Miller's career in
telecommunications began in 1981 with U.S. Telephone, Inc. as a member of the
management team. His last position with that company was Vice President of
Sales, Southwest. He left U.S. Telephone, Inc. in 1984 and for the next three
years was involved in other start-up companies concentrating in the field of
telecommunications. In 1987, Mr. Miller was appointed Vice President of Sales,
North Region for
 
                                       65
<PAGE>
   
ClayDesta Communications and directed the sales effort in that area. He left
ClayDesta in 1988 to join Telesphere International, Inc. as Vice President of
Sales where he directed a nationwide sales force until joining LDN. For
disclosure of certain allegations against Mr. Miller in connection with the
Company's dispute with a former consultant, see "BUSINESS--LEGAL PROCEEDINGS."
    
 
    J. DAVID DARNELL was appointed Vice President--Finance and Chief Financial
Officer of the Company in October 1993 and became a director of the Company in
December 1993. From December 1989 through September 1993, Mr. Darnell was Chief
Financial Officer and a minority owner of Message Phone, Inc., a privately held
intellectual property company which develops, patents and licenses technology
for the telecommunications industry. From 1986 through November 1989, Mr.
Darnell held several key financial management positions with TIC United
Corporation, a privately held conglomerate and a group of privately owned
insurance companies, the largest of which was American Equitable Life Insurance
Company. Mr. Darnell is a certified public accountant.
 
    JOHN H. NUGENT was elected to the Board of Directors of the Company in July
1995 and was elected a Vice President of the Company in September 1996. Mr.
Nugent served as a consultant to the Company from June 1, 1996 to August 31,
1996 when he became an employee of the Company. Mr. Nugent was engaged in a
consulting practice between August 1993 and August 31, 1996. He was also
employed by CDx, Inc., a physiological laboratory involved in monitoring cardiac
patients over the public switched telephone network, as Vice President and
Director from January 1995 to November 1995. In June 1996, CDx, Inc. filed a
petition under Chapter 7 of the Federal Bankruptcy Code. Mr. Nugent has served
as an Adjunct Professor of advanced accounting and corporate finance courses at
the University of Dallas (Graduate School of Management) from 1988 to December
1991. From September 1985 to March 1992, Mr. Nugent was President and a member
of the Board of Directors of AT&T/DATOTEK, INC., a wholly owned subsidiary of
AT&T. From January 1993 through August 1993, Mr. Nugent served as President and
a member of the Board of Directors of AT&T Aviation Technologies and Systems,
Ltd., a joint venture owned principally by AT&T. Mr. Nugent is a certified
public accountant. On November 8, 1995, a suit was filed in the United States
District Court for the Southern District of New York, Cause No. 95CIV 9505(RWS)
(EXECUTIVE TELECARD, LTD. V. DARYL ENGELMAN, JOHN NUGENT AND WALTER KRAUTH)
naming Mr. Nugent as a defendant for breaches of duties of care and good faith,
misappropriation of confidential corporate information and tortious interference
with business relations of Executive Telecard, Ltd. ("ELT"). ELT is seeking
damages from Mr. Nugent in excess of $500,000. Mr. Nugent never served as an
officer or director of ELT and was a paid consultant of ELT from January 26,
1995 to March 10, 1995 under an agreement with ELT and a shareholders' committee
that he was to become its Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Nugent filed a general
denial to such action and believes the suit is without merit and that he has
meritorious defenses to the alleged claims. Mr. Nugent intends to vigorously
defend the lawsuit.
 
    LYNN H. JOHNSON has served as the Company's General Counsel and Secretary
since September 1995, and was elected a Vice President in January 1996. Ms.
Johnson served as Counsel-Corporate Acquisitions and Finance at Electronic Data
Systems Corporation from August 1990 to June 1995. From 1979 to July 1990, Ms.
Johnson was a partner and an associate in the corporate section of the law firm
of Hughes & Luce in Dallas, Texas.
 
    IGOR I. MAMANTOV was appointed Vice President of the Company in October
1992, became President of BSCV, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, in
November 1992 and was appointed to the Board of Directors of the Company in July
1993. From 1987 to 1992, Mr. Mamantov had been consulting others in product
development and distribution in the Eastern European markets through his
company, Dallas International Marketing, Inc. Prior to organizing this company,
Mr. Mamantov was associated with Ideal Industries, Inc., Parker Pen Company, and
Ridge Tool Company, managing and developing their foreign marketing and
distribution divisions.
 
    JOHN Q. EBERT has served as a director since April 1990 and served as
Secretary of the Company from April 1990 to August 1995. He joined the Company
as Vice President in December of 1993. Mr. Ebert was
 
                                       66
<PAGE>
formerly the Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of Redlake
Corporation of Carmel, Indiana. Prior to Mr. Ebert's association with Redlake,
he was Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of ATEK Information
Services, Inc., an information services company. ATEK was acquired in January
1992 by Redlake Corporation. Before the ATEK relationship, Mr. Ebert was
President of The Ebert Corporation, a Michigan corporation engaged in the
development and administration of computerized appraisal systems and property
databases for property tax administration.
 
   
    HOWARD F. CURD was elected as a director of the Company in September 1995.
Mr. Curd is President, CEO, Director and shareholder of Jesup & Lamont Group
Holdings, Inc., a diversified financial holding company. Jesup & Lamont Group
Holdings, Inc. operates primarily through its two operating subsidiaries, Jesup
& Lamont Securities Corporation, a fully registered NASD broker/dealer, and
JLCM, a full service investment bank and financial advisory company. Mr. Curd is
Chairman, President and CEO of Jesup & Lamont Securities Corporation and a
Managing Director of JLCM. He has held such positions for more than five years.
Mr. Curd is also a director of EMCORE Corporation, a publicly held compound
semiconductor technology and equipment manufacturing company.
    
 
    DEAN A. THOMAS was elected as a director of the Company in March 1992. Mr.
Thomas is a retired insurance executive and actuary and was associated with
Lincoln National Life Insurance Company in various management capacities. He
retired in 1983 as a Vice President of Lincoln National Life after 40 years of
service. Since 1983, Mr. Thomas has been active as a business consultant to
insurance companies and others.
 
   
    BARRY J. WILLIAMS, M.D. has served as a member of the Board of Directors of
the Company since March 1992. Dr. Williams is a family practitioner in Plano,
Texas and has served as Vice President of Medshare, Inc., an international
medical software development and sales company since January 1993 and served as
President of Plano Physicians Group from 1989 to 1995. In addition to being the
former Chief of Staff of HCA Medical Center of Plano and Vice Chairman of the
Board of Trustees, Dr. Williams has served on the Board of Directors of Koewell
Oil & Gas Corp., Strategic Industries, Inc., United City Corporation and West
Plano Medical Center, Inc.
    
 
    PETE W. SMITH, JR. was elected to the Board of Directors of the Company in
July 1993. Since 1971, Mr. Smith has been the President of Spectrum
International Corp., a distributor of tools, test equipment and maintenance
related products in the electronics and telecommunications industries. Mr. Smith
has also been President of PulseTech Products Corporation, a distributor of
battery enhancement devices, since August 1994.
 
   
    THOMAS L. CUNNINGHAM, was elected to the Board of Directors of the Company
in July 1995. Since January 1, 1997 and from September 1991 to August 1992 and
during April 1995, Mr. Cunningham has been a self-employed business consultant
and corporate director operating as Cunningham Enterprises. From May 1995
through December 1996, Mr. Cunningham was employed as a vice president and
senior investment research analyst at Rauscher Pierce Refsnes, Inc., a
subsidiary of Interra Financial, Inc. From January 1993 to March 1995, Mr.
Cunningham was employed as a securities analyst at William K. Woodruff & Company
Incorporated. From August 1992 to January 1993, he served as Chief Operating
Officer of Healthcare Billing Management, Inc., Medical Infusion Technologies,
Inc. and fifteen additional privately-owned related entities engaged in
providing outpatient infusion services to oncology patients. From June 1963
(partner since 1979) to September 1991, he was associated with Ernst & Young and
predecessor "Ernst" firms. Mr. Cunningham has been a director of Bluebonnet
Savings Bank FSB, Dallas, Texas, a federally chartered savings bank that is
privately owned, since December 1991. He is a member of the National Association
of Corporate Directors. Mr. Cunningham is licensed as a Certified Public
Accountant and under NASD Series 24, Series 7 and Series 63.
    
 
   
    REUBEN F. RICHARDS, was elected as a director of the Company in March 1996.
Mr. Richards has been President and Chief Executive Officer of EMCORE
Corporation, a publicly held compound semiconductor technology and equipment
manufacturer since October 1995. Mr. Richards has been Senior Managing
    
 
                                       67
<PAGE>
   
Director of JLCM since June 1994. From January 1991 through June 1994, Mr.
Richards was a principal of Hauser Richards & Co., Inc., an investment firm.
    
 
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
 
   
    The Company has a classified Board of Directors currently comprised of three
separate classes, each of which serves for three years, with one class being
elected each year. The terms of John Q. Ebert, Dean A. Thomas and Barry J.
Williams, M.D. expire at the 1997 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, and if
reelected at such meeting will serve until the Annual Meeting of Stockholders in
2000. The terms of Jack W. Matz, Jr., Paul R. Miller, J. David Darnell and Pete
W. Smith, Jr. expire at the 1998 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. The terms of
Igor I. Mamantov, Thomas L. Cunningham, Howard F. Curd and Reuben F. Richards
will expire at the 1999 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. Mr. Nugent, whose
current term also expires at the 1999 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, is a
nominee for the class of directors who, if elected, will end at Annual Meeting
of Stockholders in 2000. All directors hold office for their elected term or
until their respective successors are duly elected and qualified, except that
Messrs. Curd and Richards have agreed to resign from the Board at the time the
contractual obligations giving rise to their nominations are no longer in
effect. See "TRANSACTIONS WITH RELATED PARTIES." If a director should be
disqualified or unable to serve as a director, the vacancy so arising may be
filled by the Board for the unexpired portion of the term. All officers serve at
the discretion of the Board. There are no family relationships between members
of the Board of Directors or any executive officers of the Company.
    
 
   
    The Board of Directors conducts its business through meetings of the Board
and through its various committees. In accordance with the Bylaws of the
Company, the Board of Directors has established, among other committees, an
Executive Committee, an Audit Committee, a Compensation Committee, a Takeover
Defense Committee and an Employee Option Committee.
    
 
   
EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE.  The Executive Committee exercises broad authority
including the powers of the Board between meetings of the entire Board other
than such power and authority as Delaware Corporation Law specifically prohibits
a committee of the Board from performing. This committee is currently comprised
of Messrs. Matz, Miller, Darnell and Thomas.
    
 
AUDIT COMMITTEE.  The Audit Committee acts on behalf of the Board of Directors
with respect to the Company's financial statements, record-keeping, auditing
practices and matters relating to the Company's independent public accountants.
Such functions include recommending to the Board of Directors the firm to be
engaged as independent public accountants for the next fiscal year; reviewing
with the Company's independent public accountants the scope and results of the
audit; consulting with the independent public accountants and management with
regard to the Company's accounting methods and the adequacy of its internal
accounting controls; and approving professional services by the independent
public accountants. The Audit Committee is limited to directors who are not
officers or employees of the Company or any of its subsidiaries. Messrs.
Cunningham, Williams and Thomas are currently members of the Audit Committee.
 
   
COMPENSATION COMMITTEE.  The Compensation Committee reviews and makes
recommendations to the Board of Directors concerning major compensation policies
and compensation of executive employees. This committee is comprised of Messrs.
Ebert, Cunningham and Nugent.
    
 
   
TAKEOVER DEFENSE COMMITTEE.  On October 30, 1996 the Board of Directors
established a Takeover Defense Committee to recommed to the Board of Directors
whether it is advisable and in the best interest of the Company and its
stockholders to implement any provisions to the Company's charter and bylaws to
prevent a hostile takeover. The committee met on March 12, 1997 and resolved to
proceed with the consideration and adoption of a rights plan. This Committee is
currently comprised of Messrs. Richards, Curd, Cunningham, Miller and Matz.
    
 
                                       68
<PAGE>
COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS.  The Company historically has granted stock options
(at market price or above) in lieu of directors fees to its various directors.
Since the adoption of the 1994 Stock Option Plan for Non-Employee Directors (the
"Director Option Plan"), options generally have been granted to directors under
that plan. No other compensation was paid to the members of the Board of
Directors of the Company (in such capacity) during fiscal 1996. The following
table summarizes stock grants made to outside directors under the Director
Option Plan in 1996.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     DIRECTOR OPTION PLAN
                                                               --------------------------------
                                                                  NUMBER OF
                                                                 SECURITIES
                                                                 UNDERLYING     EXERCISE PRICE
DIRECTOR                                                       OPTIONS GRANTED   PER SHARE (1)
- -------------------------------------------------------------  ---------------  ---------------
<S>                                                            <C>              <C>
Barry J. Williams............................................        12,500        $    3.47
Pete W. Smith, Jr............................................        17,500             3.47
Thomas L. Cunningham.........................................        20,000             3.47
John H. Nugent...............................................        20,000             3.47
Howard F. Curd...............................................        15,000             3.47
Dean A. Thomas...............................................        17,500             3.47
John Q. Ebert................................................        10,000             3.47
Reuben F. Richards...........................................        10,000             2.44
                                                                    -------
  Total options granted......................................       122,500
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
(1) The exercise price of the options, in each case, was based upon the market
    value of the Common Stock of the Company on the date of each respective
    option grant.
 
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
    The following information is furnished for the years ended December 31,
1996, 1995 and 1994 with respect to the Company's Chief Executive Officer and
each of the other most highly compensated executive officers of the Company
whose total salary during 1996 exceeded $100,000. No other executive officer of
the Company received total salary and bonus compensation for services rendered
to the Company during fiscal 1996 in excess of $100,000.
 
                                       69
<PAGE>
                           SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          LONG-TERM COMPENSATION
                                                                                         -------------------------
                                                                                                  AWARDS
                                                                                         -------------------------
                                                                  ANNUAL COMPENSATION    RESTRICTED    SECURITIES
                                                                                            STOCK      UNDERLYING     ALL OTHER
                                                                 ----------------------   AWARD(S)      OPTIONS/    COMPENSATION
NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION                             YEAR     SALARY ($)   BONUS ($)      ($)        SARS (#)         ($)
- ----------------------------------------------------  ---------  -----------  ---------  -----------  ------------  -------------
 
<S>                                                   <C>        <C>          <C>        <C>          <C>           <C>
Jack W. Matz, Jr....................................       1996  $ 199,379    $  50,000      --           20,000     $   3,150(3)
  Chairman of the Board and                                1995    203,750(1)    --          --        1,170,000(2)      --
  Chief Executive Officer                                  1994    150,000       --          --           80,000         --
 
Paul R. Miller......................................       1996    195,003       50,000      --           20,000         3,150(3)
  President and Chief Operating Officer                    1995    160,000       --          --          135,000         --
                                                           1994    126,323(4)    --          --           25,000         --
 
J. David Darnell....................................       1996    116,253       25,000      --           72,500         2,250(3)
  Vice President--Finance and                              1995    114,000       --          --          118,750         --
  Chief Financial Officer                                  1994     68,000       --          --           52,500         --
 
Lynn H. Johnson.....................................       1996    104,777       25,000      --           62,500         1,500(3)
  Vice President, General Counsel                          1995     29,000(5)    --      $  48,331(6)      --            --
  and Secretary
 
Terry R. Houston(7).................................       1996     72,919       --          --           10,000       503,795(8)
  Former Vice President--Telecom Acquisitions              1995    185,000       --          --          110,000
                                                           1994    163,636(4)    --          --           40,000
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------------
 
(1) Includes $40,000 paid in 1995 which represented accrued compensation for
    1994.
 
(2) Effective March 24, 1995, Mr. Matz received an option to acquire up to
    1,000,000 shares of Common Stock in connection with the renegotiation of his
    employment agreement. See "MANAGEMENT--EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS AND CHANGE IN
    CONTROL ARRANGEMENTS."
 
   
(3) The Company has made "matching" contributions to each of the named executive
    officers in the employ of the Company at the end of fiscal 1996 under the
    Company's recently adopted 401(k) Plan with respect to contributions by such
    participants in 1996.
    
 
(4) Amount shown reflects salary paid to Mr. Miller and Mr. Houston from March
    1, 1994, the beginning date of their employment with the Company, through
    December 31, 1994.
 
(5) Amount shown reflects salary paid to Ms. Johnson from September 1, 1995, the
    beginning date of her employment with the Company, through December 31,
    1995.
 
(6) As of the end of the most recently completed fiscal year, Ms. Johnson held
    no shares of restricted stock as all of such shares were relinquished prior
    to the vesting thereof (which was to occur incrementally over 5 years). The
    market value of such shares on the date of grant was $41,300. On September
    1, 1995 Ms. Johnson was also granted a stock option to acquire up to 177,778
    shares of Common Stock until November 30, 1995. The option was exercisable
    at a price of $1.125 per share and the market price of the Common Stock on
    the date of grant was $2.0625 per share. Ms. Johnson exercised such option
    to acquire 5,000 shares of Common Stock on November 29, 1995 and the
    remainder of the option expired unexercised. The amount shown includes the
    difference between the market price of the Common Stock on the exercise date
    and the exercise price with respect to such 5,000 shares of Common Stock.
 
(7) Mr. Houston resigned from the position of Vice President--Telecom
    Acquisitions effective April 11, 1996 and from his position as a director of
    the Company on June 21, 1996.
 
(8) Consists of a release of Mr. Houston's obligations under a promissory note
    in the principal amount of $195,903.75 with accrued interest of $58,771 and
    142,354 shares of restricted common stock ($249,120).
 
    For information regarding the contractual compensation paid or to be paid to
the above named executive officers, see "--EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS AND
CHANGE-IN-CONTROL ARRANGEMENTS."
 
                                       70
<PAGE>
                       STOCK OPTION GRANTS IN FISCAL 1996
 
    The following table provides information related to the stock options
granted to the named executive officers during fiscal 1996. All options granted
during fiscal 1996 were granted pursuant to the Company's 1994 Employee Stock
Option Plan ("Employee Option Plan") at an exercise price equal to or in excess
of the fair market value on the date of grant.
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                     POTENTIAL REALIZABLE
                                                          INDIVIDUAL GRANTS                            VALUE AT ASSUMED
                                   ----------------------------------------------------------------    ANNUAL RATES OF
                                      NUMBER OF                                                          STOCK PRICE
                                     SECURITIES     PERCENT OF TOTAL                                   APPRECIATION FOR
                                     UNDERLYING      OPTIONS GRANTED   EXERCISE OR                      OPTION TERM(1)
                                   OPTIONS GRANTED   TO EMPLOYEES IN   BASE PRICE                    --------------------
NAME                                   (#)(2)          FISCAL YEAR       ($/SH)     EXPIRATION DATE   5% ($)     10% ($)
- ---------------------------------  ---------------  -----------------  -----------  ---------------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                <C>              <C>                <C>          <C>              <C>        <C>
Jack W. Matz, Jr.................        20,000                 3%      $    2.23         3/28/2001  $  12,339  $  27,265
 
Paul R. Miller...................        20,000                 3%           2.03         3/28/2001     11,217     24,787
 
J. David Darnell.................        72,500                10%           2.03         3/28/2001     40,662     89,852
 
Lynn H. Johnson..................        62,500                 9%           2.03         3/28/2001     35,053     77,458
 
Terry R. Houston (3).............        10,000                 1%           2.03         3/28/2001      5,609     12,393
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
 
   
(1) Potential realizable value is based on the assumption that the price of the
    Company's Common Stock appreciates at the annual rate shown, compounded
    annually, from the date of grant until the end of the option term. The
    values are calculated in accordance with rules promulgated by the Commission
    and do not reflect the Company's estimate of future stock price
    appreciation.
    
 
   
(2) On March 28, 1996, the Board of Directors granted the options listed in the
    chart above under the Employee Option Plan. The options are non-transferable
    and forfeitable if the executive leaves the Company for any reason. After a
    six-month waiting period from the date of grant, the shares acquired upon
    exercise may only be sold over periods varying from 18 months to 24 months
    and are subject to repurchase by the Company under certain circumstances.
    
 
(3) Mr. Houston resigned from the position of Vice President--Telecom
    Acquisitions effective April 11, 1996 and from his position as a director of
    the Company on June 21, 1996.
 
  AGGREGATED OPTION EXERCISES IN FISCAL 1996 AND FISCAL YEAR-END OPTION VALUES
 
    The following table sets forth certain information concerning the exercise
of options by each of the named executive officers during fiscal 1996, including
the aggregate amount of gains on the date of exercise. In addition, the table
includes the number of shares covered by both exercisable and unexercisable
stock options as of December 31, 1996. Also reported are values of
"in-the-money" options that represent the possible spread between the respective
exercise prices of outstanding stock options and $1.56 per share, which was the
market value of the Company's Common Stock as of December 31, 1996.
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     NUMBER OF SECURITIES     VALUE OF UNEXERCISED IN-THE-
                                        SHARES                      UNDERLYING UNEXERCISED       MONEY OPTIONS AT YEAR-
                                       ACQUIRED                     OPTIONS AT YEAR-END(#)             END($)(1)
                                          ON           VALUE      --------------------------  ----------------------------
NAME                                  EXERCISE(#)  REALIZED($)(2) EXERCISABLE  UNEXERCISABLE  EXERCISABLE(3) UNEXERCISABLE
- ------------------------------------  -----------  -------------  -----------  -------------  -------------  -------------
<S>                                   <C>          <C>            <C>          <C>            <C>            <C>
Jack W. Matz, Jr. (4)...............     213,720     $ 558,641       932,000       640,000      $ 334,466      $ 200,320
Paul R. Miller......................         -0-           -0-       180,000           -0-            -0-            -0-
J. David Darnell....................         -0-           -0-       308,750           -0-         49,595            -0-
Lynn H. Johnson.....................         -0-           -0-        62,500           -0-            -0-            -0-
Terry R. Houston (5)................         -0-           -0-       160,000           -0-            -0-            -0-
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------------
 
   
(1) Aggregate market value of the underlying securities at December 31, 1996
    minus the exercise price.
    
 
   
(2) Aggregate market value of the underlying securities at exercise date minus
    the exercise price.
    
 
                                       71
<PAGE>
(3) With respect to stock options granted under the Employee Option Plan, the
    shares acquired upon exercise are subject to varying resale restrictions
    over a period of 18 or 24 months after vesting of the option (vesting
    generally occurs six months after the date of grant) and repurchase rights
    by the Company.
 
   
(4) As of December 31, 1996, Mr. Matz had 360,000 shares exercisable and 640,000
    shares unexercisable under his Employment Agreement described below. See
    "--EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS AND CHANGE-IN-CONTROL ARRANGEMENTS."
    
 
(5) Mr. Houston resigned from the position of Vice President--Telecom
    Acquisitions effective April 11, 1996 and from his position as a director of
    the Company on June 21, 1996.
 
1994 EMPLOYEE STOCK OPTION PLAN
 
   
GENERAL.  On June 16, 1994 the Company's Board of Directors adopted, and on July
11, 1994, the stockholders of the Company approved, the Employee Option Plan.
The purpose of the Employee Option Plan is to further the success of the Company
and its affiliates by making available Common Stock for purchase by officers and
employees of the Company and its affiliates, and thus to provide an additional
incentive to such individuals to continue in the service of the Company and its
affiliates and to give them a greater interest as shareholders in the success of
the Company. The Employee Option Plan provides for the granting of non-qualified
stock options ("NQSOs") as well as incentive stock options ("ISOs") under
Section 422 of the Code (collectively, the "Employee Options"). Under the
Employee Option Plan, 2,000,000 shares of Common stock are reserved for granting
as Employee Options. On April 17, 1997, the Board of Directors proposed, subject
to stockholder approval, that the Employee Option Plan be amended (i) to
increase the aggregate number of shares authorized for issuance thereunder from
2,000,000 to 4,000,000 and (ii) to provide for administration by "Non-Employee
Directors," as such term is defined in Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange
Act and to give the Board of Directors power to approve transactions between the
Plan and an officer or director of the Company as an exempt transaction under
Rule 16b-3(d). Rule 16b-3 provides an exemption from the operation of the "short
swing profit" recovery provisions of Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act with
respect to the acquisition of Common Stock underlying Employee Options.
    
 
   
    The Company has registered with the Commission the 2,000,000 shares of
Common Stock currently issuable under the Employee Option Plan and, if the
amendments are approved by the stockholders at the Annual Meeting of
Stockholders on May 29, 1997, the Company will register the additional 2,000,000
shares of Common Stock to be authorized for issuance under the Employee Option
Plan. At May 1, 1997, the Company had granted outstanding Employee Options to
purchase an aggregate of 1,897,047 shares of Common Stock under the 1994
Employee Option Plan.
    
 
   
TERMS AND CONDITIONS.  The 1994 Employee Option Plan is administered by a
committee comprised of two or more non-employee directors appointed by the Board
of Directors of the Company (the "Employee Option Committee"). Currently, the
Employee Option Committee consists of three members, namely, Messrs. Williams,
Cunningham and Ebert. The Employee Option Committee is constituted in a manner
intended to comply with the requirements of Rule 16b-3 under the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange Act"). If the Employee Option Plan satisfies
the requirements of Rule 16b-3, discretionary grants of options under the
Employee Option Plan to persons subject to liability under Section 16(b) will be
exempt from such liability to the extent provided by Rule 16b-3.
    
 
    The Employee Option Plan grants broad authority to the Employee Option
Committee to grant Employee Options to (i) full time employees and officers of
the Company, (ii) those directors of the Company who are also employees of the
Company and (iii) certain non-employee consultants of the Company selected by
the Employee Option Committee. Such authorization includes the right to
determine the number of shares subject to option, and the appropriate periods
and methods of exercise, and requirements regarding the vesting of all options.
The Employee Option Plan further authorizes the Employee Option Committee to set
forth provisions in individual option agreements (which need not be identical or
consistent with respect to each optionee) regarding the exercise and expiration
of Employee Options according to stated criteria. The Employee Option Committee
oversees the methods of exercise of
 
                                       72
<PAGE>
Employee Options with attention being given to compliance with appropriate
securities laws and regulation.
 
    With respect to any participant who owns stock possessing more than 10% of
the voting power of all classes of the Company's outstanding capital stock (a
"10% Stockholder"), the exercise price of any ISO granted must be at least 110%
of the fair market value of the Common Stock on the date of grant. The exercise
price of ISOs for all other employees shall be no less than 100% of the fair
market value of the Common Stock on the date of grant. There is no specified
price requirement for NQSOs, except that the option exercise price must exceed
the par value of the Common Stock. Payment for the Common Stock upon exercise of
an Employee Option may be made in cash, by certified check, by money order or by
the delivery of shares of Common Stock owned by the option holder having a fair
market value equal to the exercise price, or by delivery of a combination of any
of the foregoing.
 
    The Employee Options are not generally transferable by an optionee, other
than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution or pursuant to a
qualified domestic relations order and are exercisable during the lifetime of an
optionee only by such optionee. The Company may make or guarantee loans to
individuals to finance the purchase of shares of Common Stock upon the exercise
of Employee Options under the Employee Option Plan. The maximum term of an
option granted under the Employee Option Plan may not exceed five years from the
date of grant in the case of an option granted to a 10% Stockholder and not more
than 10 years from the date of grant in the case of all other optionees.
 
    Employee options generally contain certain anti-dilution provisions which
provide for adjustment in the number of shares of Common Stock and option price
in the case of subdivisions or consolidations of the Common Stock, stock
dividends, recapitalizations and similar events.
 
    The Company has the option to repurchase shares of its Common Stock from
optionees who acquire such shares through the exercise of options under the
Employee Option Plan, and who do not remain in the employee of the Company for
specified minimum periods following the date of grant, generally at least 18
months in the case of employee directors, 24 months in the case of officers and
30 months in the case of all other employees. The amount payable by the Company
in each case is equal to the amount which the optionee paid for such shares upon
exercise of the option giving rise to the Company's repurchase rights.
 
    The Employee Option Plan terminates on January 1, 2004. The Board may at any
time suspend or terminate the Employee Option Plan prior to such time or may
amend it from time to time in such respects as the Board may deem advisable,
except that no amendment, suspension or termination may impair any of the rights
or obligations of an optionee under any Employee Option previously granted to
such optionee under the Employee Option Plan.
 
    On May 31, 1996, the Company approved certain amendments to the Employee
Option Plan which provide that all Employee Options granted under the Employee
Option Plan automatically vest upon a Change of Control (as defined below) and
that in the event of a termination of employment following a Change of Control
all options will be exercisable for a minimum of 90 days. For these purposes, a
"Change of Control" is defined as (i) the consummation of any consolidation or
merger of the Company in which the surviving corporation or in which shares of
the Company's Common Stock are converted into cash, securities or other
property, (ii) a sale or other transfer of all or substantially all of the
assets of the Company, (iii) stockholder approval of a proposal to liquidate or
dissolve the Company, (iv) a person shall become the beneficial owner of 30% or
more of the Company's outstanding Common Stock (except for those who had such
beneficial ownership prior to May 31, 1996) or (v) during the period of any two
consecutive years, individuals at the beginning of such period constitute the
entire Board of Directors shall cease for any reason to constitute a majority
thereof. In each instance, such events are subject to certain exclusions. In
addition, upon a Change in Control, (i) provisions of the Employee Option Plan
requiring termination of Employee Options upon termination of the employment of
the holder will not apply except for a termination due to conviction for a
felony or a crime involving moral turpitude, and (ii) all Employee Options
granted thereunder will be deemed to vest immediately and that any Company
repurchase option
 
                                       73
<PAGE>
or salability restriction set forth in any option agreement would be considered
void and of no further force and effect.
 
    The shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to the exercise of Employee
Options have been registered with the Commission.
 
1994 STOCK OPTION PLAN FOR NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTORS
 
   
GENERAL.  On June 16, 1994, the Board of Directors adopted, and on July 11,
1994, the stockholders of the Company approved, the Director Option Plan. The
purpose of the Director Option Plan is to advance the interests of the Company
by providing additional incentives to attract and retain qualified and competent
non-employee directors. In furtherance of such purpose, the Director Option Plan
provides for the granting of NQSOs to such non-employee directors to purchase
Common Stock ("Director Options"). A total of 1,000,000 shares of Common Stock
(subject to adjustment as described below) has been reserved for issuance under
the Direction Option Plan. At May 1, 1997, the Company had granted outstanding
Director Options to purchase an aggregate of 280,000 shares of Common Stock
under the Director Option Plan.
    
 
TERMS AND CONDITIONS.  The Director Option Plan provides that any non-employee
director of the Company who is elected to the Board of Directors of the Company
shall be automatically granted a Director Option to purchase 10,000 shares of
Common Stock (plus an additional Director Option to purchase 2,500 shares of
Common Stock for each Committee of the Board of Directors to which such director
was appointed) on the date immediately following the date on which such person
becomes a non-employee director, whether at an annual meeting of stockholders or
otherwise. Such director shall also automatically receive a Director Option to
purchase an additional 10,000 shares of Common Stock (plus an additional
Director Option to purchase 2,500 shares of Common Stock for each Committee of
the Board of Directors to which such director was appointed), on the date
immediately following the date of each successive annual meeting of the
stockholders of the Company thereafter, unless any such date shall be within 185
calendar days of a previous grant to such director. Each Director Option will
vest six months after the date of the grant and will expire five years after the
date of grant.
 
    No Director Option may be granted at an exercise price per share that is
less than the fair market value of the Common Stock at the date of grant. The
exercise price of a Director Option may be paid in cash, certified or by
cashier's check, by money order, or by delivery of shares of Common Stock owned
by the option holder having a fair market value equal to the exercise price, or
by delivery of a combination of any of the foregoing.
 
    Director Options generally contain certain anti-dilution provisions which
provide for an adjustment in the number of shares of Common Stock and option
prices in the case of subdivisions or consolidations of the Common Stock, stock
dividends, recapitalizations and similar events.
 
    The Director Options are not generally transferable by the optionee except
by will or by the laws of descent and distribution or pursuant to a qualified
domestic relations order, and are exercisable during the lifetime of an optionee
only by such optionee.
 
    A Director Option will terminate on the earlier to occur of (i) 30 days
after the date that the optionee ceases to be a Director, except that if the
optionee dies while serving as a director, the Director Option will expire one
year from the date of death or six months from such date if the optionee dies
within 30 days after ceasing to serve as a director, or (ii) five years from the
date of grant of the Director Option. No executive officer or other employee of
the Company is entitled to participate in the Director Option Plan.
 
    The administration and other terms of the Director Option Plan have been
structured so that the options granted to the non-employee directors who
administer the company's stock plans shall qualify as transactions exempt from
Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, pursuant to Rule 16b-3 promulgated
thereunder. See "--1994 EMPLOYEE STOCK OPTION PLAN."
 
                                       74
<PAGE>
    The Company has the right to repurchase shares of its Common Stock from any
director optionee who acquires such shares of Common Stock through the exercise
of options under the Direction Option Plan and who does not continue to serve as
a director of the Company, for any reason, for at least 18 months following the
date of grant of the option. The amount payable by the Company in each case is
equal to the amount which the optionee paid for such shares upon exercise of the
option giving rise to the Company's repurchase rights.
 
    The Director Option Plan will terminate on January 1, 2004, and any Director
Option outstanding on such date will remain outstanding until it has either
expired or been exercised.
 
    The shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to the Director Options have
been registered with the Commission.
 
INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION PLAN
 
    The Company's Incentive Stock Option Plan (the "Incentive Stock Option
Plan") is comprised of two separate employee benefit plans; namely, the 1992
Employee Stock Option Plan and the July 1, 1993 Stock Option Plan which was
subsequently amended and restated by the Board of Directors of the Company as
the January 1, 1994 Amended Stock Option Plan.
 
   
    The purposes of the Incentive Stock Option Plan were (i) to attract, retain,
reward, and motivate the officers, directors and key employees of the Company,
(ii) to encourage stock ownership by providing them with the means to acquire
shares of the Company's Common Stock or to increase their stock holdings and
(iii) to provide a greater community of interest between such individuals and
the Company's stockholders. The Incentive Stock Option Plan provided for the
granting of NQSOs and ISOs to officers, directors and other employees and was
intended to qualify as a "formula plan" under Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act,
being administered by a disinterested committee. At May 1, 1997, the Company had
outstanding options to acquire an aggregate of 409,700 shares of the Company's
Common Stock under the Incentive Stock Option Plan. No new option grants will be
made under the Incentive Stock Option Plan.
    
 
OTHER OPTIONS; RESTRICTED STOCK
 
    The Company historically has granted stock options and/or awarded restricted
stock to a limited number of key employees (including certain officers and
directors) which have not been granted or issued pursuant to a specific plan but
rather have been made to attract and retain such key employees in special
circumstances. Generally, these grants have occurred contemporaneously with the
employment of such key employees (as an inducement to accept employment),
although some grants have been made subsequent to commencing employment with the
Company. The Company believes that the use of these options and restricted stock
grants have been, and in the foreseeable future will continue to be, an
important and necessary incentive to permit the Company to attract and retain
key employees in competition with companies having much greater resources.
 
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS AND CHANGE-IN-CONTROL ARRANGEMENTS
 
   
    Effective March 24, 1995, the Company entered into an Employment Agreement
with Jack W. Matz, Jr. which was amended effective January 1, 1996 and January
1, 1997. The Employment Agreement with Mr. Matz will expire on December 31,
2001, unless terminated earlier as provided therein, including termination by
the Company with or without cause. In the event Mr. Matz is terminated for cause
(defined in the Employment Agreement to include such reasons as an act of
dishonesty on the part of Mr. Matz constituting a felony or intended to result
in substantial gain or personal enrichment at the expense of the Company, his
willful failure to perform his duties and a determination by 75% of the members
of the Board of Directors to terminate the Employment Agreement), Mr. Matz shall
be entitled to receive only the base salary being paid to him at such time,
through the date of termination. The Employment Agreement may also be terminated
by the Company at any time without cause upon 30 days written notice
    
 
                                       75
<PAGE>
to Mr. Matz. In the event of this termination without cause, Mr. Matz shall be
entitled to continue to receive the base salary effective at the time of
termination, and to continue to participate in all regular employee benefit
plans, for a period of two and one-half (2 1/2) years or until March 23, 2000,
whichever occurs earlier. Mr. Matz may voluntarily terminate the Employment
Agreement at any time upon 30 days written notice to the Company, in which event
he shall be entitled to receive only his base pay in effect at that time through
the date of termination.
 
   
    The Employment Agreement currently provides that Mr. Matz shall be paid an
annual base salary of $275,000, subject to increase by the Compensation
Committee of the Board of Directors, and, at Mr. Matz's option, to a level equal
to the highest salary level being paid to any other employee of the Company from
time to time during Mr. Matz's employment period. Mr. Matz may also be awarded
additional bonuses, at the discretion of the Board of Directors.
    
 
   
    Additionally, Mr. Matz is entitled to receive annual cash bonuses based upon
the attainment by the Company of certain financial goals. The bonus will be an
amount equal to the Consolidated Net Income Calculation. The Consolidated Net
Income Calculation is as follows:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
ANNUAL NET INCOME LEVEL                        PERCENTAGE TO BE PAID AS BONUS COMPENSATION
- -------------------------------  -----------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                              <C>
$0-200,000.....................  1% of net income up to and including $200,000
$200,001-1,200,000.............  4% of net income from $200,001 up to and including $1,200,000
$1,200,001 and above...........  8% of net income above $1,200,000
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    For purposes of this bonus, net income is the net income of the Company and
its consolidated subsidiaries determined in accordance with GAAP as reflected in
the Company's audited financial statements, excluding the effect of income taxes
and including cash bonuses paid to any employee or consultant other than Mr.
Matz and 50% of goodwill amortization expense for such year.
    
 
    The Employment Agreement also provides that Mr. Matz will be entitled to
receive stock options entitling Mr. Matz to purchase up to an aggregate of
60,000 shares of Common Stock of the Company, in three 20,000 share allotments,
to be granted at such time that the annual earnings per share of the Company and
its subsidiaries (on a consolidated basis) exceed, for the first time, $.01,
$.15 and $.25 earnings per share, respectively. Any option granted under this
provision of Mr Matz's Employment Agreement shall be exercisable for a period of
five years from the date of grant and shall have an exercise price equal to the
fair market value of the Common Stock on the date of grant.
 
   
    Effective March 24, 1995, in connection with Mr. Matz's agreement to release
any and all claims against the Company under any prior agreements relating to
his employment with the Company, Mr. Matz was granted an option to acquire up to
1,000,000 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $1.25 per share, the
fair market value of the Common Stock on the settlement date. This stock option
vested as to 200,000 shares of Common Stock on the date of grant, March 24,
1995, 160,000 shares of Common Stock on March 24, 1996 and March 24, 1997 and
vests as to an additional 160,000 shares of Common Stock on each of the three
anniversaries thereafter. Mr. Matz's stock option is exercisable for up to five
years after full vesting. However, if Mr. Matz is terminated by the Company
without cause, such stock option will become immediately exercisable, and will
remain exercisable for two years thereafter, with respect to a number of shares
of Common Stock equal to 500,000 plus all vested but unexercised options then
outstanding, but in no event in excess of 1,000,000 shares. The price to be paid
for the shares of Common Stock to be issued pursuant to the exercise of this
option may be paid at the option of Mr. Matz (i) in cash, (ii) through a
combination of cash and a promissory note, or (iii) by the delivery to the
Company of an equivalent number of shares of Common Stock.
    
 
    In the event Mr. Matz is no longer employed by the Company prior to March
24, 2000, the Company may repurchase any or all of the shares of Common Stock,
in excess of 500,000 shares of Common Stock, acquired by Mr. Matz pursuant to
the exercise of the options issued in connection with the Employment
 
                                       76
<PAGE>
Agreement. The price payable by the Company in connection with any such
repurchase shall be equal generally to the fair market value of such shares at
the date of the repurchase and shall be payable, at the option of the Company,
in cash or by the delivery of a promissory note of the Company.
 
    Mr. Matz also has the right to require the Company to register for sale, on
three separate occasions until March 23, 2000, any or all of the shares of
Common Stock acquired as a result of the exercise of the options issued in
connection with the Employment Agreement.
 
   
    On March 13, 1996, the Company entered into an Employment Agreement with
Paul R. Miller effective as of January 1, 1996. The Employment Agreement, which
was amended as of January 1, 1997, will expire on December 31, 1998, but is
automatically extended for additional successive two-year terms thereafter
unless the agreement is terminated by the Company or Mr. Miller upon at least 60
days prior written notice as provided therein. Similar to Mr. Matz's employment
agreement, if the Employment Agreement with Mr. Miller is terminated with cause,
he is entitled to the base salary earned by him to the date of termination.
Pursuant to the terms of Mr. Miller's Employment Agreement, he is entitled to an
annual base salary of $225,000, subject to increase at the sole discretion of
the Compensation Committee. Mr. Miller may also be awarded additional bonuses,
at the discretion of the Board of Directors.
    
 
   
    Additionally, Mr. Miller is entitled to receive annual cash bonuses based
upon the attainment by the Company of certain financial goals. The bonus will be
an amount equal to the Consolidated Net Income Calculation, calculated in
generally the same method as set forth in Mr. Matz's Employment Agreement. The
Consolidated Net Income Calculation for Mr. Miller is as follows:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
ANNUAL NET INCOME LEVEL                        PERCENTAGE TO BE PAID AS BONUS COMPENSATION
- -------------------------------  -----------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                              <C>
$0-$250,000....................  None
$250,001 to $500,000...........  1% of net income up to and including $500,000
$500,001-$1,200,000............  2% of net income from $500,001 up to and including $1,200,000
$1,200,001 and above...........  5% of net income above $1,200,000
</TABLE>
    
 
    The Employment Agreement with Mr. Miller also provides that he will be
entitled to receive stock options entitling Mr. Miller to purchase up to an
aggregate of 60,000 shares of Common Stock of the Company, in three 20,000 share
allotments, to be granted at such time that the annual earnings per share of the
Company and its subsidiaries (on a consolidated basis) exceed, for the first
time, $.01, $.15 and $.25 earnings per share, respectively. Any option granted
under this provision of Mr. Miller's Employment Agreement shall be exercisable
for a period of five years from the date of grant and shall have an exercise
price equal to the fair market value of the Common Stock on the date of grant.
Mr. Miller has the right to require the Company to register for resale, on two
separate occasions until the later of December 31, 1998 or the final termination
date of any automatic extension of his Employment Agreement, any and all of the
shares of Common Stock acquired as a result of the exercise of these options.
 
    In the event Mr. Miller is no longer employed by the Company on the later to
occur of December 31, 1998 or, if his Employment Agreement is automatically
extended, the date of termination as so extended, the Company may repurchase any
or all of the shares of the Common Stock, in excess of 500,000 shares of Common
Stock, acquired by Mr. Miller pursuant to the exercise of the options issued in
connection with the Employment Agreement. The price payable by the Company in
connection with any such repurchase shall be equal generally to the fair market
value of such shares at the date of the repurchase and shall be payable, at the
option of the Company, in cash or by the delivery of a promissory note of the
Company.
 
    Under the terms of the Company's employment agreements with Mr. Miller and
Mr. Matz, a "Change of Control" of the Company is deemed to exist upon the
occurrence of any of the following: (i) any person other than such employee or a
person acquiring securities directly or indirectly in connection with any
financing or capital raising activity undertaken by the Company in connection
with the USC acquisition is or becomes a beneficial owner (as defined in Rule
13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act), directly or
 
                                       77
<PAGE>
indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than 25% of the
combined voting power of the Company's outstanding securities; (ii) at any time
during the twenty-four month period following a merger, tender offer,
consolidation, sale of assets or contested election, or any combination of such
transactions, at least a majority of the Company's Board of Directors shall
cease to be "continuing directors" (meaning directors of the Company prior to
such transaction or who subsequently become directors and whose election or
nomination for election by the Company's stockholders, was approved by a vote of
at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office prior to such
transaction); or (iii) the Company's stockholders approve a plan of complete
liquidation of the Company or an agreement of sale or disposition by the Company
of all or substantially all of the Company's assets.
 
    If such a "Change of Control" occurs under Mr. Matz's Employment Agreement,
Mr. Matz is generally entitled to receive (i) one year's base salary as a lump
sum payment if he voluntarily terminates his employment within 90 days of such
event, (ii) no severance if he voluntarily terminates his employment after 90
days of such event; (iii) a lump sum severance payment equal to any remaining
salary payments due from date of termination until March 23, 2000 if he is
involuntarily terminated other than for "cause" (as defined above); provided
that such lump sum cannot exceed 2.99 times his five year average annual
compensation; and (iv) his base salary up until the last date of employment if
he is involuntarily terminated for "cause."
 
    If such "Change of Control" occurs under Mr. Miller's Employment Agreement,
Mr. Miller is entitled to have such employment agreement assumed by the
Company's successor or purchaser or be compensated in accordance with the terms
thereof even if relieved of his duties.
 
    Effective April 11, 1996, Mr. Houston and the Company entered into a
settlement agreement (the "Settlement Agreement") pursuant to which Mr.
Houston's employment agreement with LDN was terminated, the Company issued to
Mr. Houston 142,354 shares of restricted Common Stock and Mr. Houston was
released from his obligations under a certain Promissory Note of Mr. Houston to
LDN in the principal sum of $195,903.75. In reaching this agreement, the Company
calculated the present value of all sums remaining to be paid under his
employment agreement and offset the outstanding balance under the Promissory
Note against such sum. In connection with the Settlement Agreement, Mr. Houston
agreed to remain available to advise and consult with the Company (for no
additional consideration other than reasonable out-of-pocket expenses) through
March 31, 1999, and agreed not to compete with the Company for three years after
the date of the Settlement Agreement. In addition, Mr. Houston executed a voting
agreement in connection with such transaction granting Mr. Matz the right to
designate the manner in which the shares of Common Stock owned by Mr. Houston
are voted. On June 10, 1996, the Company and Mr. Houston amended the Settlement
Agreement to provide for additional understandings with respect to the date Mr.
Houston ceased being an employee of the Company and with respect to insurance
coverage for Mr. Houston and his wife.
 
   
    The Company entered into a Severance Agreement with Mr. Darnell in lieu of
any rights Mr. Darnell previously had under an employment agreement with the
Company dated August 8, 1993, except for his right to receive formula bonuses
based on the annual profitability of the Company determined by measuring gross
income less all operating expenses on a consolidated basis. Generally, should
the Company have profits of between $500,001 and $1,500,000 or profits in excess
of $1,500,000, Mr. Darnell is eligible to receive a bonus of 1.0% and 1.5%,
respectively, of such profits. Under the Severance Agreement, Mr. Darnell will
be entitled to receive as severance 150% of his annual salary in effect on the
date of a change of control of the Company if he is terminated for any reason
(other than death, voluntarily or due to a conviction of a felony involving a
crime of moral turpitude) within one year after such change of control.
    
 
    The Company entered into a Severance Agreement with Ms. Johnson terminating
Ms. Johnson's rights to 20,000 shares of restricted stock granted on her
employment on September 1, 1995, none of which were vested at the time of
termination. Under the Severance Agreement, Ms. Johnson will be entitled to
 
                                       78
<PAGE>
receive as severance 150% of her annual salary in effect on the date of a change
of control of the Company if she is terminated for any reason (other than death,
voluntarily or due to a conviction of a felony involving a crime of moral
turpitude) within one year after such change of control.
 
   
    "Change of Control of the Company" under all such Severance Agreements
occurs of (i) there shall be consummated (x) any consolidation or merger of the
Company in which the Company is not the continuing or surviving corporation or
pursuant to which shares of the Common Stock would be converted into cash,
securities or other property, other than a merger of the Company in which the
holders of the Common Stock immediately prior to the merger have the same
proportionate ownership of Common Stock of the surviving Corporation immediately
after the merger, or (y) any sale, lease, exchange or other transfer (in one
transaction or a series of related transactions) or all, or substantially all,
of the assets of the Company; or (ii) the stockholders of the Company approve
any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the Company; or (iii)
any person (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange
Act, shall become the beneficial owner (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under
the Exchange Act) of thirty percent (30%) or more of the Company's outstanding
Common Stock, except for any person who had such beneficial ownership prior to
May 31, 1996; or (iv) during any period of two consecutive years, individuals
who at the beginning of such period constitute the entire Board of Directors
shall cease for any reason to constitute a majority thereof; provided, however,
that an event or series of events described in (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv) above
shall not constitute a Change in Control if a majority of the directors in
office who were also directors on the date which is three years prior to the
occurrence of such an event shall so determine.
    
 
    Pursuant to the terms of the terms of the Employee Option Plan as amended at
the Annual Meeting of Stockholders on May 31, 1996, all options granted under
either such plan will (i) vest automatically upon a change of control of the
Company and (ii) remain exercisable for a minimum of 90 days upon the
termination of such optionee following such a change of control of the Company.
See "MANAGEMENT--1994 EMPLOYEE STOCK OPTION PLAN."
 
                                       79
<PAGE>
          SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS AND MANAGEMENT
 
   
    The following table and notes thereto set forth certain information with
respect to the shares of Common Stock beneficially owned by (i) each person
known by the Company to own beneficially more than 5% of the Company's Common
Stock, (ii) each director and executive officer of the Company included in this
Prospectus under "MANAGEMENT--EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION" and (iii) all executive
officers and directors of the Company as a group, as of May 1, 1997.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP
                                                                          ----------------------------------
                                                                               SHARES OF
NAME AND ADDRESS OF BENEFICIAL OWNER                                        COMMON STOCK(1)     PERCENT(2)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------  -------------------  -------------
<S>                                                                       <C>                  <C>
Jack W. Matz, Jr. ......................................................     3,861,309(3)(4)         21.4%
  1600 Promenade Center, 15th Floor
  Richardson, Texas 75080
 
Paul R. Miller .........................................................       351,272(5)             2.2%
  1600 Promenade Center, 15th Floor
  Richardson, Texas 75080
 
J. David Darnell .......................................................       323,750(6)             2.0%
  1600 Promenade Center, 15th Floor
  Richardson, Texas 75080
 
Lynn H. Johnson ........................................................        67,500(7)            *
  1600 Promenade Center, 15th Floor
  Richardson, Texas 75080
 
Igor I. Mamantov .......................................................       270,000(8)             1.7%
  1600 Promenade Center, 15th Floor
  Richardson, Texas 75080
 
John H. Nugent .........................................................        85,000(9)            *
  1600 Promenade Center, 15th Floor
  Richardson, Texas 75080
 
John Q. Ebert ..........................................................        18,800(10)           *
  3612 Garden Brook Dr., Apt. 134
  Farmers Branch, Texas 75234
 
Howard F. Curd .........................................................     2,045,000(11)(12)       11.6%
  650 Fifth Ave.
  New York, New York 10019
 
Dean A. Thomas .........................................................       349,405(13)            2.2%
  1907 Ridge Creek Dr.
  Richardson, Texas 75082
 
Barry J. Williams, M.D. ................................................       340,316(14)            2.1%
  4100 W 15th St., #103
  Plano, Texas 75075
 
Pete W. Smith, Jr. .....................................................       487,250(15)            3.1%
  3131 Premier Drive
  Irving, Texas 75063
 
Thomas L. Cunningham ...................................................        70,790(16)           *
  1717 Endicott Drive
  Plano, Texas 75205-3057
 
Reuben F. Richards .....................................................     2,000,000(11)(17)       11.4%
  650 Fifth Ave.
  New York, New York 10019
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       80
<PAGE>
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP
                                                                          ----------------------------------
                                                                               SHARES OF
NAME AND ADDRESS OF BENEFICIAL OWNER                                        COMMON STOCK(1)     PERCENT(2)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------  -------------------  -------------
<S>                                                                       <C>                  <C>
Jesup & Lamont Capital Markets, Inc. ...................................     1,990,000(11)           11.3%
  650 Fifth Avenue
  New York, New York 10019
 
Northstar Investment Management Corporation ............................     6,098,039(18)           28.0%
  2 Pickwick Plaza
  Greenwich, Connecticut 06830
 
McCullough, Andrews & Capprello, Inc. ..................................     1,176,471(19)            7.0%
  101 California Street, Suite 4250
  San Francisco, California 94111
 
Dean Witter Intercapital, Inc. .........................................       980,932(20)            5.9%
  Two World Trade Center
  New York, New York 10048
 
All executive officers and directors as a group (consisting of 13            8,280,392(21)           38.5%
  persons)
</TABLE>
    
 
- --------------------------
 
*   Represents less than one percent (1%).
 
(1) Beneficial ownership as reported in the above table has been determined in
    accordance with Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act. Unless otherwise
    indicated each of the persons or entities named has sole voting and
    investment power with respect to the shares reported.
 
   
(2) The percentages indicated are based on exercisable outstanding options and
    conversion privileges for each individual or entity listed and 15,668,835
    shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding on May 1, 1997.
    
 
   
(3) Includes 992,000 shares that Mr. Matz has the right to acquire upon the
    exercise of stock options and Common Stock purchase warrants exercisable
    within 60 days.
    
 
   
(4) Includes a total of 2,434,935 shares that Mr. Matz has the right to vote (or
    direct the vote) under voting agreements or voting trusts but over which he
    does not have dispositive power. Mr. Matz, as trustee under the voting
    trusts, has the right to vote 922,781 shares of the Company's Common Stock
    on any matters presented to the stockholders for a vote. Each of these
    voting trust agreements has a duration of five years and will terminate at
    various times beginning June 30, 1997 through April 1999. In addition, under
    certain other voting agreements with purchasers of the Company's Common
    Stock in connection with a September 20, 1995 private placement, Mr. Matz
    has the right to vote 32,300 shares (the "1995 Shares") of the Company's
    Common Stock held by (and included herein), and 10,000 shares of Common
    Stock issuable upon exercise of such Common Stock Purchase Warrants ("1995
    Warrants" and together with the 1995 Shares, the "1995 Securities") issued
    to, such purchasers. In addition, pursuant to the terms of certain voting
    agreements entered into with six purchasers of the Company's warrants (the
    "1996 Warrants") in connection with a private placement on May 7, 1996, Mr.
    Matz has the right to vote 1,337,500 shares of Common Stock issuable upon
    exercise thereof. The voting agreements with respect to the 1995 Securities
    and 1996 Warrants terminate on August 31, 2005 and May 7, 2006,
    respectively. The 1995 Warrants are exercisable until September 11, 1997.
    The 1996 Warrants are exercisable until May 7, 1998. The number represented
    hereby also includes shares of Common Stock which Mr. Matz has the right to
    vote under a voting agreement with Mr. Houston until the earlier of Mr.
    Houston's transfer of such shares or April 11, 2001 but does not include
    500,000 shares of Common Stock (the "Pledged Shares") which Mr. Matz has the
    right to vote under a voting agreement on behalf of the former shareholders
    of Addtel, which shares were pledged by the Company's subsidiary to such
    shareholders. The Pledged Shares will not be entitled to vote or be counted
    for quorum purposes unless and until such shares have been foreclosed upon
    by such shareholders pursuant to the terms of the applicable pledge
    agreement. Such voting rights will terminate upon the earlier to occur of
    January 10, 2007 or the sale of all such shares as permitted under such
    pledge agreement. See "DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK--ANTI-TAKEOVER
    PROVISIONS--VOTING AGREEMENT."
    
 
(5) Includes 180,000 shares that Mr. Miller has the right to acquire upon the
    exercise of options and other rights exercisable in 60 days. Pursuant to
    that certain Voting Trust Agreement, dated April 12, 1994, Mr. Miller has
    transferred the right to vote 169,272 shares of Common Stock to Jack W.
    Matz, Jr. as Trustee on all matters presented to the stockholders for a
    vote. Mr. Miller retains sole dispositive power over all shares beneficially
    owned by him.
 
                                       81
<PAGE>
(6) Includes 308,750 shares that Mr. Darnell has the right to acquire upon the
    exercise of stock options, exercisable within 60 days.
 
(7) Includes 62,500 shares that Ms. Johnson has the right to acquire upon the
    exercise of stock options, exercisable within 60 days.
 
   
(8) Includes 270,000 shares that Mr. Mamantov has the right to acquire upon the
    exercise of stock options and Common Stock purchase warrants exercisable
    within 60 days.
    
 
   
(9) Includes 55,000 shares that Mr. Nugent has the right to acquire upon the
    exercise of stock options and other rights exercisable within 60 days.
    
 
(10) Includes 18,800 shares that Mr. Ebert has the right to acquire upon the
    exercise of stock options, exercisable within 60 days.
 
(11) Includes 500,000 shares of the Company's Common Stock that JLCM has the
    right to acquire upon the exercise of Common Stock Purchase Warrants
    exercisable within 60 days and 1,440,000 shares issuable upon conversion of
    shares of Series A Stock of the Company. Messrs. Curd and Richards are
    Managing Director and Senior Managing Director, respectively, of such
    entity.
 
   
(12) Includes 30,000 shares that Mr. Curd has the right to acquire upon the
    exercise of stock options exercisable within 60 days.
    
 
   
(13) Includes 169,166 shares that Mr. Thomas has the right to acquire upon the
    exercise of stock options and Common Stock purchase warrants exercisable
    within 60 days.
    
 
   
(14) Includes 274,166 shares that Dr. Williams has the right to acquire upon the
    exercise of stock options and Common Stock purchase warrants exercisable
    within 60 days.
    
 
   
(15) Includes 121,666 shares that Mr. Smith has the right to acquire upon the
    exercise of stock options and Common Stock purchase warrants exercisable
    within 60 days.
    
 
   
(16) Includes 40,000 shares that Mr. Cunningham has the right to acquire upon
    the exercise of stock options exercisable within 60 days.
    
 
(17) Includes 10,000 shares that Mr. Richards has the right to acquire upon the
    exercise of stock options exercisable within 60 days.
 
   
(18) Includes 4,607,843 shares currently issuable upon conversion of the Notes
    issued to Northstar, Northstar Balance Sheet Opportunities, T.D. Partners,
    L.P., Northstar Multi-Sector Bond Fund and Northstar High Yield Bond Fund
    (collectively, the "Northstar Funds"), and 1,490,196 shares currently
    issuable upon conversion of the Company's 10% Debenture issued to Northstar.
    Northstar Investment Management Corporation ("Northstar Investment") serves
    as investment advisor to each of the Northstar Funds. Thomas Ole Dial, a
    former director of the Company, serves as Executive Vice President and Chief
    Investment Officer for Northstar Investment.
    
 
   
(19) Includes 1,176,471 shares issuable upon conversion of $3,000,000 principal
    amount of Notes that such firm has discretionary authority to buy, sell, and
    vote for its investment advisory clients.
    
 
   
(20) Includes 980,932 shares currently issuable upon conversion of $2,500,000
    principal amount of Notes that such firm has the power to buy, sell and vote
    for various mutual funds for which such firm serves as investment advisor.
    
 
   
(21) Includes 5,804,548 shares that 13 directors and executive officers have the
    right to acquire beneficial ownership of upon the exercise of stock options
    and Common Stock purchase warrants exercisable and the conversion of Series
    A Stock within 60 days.
    
 
   
Except as set forth in the chart above, the Company knows of no person or entity
that on May 1, 1997 had or could be deemed to have beneficial ownership of 5% or
more of the Common Stock.
    
 
                                       82
<PAGE>
                       TRANSACTIONS WITH RELATED PARTIES
 
   
    On February 17, 1995, Messrs. Matz, Thomas, Houston, Williams and Smith each
made a loan in the principal amount of $25,000 and Mr. Miller made a loan in the
principal amount of $20,000 to the Company with an interest rate of 12% per
annum. The loans were originally due on May 17, 1995 and were extended for
varying periods through October 1995 for a 1% extension fee. Mr. Thomas' loan
was repaid by the issuance of 27,239 shares of Common Stock. All other such
loans were repaid in cash or offset in connection with the exercise of options
by the Company during 1995. In addition, in connection with such loans, Messrs.
Matz, Houston and Smith accepted options to purchase 14,286 shares of Common
Stock and Mr. Miller accepted options to purchase 11,429 shares of Common Stock,
all exercisable between June 17, 1995 and December 17, 1995 at $1.75 per share.
All of such options expired unexercised.
    
 
   
    In addition to the loans described above, Mr. Matz made loans to the Company
with an interest rate of 12% per annum in the following principal amounts on the
following dates: $48,610 on July 1, 1994, $25,000 on February 17, 1995, $75,000
on May 15, 1995 and $25,000 on June 1, 1995. The Company made aggregate
repayments on such loans of $18,000 in 1994 and $130,000 in 1995, and completely
repaid such loans with $25,610 during 1996.
    
 
   
    In connection with the financing of the Company's acquisition of USC, JLCM
purchased 166,667 shares of Series A Stock and was issued the JLCM Warrant to
purchase 500,000 shares of Common Stock (with an exercise price of $1.125 per
share) for an aggregate of $1.5 million. In addition, the Company paid fees and
expenses of $49,241 to JLCM in 1995.
    
 
   
    Pursuant to the Share Purchase Agreement under which JLCM purchased 166,667
shares of the Company's Series A Stock, the Company is obligated to use its best
efforts to cause up to two persons nominated by JLCM to be elected to the Board.
The Company's obligation ceases when there are less than 100,000 shares of
Series A Stock outstanding or JLCM and its affiliates (together with the
directors, officers and employees of JLCM and its affiliates) beneficially own
collectively less than five percent of the combined voting power of all shares
of capital stock then outstanding, assuming all conversion rights are exercised.
Messrs. Curd and Richards were JLCM designees to the Company's Board of
Directors under the provisions of the Share Purchase Agreement and were first
appointed to the Board of Directors in September 1995 and March 1996,
respectively, in accordance therewith.
    
 
    In addition to the right noted immediately above, if at any time while there
are at least 100,000 shares of Series A Stock outstanding, the Company fails to
(a) redeem shares of Series A Stock in accordance with the terms thereof or (b)
declare and legally pay the equivalent of one year's dividend payments on the
outstanding shares of Series A Stock, then, in such event, the holders of such
Series A Stock shall be entitled to elect, voting as a class, a certain
additional number of individuals to the Board of Directors of the Company and
the Company is obligated to increase the number of directorships by that number.
The exact number of directors to be elected by the holders of Series A Stock is
based upon a fraction of the number of directors then in office where the
numerator of such fraction is equal to the maximum number of shares of Common
Stock issuable upon conversion of the Series A Stock and the denominator of such
fraction is equal to the total number of shares of Common Stock then outstanding
on a fully diluted basis. Directors elected by the holders of the Series A Stock
may not be removed at any time without the written consent of at least 51% of
the shares of Series A Stock.
 
    On March 25, 1996, JLCM and the Company entered into an agreement (the
"Settlement Agreement") resolving prior disputes regarding (i) registration and
conversion rights attributable to the Series A Stock and Common Stock acquired
upon the conversion of Series A Stock or upon the exercise of warrants held by
JLCM; (ii) any obligation of the Company to enter into a new agreement with
respect to JLCM's services; and (iii) certain fees and expenses. The parties
also amended certain related provisions in existing agreements between the
Company and JLCM. In connection with the resolution of these disputes, the
Company paid $63,000 of fees and expenses and issued to JLCM an additional
50,000 shares of Common
 
                                       83
<PAGE>
Stock of the Company. Mr. Reuben Richards and Mr. Howard Curd, both directors of
the Company, serve as Senior Managing Director and Managing Director,
respectively, of JLCM.
 
   
    Under various agreements with holders of the Company's securities
convertible into Common Stock, Mr. Matz has obtained the right to vote such
shares of Common Stock held by such persons or the shares of Common Stock which
may be acquired by such persons upon exercise of the convertible security. Such
voting agreements provide Mr. Matz with a substantial portion of his beneficial
ownership of the Company's Common Stock. See "SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF PRINCIPAL
STOCKHOLDERS AND MANAGEMENT" and "DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK--ANTI-TAKEOVER
PROVISIONS--VOTING AGREEMENTS."
    
 
   
    Effective April 11, 1996, Mr. Houston, formerly Vice President--Telecom
Acquisitions and a director for the Company, entered into a settlement agreement
with the Company pursuant to which Mr. Houston's employment agreement with LDN
was terminated, the Company issued to Mr. Houston certain shares of restricted
Common Stock and Mr. Houston was released from his obligations under a certain
promissory note. See "MANAGEMENT--EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS AND CHANGE-IN-CONTROL
ARRANGEMENTS."
    
 
   
    On June 21, 1996, Mr. Nugent, a director of the Company, entered into a
consulting agreement to perform certain acquisition related services for the
Company for a three month period ending August 31, 1996 for $40,000 aggregate
compensation. On September 1, 1996 Mr. Nugent became an employee of the Company
and on September 18, 1996, Mr. Nugent was elected as a Vice President of the
Company. The Company has agreed to pay Mr. Nugent a base salary of $120,000 per
year and a bonus (comprised of cash and stock options) based on each acquisition
completed by the Company after September 1, 1996. The cash portion of the bonus
(the "Cash Formula") is generally determined by multiplying the annualized
revenues of the acquired Company (based on revenue of the acquired Company
during the month prior to the acquisition) by $.001. The number of options to be
awarded to Mr. Nugent upon consummation of an acquisition (the "Option Formula")
are generally determined by multiplying the annualized revenues of the acquired
Company by .0075 and dividing such product by the closing price of the Company's
Common Stock on the date of grant (to occur in connection with next scheduled
Stock Option Committee meeting). Such quotient is then rounded up to the nearest
unit of 1,000 shares. On December 2, 1996, the Stock Option Committee of the
Board of Directors made two grants of stock options under the Employee Option
Plan, each with an exercise price equal to the closing price of the Company's
Common Stock on such date of $1.56 and an expiration date of December 2, 2001.
The first grant included options to purchase 25,000 shares of the Company's
Common Stock, one-half vesting at September 1, 1997 and the other half vesting
on September 1, 1998. The second grant included options to purchase 15,000
shares of the Company's Common Stock under the Option Formula with respect to
the acquisition of FCLD and Uniquest. On April 8, 1997, the Stock Option
Committee granted Mr. Nugent stock options to purchase 76,497 shares of Common
Stock under the Employee Option Plan in connection with the acquisition of
Addtel. Such options have an exercise price equal to the closing price of the
Company's Common Stock on such date of $1.53 and an expiration date of April 8,
2002. Mr. Nugent also received cash bonuses of $2,909, $150 and $15,503 under
the Cash Formula with respect to the FCLD, Uniquest and Addtel acquisitions,
respectively.
    
   
    On March 25, 1997, Northstar purchased $3,800,000 principal amount of the
10% Debenture for $3,230,000. Northstar Investment has the power to buy, sell
and vote for the 10% Debenture as well as $11,750,000 principal amount of Notes
and the aggregate of 6,098,039 shares of Common Stock into which such Note and
10% Debenture are convertible, held by Northstar and other Northstar Funds which
hold such securities. Thomas Ole Dial, who served as a director of the Company
from October 1996 to March 24, 1997, is Executive Vice President and Chief
Investment Officer for Northstar Investment. Northstar Investment is a majority
owned subsidiary of Reliastar Financial Corporation. Mr. Dial has been President
and sole shareholder of TD & Associates since August 1993. TD & Associates is
the General Partner of TD Partners. Northstar Investment has been the
sub-advisor to TD & Associates since September 1994.
    
 
                                       84
<PAGE>
    Management of the Company believes all such transactions were made on terms
no less favorable to the Company than those available from unaffiliated parties.
Any future transactions with affiliated parties are limited by the Indenture for
so long as the Notes are outstanding. SEE "DESCRIPTION OF NOTES-- LIMITATION ON
TRANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATES."
 
                              DESCRIPTION OF NOTES
 
    The Notes were issued under an Indenture dated as of August 12, 1996 (the
"Indenture"), between the Company and United States Trust Company of New York,
as Trustee (the "Trustee"). Upon the effectiveness of the Registration Statement
of which this Prospectus is a part, the Indenture has become subject to and
governed by the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the "TIA"). The
following summary of certain provisions of the Indenture does not purport to be
complete and is subject to, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to,
the TIA, and to all of the provisions of the Indenture, including the
definitions of certain terms therein and those terms made a part of the
Indenture by reference to the TIA. A copy of the Indenture may be obtained from
the Company. For purposes of this section, references to the "Company" include
only SA Telecommunications, Inc. and not its subsidiaries. Additionally, as used
herein, subsidiary means a corporation, a majority of the voting stock of which
is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company or by one or more subsidiaries,
or by the Company and one or more other subsidiaries.
 
GENERAL
 
   
    The Notes are senior unsecured obligations of the Company in the aggregate
principal amount of $27.2 million. The Notes bear interest from August 12, 1996
at ten percent (10%) per annum and mature on August 15, 2006. Interest is
payable semi-annually on each February 15 and August 15 to the registered
holders of record on the preceding February 1 and August 1, respectively. The
first interest payment was made on February 15, 1997.
    
 
   
    The Notes were and are issued only in fully registered form, without
coupons, in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples thereof. As described
below under "--BOOK-ENTRY, DELIVERY AND FORM," the Notes are represented by one
or more global notes (the "Global Notes") registered in the name of or held by
The Depository Trust Company ("DTC") or its nominee. Payments of principal of
and premium, if any, and interest on the Global Notes are made in immediately
available funds to DTC or its nominee, as the case may be, as the registered
holder of such Global Notes.
    
 
RANKING
 
   
    The Notes are senior unsecured obligations of the Company, and rank PARI
PASSU in right of payment with all existing and future senior obligations of the
Company and senior in right of payment to any future subordinated obligations of
the Company. However, holders of secured obligations of the Company have claims
that are prior to the claims of the holders of the Notes with respect to the
assets securing such obligations. Additionally, the Notes are effectively
subordinated to all existing and future indebtedness and other liabilities and
commitments (including trade payables) of the Company's subsidiaries. As of
March 31, 1997, the total outstanding consolidated liabilities of the Company
and the Company's subsidiaries (including trade payables) was approximately
$1.91 million (exclusive of the Notes), substantially all of which are
liabilities of the Company's subsidiaries. An aggregate of approximately $3.6 of
the total outstanding consolidated liabilities of the Company and its
subsidiaries on March 31, 1997 represents secured debt of the Company and an
aggregate of $15.5 million consists of liabilities of the Company's subsidiaries
on such date. The foregoing $19.1 million includes $3.8 million principal amount
of indebtedness incurred in the private placement of the Company's 10% Debenture
and approximately $2.06 million principal amount of indebtedness outstanding
under the Greyrock Facility. See "BUSINESS--GREYROCK FACILITY" and
"BUSINESS--10% DEBENTURE."
    
 
                                       85
<PAGE>
CONVERSION RIGHTS
 
    The Notes are convertible at their principal amount into Common Stock at any
time prior to the close of business on the final maturity date, subject to prior
redemption or repurchase, in whole or from time to time in part (in
denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples thereof), at the option of the
holder thereof, initially at the conversion price $2.55 per share, subject to
adjustment as described below. The right to convert Notes which are called for
redemption terminates at the close of business on the tenth calendar day (or if
such day is not a business day the next succeeding business day) immediately
preceding a redemption date (unless the Company defaults in payment of the
redemption price, in which case the conversion right terminates on the date such
default is cured) and will be lost if not exercised prior to that time, even if
redemption occurs at a time when conversion of the Notes or portions thereof is
in the best interests of the holder.
 
    The right of conversion attaching to any Note may be exercised (a) if such
Note is represented by a Global Note, by book-entry transfer to the conversion
agent (which was initially the Trustee) through the facilities of DTC, or (b) if
definitive Notes have been issued, by delivery at the specified office of a
conversion agent, accompanied, in either case, by a duly signed and completed
notice of conversion. The conversion date is the date on which the Note and the
duly signed and completed notice of conversion have been so delivered. A holder
delivering a Note for conversion is not required to pay any taxes or duties
payable in respect of the issue or delivery of Common Stock upon conversion, but
is required to pay any tax or duty which may be payable in respect of any
transfer involved in the issue or delivery of the Common Stock in a name other
than the holder of the Note. Certificates representing shares of Common Stock
will not be issued or delivered unless all taxes and duties, if any, payable by
the holder have been paid.
 
    The conversion privilege and price are subject to adjustment upon the
occurrence of certain events, including (i) the issuance of capital stock of the
Company as a dividend (or other distribution) on the Common Stock, (ii) the
distribution to all holders of Common Stock of rights or warrants entitling them
to subscribe for or purchase Common Stock at less than the current market price
(as defined in the Indenture) on the record date for such issuance, (iii)
subdivisions, combinations and certain reclassifications of Common Stock, (iv)
the distribution to all holders of Common Stock of cash, debt securities (or
other evidence of indebtedness) or other assets, (v) a dividend or other
distribution consisting exclusively of cash to all holders of Common Stock, and
(vi) payment to holders of Common Stock in respect of a tender or exchange offer
(other than an odd-lot offer) by the Company or any subsidiary of the Company
for Common Stock at a price in excess of 105% of the current market price of
Common Stock as of the trading day next succeeding the last date tenders or
exchanges may be made pursuant to such tender or exchange offer.
 
    In addition, the Indenture provides that if the Company implements a
stockholder rights plan, such rights plan must provide that upon conversion of
the Notes the holders will receive, in addition to the Common Stock issuable
upon such conversion, the rights issued under such plan (notwithstanding the
occurrence of an event causing such rights to separate from the Common Stock at
or prior to the time of conversion); provided such holder would have been
eligible to convert such rights had it been a holder of Common Stock.
 
    No adjustment in the conversion price is required unless such adjustment
would require a change of at least 1% in the conversion price then in effect;
provided that any adjustment that would otherwise be required to be made shall
be carried forward and taken into account in any subsequent adjustment. The
Company from time to time may voluntarily reduce the conversion price for a
period of at least 20 days. Fractional shares of Common Stock are not issuable
upon conversion but, in lieu thereof, the Company will pay a cash adjustment
based upon the market price of the Common Stock. No payment will be made for
accrued interest on a converted Note (other than payment of interest to the
Holder of a Note at the close of business on a record date) unless at the time
of conversion such Note has been called for redemption, in which case the Holder
of such Note shall be entitled to interest accrued thereon to the date
 
                                       86
<PAGE>
of conversion. No payment or adjustment will be made for dividends or
distributions on any Common Stock issued upon conversion of any Note. If the
Company makes a cash dividend or makes a distribution of property to holders of
Common Stock, holders of Notes likely would be considered in receipt of dividend
income based on the conversion adjustments.
 
    Subject to the rights of holders of the Notes described below under
"--REPURCHASE AT OPTION OF HOLDER UPON A FUNDAMENTAL CHANGE," if the Company
consolidates with or merges into or transfers or leases all or substantially all
of its assets to any person, or is a party to a merger that reclassifies or
changes its outstanding Common Stock, the holder of each Note then outstanding
shall after such consolidation, merger, transfer or lease have the right to
convert such Note into the kind and amount of shares of stock, other securities
or property (which may include cash) that such holder would have been entitled
to receive upon such consolidation, merger, transfer or lease if such holder had
held the Common Stock issuable upon the conversion of such Note immediately
prior to such consolidation, merger, transfer or lease (assuming, in a case in
which the Company's stockholders may exercise rights of election, that a holder
of Notes would not have exercised any rights of election as to the stock, other
securities or other property or assets receivable in connection therewith and
received per share the kind and amount received per share by a plurality of
non-electing shares).
 
REDEMPTION AT THE COMPANY'S OPTION
 
    The Notes may not be redeemed prior to August 15, 1999 and are redeemable on
such date and thereafter at the option of the Company, as a whole or from time
to time in part, at the following prices (expressed as percentages of the
principal amount) plus accrued interest to, but not including, the redemption
date, if redeemed during the 12-month period beginning August 15 of the years
indicated below:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR                                                                                PERCENTAGE
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------  -----------
<S>                                                                                 <C>
1999..............................................................................      107.0%
2000..............................................................................      105.6%
2001..............................................................................      104.2%
2002..............................................................................      102.8%
2003..............................................................................      101.4%
2004 and thereafter...............................................................      100.0%
</TABLE>
 
    Notice of redemption at the Company's option will be mailed at least 30
days, but not more than 60 days, before the redemption date to the registered
address of each holder of Notes to be redeemed. If fewer than all the Notes are
to be redeemed, selection of Notes for redemption will be made by the Trustee by
lot or, in its discretion, on a pro rata basis (unless the Company specifically
directs the Trustee otherwise). If any Notes are to be redeemed in part only,
the notice of redemption relating to such Notes shall state the portion of the
principal amount (in integral multiples of $1,000) to be redeemed. In that case,
new Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof will be
issued in the name of the holder thereof upon surrender to the Trustee of the
original Notes.
 
    No sinking fund is provided for the Notes.
 
REPURCHASE AT OPTION OF HOLDER UPON A FUNDAMENTAL CHANGE
 
    If a Fundamental Change occurs, each holder of Notes has the right, at the
holder's option, to require the Company to repurchase all of such holder's
Notes, or any portion thereof that is an integral multiple of $1,000, on the
date (the "Repurchase Date") selected by the Company that is not less than ten
nor more than 30 days after the Final Surrender Date (as defined below), at a
price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes, plus accrued interest
to the Repurchase Date.
 
                                       87
<PAGE>
    Within 30 days after the occurrence of a Fundamental Change, the Company is
obligated to mail to all holders of record of the Notes a notice (the "Company
Notice") describing, among other things, the occurrence of such Fundamental
Change and of the repurchase right arising as a result thereof. The Company must
deliver a copy of the Company Notice to the Trustee and cause a copy of such
notice to be sent at least once to the Dow Jones News Service or similar
business service in the United States. To exercise the repurchase right, a
holder of Notes must surrender, on or before the date which is, subject to any
contrary requirements of applicable law, 60 days after the date of mailing of
the Company Notice (the "Final Surrender Date"), irrevocable written notice to
the Company (or an agent designated by the Company for such purpose) and the
Trustee of the holder's exercise of such right together with the Notes (if such
Notes are represented by a Global Note, by book-entry transfer to the conversion
agent through the facilities of DTC) with respect to which the right is being
exercised, duly endorsed for transfer to the Company. The submission of such
notice together with such Notes pursuant to the exercise of a repurchase right
is irrevocable on the part of the holder (unless the Company fails to repurchase
the Notes on the Repurchase Date) and the right to convert the Notes expires
upon such submission.
 
    The term "Fundamental Change" means any of the following:
 
    (i) a "person" or "group" (within the meaning of Sections 13(d) and 14(d)(2)
of the Exchange Act) becoming the "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-3
under the Exchange Act) other than Permitted Holder of Voting Shares (as defined
below) of the Company entitled to exercise more than 50% of the total voting
power of all outstanding Voting Shares of the Company (including any Voting
Shares that are not then outstanding of which such person or group is deemed the
beneficial owner) for purposes of Rule 13d-3;
 
    (ii) a change in the Board of Directors of the Company in which the
individuals who constituted the Board of Directors of the Company at the
beginning of the two-year period immediately preceding such change (together
with any other director whose election by the Board of Directors of the Company
or whose nomination for election by the shareholders of the Company was approved
by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then in office who either were
directors at the beginning of such period or whose election or nomination for
election was previously so approved) cease for any reason to constitute a
majority of the directors then in office; or
 
    (iii) any consolidation of the Company with, or merger of the Company into,
any other person, any merger of another person into the Company, or any sale or
transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company to another
person in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions (other
than (a) a merger which does not result in any reclassification, conversion,
exchange or cancellation of outstanding shares of Common Stock, (b) a merger
which is effected solely to change the jurisdiction of incorporation of the
Company or (c) any consolidation with or merger of the Company into a wholly
owned subsidiary of the Company, or any sale or transfer by the Company of all
or substantially all of its assets to one or more of its wholly owned
subsidiaries, in any one transaction or a series of transactions, provided, in
any such case, that the resulting corporation or each such subsidiary assumes or
guarantees the Company's obligations under the Notes); PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that a
Fundamental Change shall not occur with respect to any transaction under this
clause (iii) if (i) the last sale price of the Common Stock for any five trading
days during the ten trading days immediately preceding the public announcement
by the Company of such transaction is at least equal to 105% of the conversion
price in effect on such trading days or (ii) the consideration in such
transaction to the holders of Common Stock consists of cash, securities that
are, or immediately upon issuance will be, listed on a national securities
exchange or quoted on the NASDAQ National Market, or a combination of cash and
such securities, and the aggregate fair market value of such consideration
(which, in the case of such securities, shall be equal to the average of the
last sale prices of such securities during the ten consecutive trading days
commencing with the sixth trading day following consummation of the transaction)
is at least 105% of the conversion price in effect on the date immediately
preceding the closing date of such transaction or (iii) in the case of a merger
or
 
                                       88
<PAGE>
consolidation, the stockholders of the Company immediately prior to the date of
such transaction continue to beneficially own a majority of the Voting Stock of
the surviving entity.
 
    "Permitted Holder" means Jack W. Matz, Jr. or his affiliates.
 
    "Voting Shares" is defined to mean all outstanding shares of any class or
classes (however designated) of capital stock entitled to vote generally in the
election of members of the Board of Directors and includes, without limitation,
the Common Stock.
 
   
    A merger of the Company pursuant to which the Company is not the surviving
corporation or the sale of substantially all of the assets of the Company, both
of which are included within the definition of a "Fundamental Change," as well
as the incurrence of additional indebtedness could result in an event of default
under certain existing indebtedness of the Company if the holder of such
indebtedness does not consent in advance to such actions. Such indebtedness
would include the Greyrock Facility, the outstanding principal amount of which
was approximately $2.06 million on March 31, 1997, and the Company's
subsidiary's capital leases with Telecommunications Finance Group, the
outstanding principal amount of which was approximately $1.88 million on March
31, 1997. If the Company failed to pay the repurchase price on the due date
after triggering a Fundamental Change, such failure would result in an event of
default under the Greyrock Facility. SEE "BUSINESS--GREYROCK FACILITY." The
right to require the Company to repurchase the Notes as a result of the
occurrence of a Fundamental Change may also create an event of default under
future indebtedness of the Company. Failure by the Company to repurchase the
Notes when required will result in an Event of Default with respect to the
Notes.
    
 
    The holders' repurchase right upon the occurrence of a Fundamental Change
could, in certain circumstances, make more difficult or discourage a potential
takeover of the Company and, thus, removal of incumbent management. The
Fundamental Change repurchase right, however, is not the result of management's
knowledge of any specific effort to accumulate shares of Common Stock or to
obtain control of the Company by means of a merger, tender offer, solicitation
or otherwise. Instead, the Fundamental Change purchase feature is a standard
term contained in other similar debt offerings and the terms of such feature
have resulted from negotiations between the Company and the Initial Purchasers.
 
    The Indenture does not permit the Company's Board of Directors to waive the
Company's obligation to purchase Notes at the option of a holder in the event of
a Fundamental Change. The Company could, however, in the future, enter into
certain transactions, including highly leveraged recapitalizations, that would
not constitute a Fundamental Change and would, therefore, not provide the
holders with the protection of requiring the Company to repurchase the Notes.
 
    Rule 13e-4 under the Exchange Act requires the dissemination of certain
information to security holders in the event of an issuer tender offer and may
apply in the event that the repurchase option becomes available to holders of
the Notes. The Company will comply with this rule to the extent applicable at
that time.
 
REPURCHASE AT OPTION OF HOLDER UPON AN INCURRENCE EVENT
 
    If an Incurrence Event occurs, each holder of Notes has the right, at the
holder's option, to require the Company to repurchase all of such holder's
Notes, or any portion thereof that is an integral multiple of $1,000, on the
date (the "Incurrence Repurchase Date") selected by the Company that is not less
than ten nor more than 30 days after the Incurrence Surrender Date (as defined
below), at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes, plus
accrued interest to the Incurrence Repurchase Date.
 
    Within 30 days after the occurrence of an Incurrence Event, the Company is
obligated to mail to all holders of record of the Notes a notice (the
"Incurrence Notice") describing, among other things, the occurrence of such an
Incurrence Event and of the repurchase right arising as a result thereof. The
Company must deliver a copy of the Incurrence Notice to the Trustee and cause a
copy of such notice to be sent at least once to the Dow Jones News Service or
similar business service in the United States. To
 
                                       89
<PAGE>
exercise the repurchase right, a holder of Notes must surrender, on or before
the date which is, subject to any contrary requirements of applicable law, 60
days after the date of mailing of the Incurrence Notice (the "Incurrence
Surrender Date"), irrevocable written notice to the Company (or an agent
designated by the Company for such purpose) and the Trustee of the holder's
exercise of such right together with the Notes (if such Notes are represented by
a Global Note, by book-entry transfer to the conversion agent through the
facilities of DTC) with respect to which the right is being exercised, duly
endorsed for transfer to the Company. The submission of such notice together
with such Notes pursuant to the exercise of a repurchase right will be
irrevocable on the part of the holder (unless the Company fails to repurchase
the Notes on the Incurrence Repurchase Date) and the right to convert the Notes
will expire upon such submission.
 
   
    An "Incurrence Event" occurs when (i) the Company and any of its
subsidiaries incurs Indebtedness (as defined herein) (other than Additional
Permitted Indebtedness (as defined herein) or the indebtedness represented by
the Notes), (ii) the Pro Forma Interest Coverage of the Company and its
subsidiaries on a consolidated basis would be less than 2.0:1 and (iii) the
average closing sale price of the Common Stock is less than $2.00 per share,
adjusted for splits, combinations, reclassifications or similar events, for the
twenty trading days prior to the incurrence of such Indebtedness. The Company
does not currently meet the test set forth in subsection (ii) above and since
October 22, 1996 has not met the test set forth in subsection (iii) above. As a
result, the Company and its subsidiaries are prohibited from incurring
Indebtedness (other than Additional Permitted Indebtedness) without triggering
an Incurrence Event. See "RISK FACTORS--SUBSTANTIAL LEVERAGE" and "MANAGEMENT'S
DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS."
    
 
   
    The Company is not prohibited from incurring additional indebtedness outside
the ordinary course of business under the terms of the Greyrock Facility unless
such incurrence would have a material adverse effect on the Company or on the
prospect of the repayment of all obligations under the Greyrock Facility. The
principal amount outstanding under the Greyrock Facility on March 31, 1997 was
approximately $2.06 million. If the Company failed to pay the repurchase price
on the due date after triggering an Incurrence Event, such failure would result
in an event of default under the Greyrock Facility. SEE "BUSINESS--GREYROCK
FACILITY" AND "MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS." The right to require the Company to repurchase the Notes
as a result of the occurrence of an Incurrence Event may also create an event of
default under future indebtedness of the Company. Failure by the Company to
repurchase the Notes when required will result in an Event of Default with
respect to the Notes.
    
 
    Rule 13e-4 under the Exchange Act requires the dissemination of certain
information to security holders in the event of an issuer tender offer and may
apply in the event that the repurchase option becomes available to holders of
the Notes. The Company will comply with this rule to the extent applicable at
that time.
 
CERTAIN DEFINITIONS
 
    "Additional Permitted Indebtedness" means any Indebtedness incurred by the
Company or its subsidiaries, as the same may be amended, modified, renewed,
refunded, replaced or refinanced from time to time, where the aggregate
principal amount of borrowings available or indebtedness outstanding thereunder
does not exceed (i) 85% of the consolidated inventory and accounts receivable
(excluding accounts receivable subject to third party accounts receivable
billing arrangements or overdue for more than 90 days) of the Company and its
subsidiaries determined on a pro forma basis as if any acquisition or
disposition of stock or assets to be made on or about the time of any required
calculation of Additional Permitted Indebtedness had occurred plus (ii) the
product of (a) consolidated revenues of the Company and its subsidiaries for the
most recent six-month period for which financial statements are available,
calculated in accordance with GAAP (except for the absence of footnotes and
subject to normally recurring year-end audit adjustments) and determined on a
pro forma basis as if any acquisition or disposition of stock or assets had
occurred at the beginning of such six-month period and (b) 2/3.
 
                                       90
<PAGE>
    "Capital Lease Obligations" of any person means, at the time any
determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a
capital lease for property leased by such person that would at such time be
required to be capitalized on the balance sheet of such person in accordance
with GAAP.
 
    "Capital Stock" of any person means any and all shares, interests, rights to
purchase, warrants, options, participations or other equivalents of or interests
in (however designated) corporate stock or other equity participations,
including partnership interests, whether general or limited, of such person,
including any capital stock that has preferential rights to any other capital
stock with respect to dividends or redemptions or upon liquidation.
 
    "Consolidated Interest Expense" means, with respect to any period, the sum,
without duplication, of (i) the interest expense of the Company and its
subsidiaries for such period, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance
with GAAP consistently applied, including, without limitation, (a) amortization
of debt discount (other than debt discount in relation to debentures to be
redeemed from the proceeds of the Offering), (b) the net payments, if any, under
interest rate agreements (including amortization of discounts), (c) the interest
portion of any deferred payment obligation and (d) accrued interest, plus (ii)
the interest component of all Capital Lease Obligations paid, accrued and/or
scheduled to be paid or accrued by the Company and its subsidiaries during such
period (other than the interest component relating to up to $2 million of
Capital Lease Obligations of the Company and its subsidiaries) and all
capitalized interest of the Company and its subsidiaries, in each case as
determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP consistently applied.
 
    "Disqualified Capital Stock" means that portion of any Capital Stock which,
by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or
for which it is exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event (other than an
event which would constitute a Fundamental Change), matures (excluding any
maturity as the result of an optional redemption by the issuer thereof) or is
mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or
is redeemable at the sole option of the holder thereof (except, in each case,
upon the occurrence of a Fundamental Change) on or prior to the final maturity
date of the Notes.
 
    "Indebtedness" means, with respect to any person, without duplication, and
whether or not contingent, (i) all indebtedness of such person for borrowed
money or which is evidenced by a note, bond, debenture or similar instrument,
(ii) all obligations of such person in respect of letters of credit or bankers'
acceptances issued or created for the account of such person, (iii) all
liabilities secured by any consensual Lien (including Capital Lease Obligations
and Liens arising in connection with purchase money debt) on any property owned
by such person even if such person has not assumed or otherwise become liable
for the payment thereof to the extent of the lesser of the amount of the debt
secured thereby or the value of the property subject to such Lien, (iv) all
Disqualified Capital Stock issued by such person after the date hereof (other
than any Series A Preferred Stock issued as a pay-in-kind dividend pursuant to
the terms of Series A Preferred Stock outstanding on the date of the Indenture),
and (v) to the extent not otherwise included, any guarantee by such person of
any other person's indebtedness or other obligations described in clauses (i)
through (iv) above. "Indebtedness" of the Company and its subsidiaries shall not
include trade payables (including, without limitation, obligations under third
party accounts receivable billing agreements) incurred in the ordinary course of
business and payable in accordance with customary practices and non-interest
bearing installment obligations and accrued liabilities incurred in the ordinary
course of business and any current liability for federal, state, local or other
taxes and inter-company indebtedness among the Company and its subsidiaries.
 
    "Independent Directors" means non-management directors of any person.
 
    "Liens" means any lien, mortgage, deed of trust, pledge, security interest,
charge or encumbrance of any kind (including any conditional sale or other title
retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof and any agreement to give
any security interest).
 
                                       91
<PAGE>
    "Operating Cash Flow" means, with respect to any period, the net income (or
loss) of the Company and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, determined in
accordance with GAAP consistently applied, plus, without duplication, (i)
extraordinary net losses and net losses realized on any sale or other
disposition of assets during such period, to the extent such losses were
deducted in computing net income (or loss), plus (ii) provision for taxes based
on income or profits, to the extent such provision for taxes was included in
computing such net income (or loss), and any provision for taxes utilized in
computing the net losses under clause (i) hereof, plus (iii) Consolidated
Interest Expense of the Company and its subsidiaries for such period, plus (iv)
depreciation, amortization and all other non-cash charges, to the extent such
depreciation, amortization and other non-cash charges were deducted in computing
such net income (or loss) (including amortization of goodwill and other
intangibles).
 
    "Permitted Liens" means (i) Liens securing purchase money debt; (ii) Liens
arising in connection with capital leases; (iii) Liens in favor of the Company
or any subsidiary of the Company; (iv) Liens to secure debt of any person which
merges with or into or consolidates with or is otherwise acquired by the Company
or any subsidiary of the Company or debt encumbering any asset acquired by the
Company or any subsidiary of the Company, in either case which debt was not
incurred in anticipation of, and was outstanding prior to, such merger,
consolidation or acquisition; (v) Liens outstanding on the date of the
Indenture; (vi) Liens in favor of the Trustee under the Indenture and any Liens
securing the Notes; (vii) Liens in connection with any Additional Permitted
Indebtedness, including interest rate agreements related thereto; (viii) Liens
for taxes, assessments, governmental charges or claims which are not yet
delinquent or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate
proceedings, if a reserve is maintained to the extent required by GAAP; (ix)
other Liens incidental to the conduct of the Company's and its subsidiaries'
business or the ownership of its property and assets not securing any debt for
borrowed money, and which do not in the aggregate materially detract from the
value of the Company's and its subsidiaries' property or assets when taken as a
whole, or materially impair the use thereof in the operation of its business;
(x) Liens incurred or pledges and deposits made in the ordinary course of
business in connection with workers' compensation, unemployment insurance and
other types of statutory obligations (including to secure government contracts);
(xi) Liens incurred or deposits made to secure the performance of tenders, bids,
leases, and other obligations of like nature (including appeal, surety and
performance bonds) incurred in the ordinary course of business (exclusive of
obligations for the payment of borrowed money); (xii) zoning restrictions,
servitudes, easements, rights-of-ways, restrictions and other similar charges or
encumbrances incurred in the ordinary course of business which, in the
aggregate, do not materially detract from the value of the property subject
thereto or interfere in any material respect with the ordinary conduct of the
business of the Company or its subsidiaries; (xiii) Liens arising out of
judgments or awards against the Company or any of its subsidiaries with respect
to which the Company or such subsidiary is prosecuting an appeal or proceeding
for review and the Company or such subsidiary is maintaining adequate reserves
to the extent required by GAAP; (xiv) any interest or title of a lessor in the
property subject to any lease other than a capital lease; and (xv) any statutory
warehousemen's, materialmen's, mechanic's, carrier's, supplier's, vendor's or
other similar Lien for sums not then due and payable (or which, if due and
payable, are being contested in good faith and with respect to which adequate
reserves are being maintained to the extent required by GAAP). "Permitted Liens"
shall also include the extension, renewal, amendment, refinancing or refunding
of debt secured by any Permitted Lien set forth above, except that in the case
of the extension, renewal, amendment, refinancing or refunding of any debt
secured by a Lien under clause (iv) or (v) of this definition, such Lien does
not extend to any other property not contemplated by the terms of such existing
Lien and the principal amount of debt so secured is not increased.
 
    "Pro Forma Interest Coverage" means, with respect to any date of
determination, the ratio of (i) Operating Cash Flow for the most recent full
fiscal quarter ending on or immediately prior to such date, determined on a pro
forma basis as if any acquisition or disposition of stock or assets had occurred
at the beginning of such quarter, to (ii) Consolidated Interest Expense for the
most recent full fiscal quarter ending on or immediately prior to such date,
determined on a pro forma basis in the case of each of clauses
 
                                       92
<PAGE>
(i) and (ii) as if any obligations of the Company or its subsidiaries incurred
or repaid during such quarter had been incurred or repaid at the beginning of
such quarter, to the extent any such obligation gives rise to Consolidated
Interest Expense.
 
CERTAIN COVENANTS
    Summarized below are certain covenants contained in the Indenture.
 
LIMITATION ON LIENS.
 
    The Indenture provides that the Company will not, and will not permit any
subsidiary to, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Liens (other than
Permitted Liens) of any kind against or upon any of their respective property or
assets, or any proceeds therefrom, unless (i) in the case of Liens on property,
assets or proceeds securing Indebtedness that is expressly subordinate or junior
in right of payment to the Notes, the Notes are secured by a Lien on such
property, assets or proceeds that is senior in priority to such Liens and (ii)
in all other cases, the Notes are equally and ratably secured.
 
LIMITATION ON ACQUISITIONS.
 
    The Indenture provides that the Company will not, and will not permit any
subsidiary to, acquire (by merger, consolidation or acquisition of stock or
assets) any corporation, partnership or other business organization or any
division, operating unit, line of business or subdivision thereof (each an
"Entity"), in a single transaction or series of related transactions, (an
"Acquisition") for total consideration in excess of $2,000,000 unless the fair
market value at the time of entering into such transaction (as evidenced by, in
the case of consideration other than cash or Common Stock of the Company
("Non-Cash Consideration"), (i) a resolution of the Board of Directors of the
Company set forth in an officers certificate delivered to the Trustee if the
fair market value of such Non-Cash Consideration is less than or equal to
$1,000,000 or (ii) an opinion issued by a nationally recognized investment
banking firm, nationally recognized telecommunications industry consultant or
nationally recognized independent public accounting firm if the fair market
value of such Non-Cash Consideration is greater than $1,000,000) of the total
consideration given for such Acquisition is less than 200% of the Annualized
Revenues of the Entity acquired. "Annualized Revenues" for any such Entity shall
mean the product of (i) revenues of such Entity for the most recent fiscal
quarter for which financial statements are available, calculated on a basis
consistent with such Entity's most recent audited annual statements (except for
the absence of footnotes and subject to normally recurring year-end audit
adjustments) or, if not available, actual billings for such period, as certified
to the Trustee either by an officer of the Company or an officer of the Entity
or the seller of the Entity, and (ii) four.
 
LIMITATION ON RESTRICTED PAYMENTS.
 
    The Indenture provides that the Company will not, and will not permit any of
its subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, make any Restricted Payment, unless
at the time of and immediately after giving effect to the proposed Restricted
Payment (with the value of any such Restricted Payment, if other than cash, to
be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company, whose determination
shall be conclusive and evidenced by a resolution of the Board of Directors
(including a majority of the Independent Directors) set forth in an officers'
certificate delivered to the Trustee), (i) no Default or Event of Default (and
no event that, after notice or lapse of time, or both, would become an "event of
default" under the terms of any indebtedness of the Company or its subsidiaries)
shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof,
and (ii) the aggregate amount of all Restricted Payments made after the Closing
Date shall not exceed the sum of (a) 50% of cumulative Consolidated Net Income
of the Company (or if cumulative Consolidated Net Income is a loss, less 100% of
such loss) from the Closing Date to the last day of the full fiscal quarter for
which financial information is available (but in no event ending more than 135
days prior to the date of such proposed Restricted Payment), plus (b) the
aggregate
 
                                       93
<PAGE>
amount of all net cash proceeds received after the Closing Date by the Company
from the issuance and sale (other than to a subsidiary) of Capital Stock (other
than Disqualified Capital Stock).
 
    The foregoing provisions do not prohibit (a) any payment so long as there is
no Default or Event of Default continuing, the payment of any dividend within 60
days after the date of declaration thereof, if at such declaration date such
payment would have been permitted under the Indenture, and such payment shall be
deemed to have been paid on such date of declaration for purposes of clause (ii)
of the preceding paragraph, (b) the application of the net proceeds of the
issuance of the Notes to exercise the Company's option to purchase 843,023
shares of Common Stock from former shareholders of USC and to redeem $2.21
million aggregate principal amount and accrued but unpaid interest of the
Company's March, April or June Debentures, (c) the payment of dividends on, or
the redemption or repurchase of, the 166,667 shares of Series A Stock
outstanding as of March 31, 1996, and any additional shares of Series A Stock
issued as pay-in-kind dividends thereon, (d) the repurchase at below the then
current fair market value (based on the average closing price of the Common
Stock for the twenty trading days preceding such repurchase) of employee and
director options or shares in accordance with the Company's stock option plans
or agreements related thereto, (e) pay cash in lieu of fractional shares for
stock splits, reverse stock splits, and recapitalizations or (f) redeem,
repurchase or otherwise prepay up to $300,000 of subordinated indebtedness of
the Company outstanding on August 12, 1996.
 
    "Consolidated Net Income" means, with respect to any period, the net income
(or loss) of the Company and its subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis,
determined in accordance with GAAP consistently applied, minus (i) extraordinary
net gains and net gains realized on any sale or disposition of assets during
such period, minus (ii) the portion of net income (or loss) of the Company and
its subsidiaries allocable to interests in unconsolidated persons, except to the
extent of the amount of dividends or distributions actually paid in cash to the
Company or its subsidiaries by such person during such period, minus (iii) the
net income of any person combined with the Company or any of its subsidiaries on
a "pooling-of-interests" basis attributable to any period prior to the date of
combination.
 
    "Restricted Payment" means (i) any dividend or other distribution declared
or paid on any Capital Stock of the Company (other than dividends or
distributions payable solely in Capital Stock of the Company); (ii) any payment
to purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Capital Stock
of the Company, and (iii) any principal payment on, purchase, defease, redeem or
otherwise prepay any Indebtedness of the Company that is subordinate or junior
in right of payment to the Notes, other than any such subordinate or junior
Indebtedness which is issued by the Company as part of the purchase
consideration paid to the seller of any stock, assets or property to the Company
or any of its subsidiaries.
 
LIMITATION ON INCURRENCE OF SUBORDINATED INDEBTEDNESS
 
    The Indenture provides that the Company will not issue any Indebtedness
subordinate or junior in right of payment to the Notes that matures, or requires
any mandatory payment of principal, prior to 120 days after the final maturity
of the Notes, other than any such subordinate or junior Indebtedness which is
issued by the Company as part of the purchase consideration paid to the seller
of any stock, assets or property to the Company or any of its subsidiaries.
 
LIMITATION ON TRANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATES
 
    The Indenture provides that the Company will not, and will not permit any of
its subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, enter into or suffer to exist any
transaction or series of related transactions (including, without limitation,
the sale, purchase, exchange or lease of assets, property or services) with any
Affiliate of the Company (other than the Company or a subsidiary of the Company)
unless (i) such transaction or series of transactions is on terms that are no
less favorable to the Company or such subsidiary, as the case may be, than would
be available in a comparable transaction in arm's-length dealings with an
unrelated third party, and (ii) the Company delivers to the Trustee (a) an
officers
 
                                       94
<PAGE>
certificate certifying that such transaction or series of related transactions
complies with clause (i) above and with respect to any transaction or series of
transactions involving aggregate payments in excess of $500,000, an officers'
certificate certifying that such transaction or series of related transactions
has been approved by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the
Company and approved by a majority of the Independent Directors. Notwithstanding
the foregoing, this provision will not apply to (i) employment agreements or
compensation or employee benefit arrangements with any officer, director or
employee of the Company entered into in the ordinary course of business on
customary terms (including customary benefits thereunder), (ii) any transaction
entered into by or among the Company or one of its subsidiaries with one or more
subsidiaries of the Company, (iii) payment of reasonable and customary fees to
directors of the Company who are not employees of the Company and the payment of
reasonable and customary compensation for director and Board of Director
observer fees, meeting expenses, insurance premiums and indemnities to the
extent permitted by law, and (iv) issuance and repurchase of stock options (and
shares of Capital Stock upon exercise thereof) pursuant to stock options plans
and agreements related thereto and loans or advances to employees for relocation
or travel expenses in the ordinary course of business on customary terms.
 
CONDUCT OF BUSINESS
 
    The Indenture provides that the Company and its subsidiaries will not engage
in any businesses which are not the same, similar, ancillary, complementary or
related to the businesses in which the Company and its subsidiaries are engaged
on the date of the Indenture.
 
EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND NOTICE THEREOF
   
    The following are Events of Default under the Indenture: (a) a default in
the payment of any interest on the Notes continued for 30 days, (b) a default in
the payment of principal of or premium, if any, on the Notes or of the
repurchase price in respect of any Note when due, (c) a default in the
performance of any other covenant or agreement of the Company in the Indenture
continued for 60 days after written notice to the Company by the Trustee or the
holders of at least 25% in principal amount of outstanding Notes, (d) default by
the Company with respect to any indebtedness for borrowed money of the Company
which default results in acceleration of any such indebtedness which is in an
amount in excess of $10 million, and (e) certain events of bankruptcy,
insolvency or reorganization.
    
 
    If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing and if it is known to the
Trustee, the Trustee is required to mail to each holder of the Notes a notice of
the Event of Default within 90 days after such default occurs. Except in the
case of a default in payment of the principal of or premium, if any, or interest
on any Note, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as the Trustee
in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of the
holders of the Notes.
 
    If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the holders
of not less than 25% in principal amount of outstanding Notes may declare the
principal of, and accrued interest on, all the Notes to be due and payable
immediately.
 
    Holders of the Notes may not enforce the Indenture or Notes except as
provided in the Indenture. Subject to the provisions of the Indenture relating
to the duties of the Trustee in case an Event of Default occurs and is
continuing, the Trustee is under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or
powers under the Indenture at the request or direction of any holders of the
Notes, unless the holders have offered the Trustee indemnity reasonably
satisfactory to it. Subject to the indemnification provisions and certain
limitations contained in the Indenture, the holders of a majority in principal
amount of the Notes at the time outstanding have the right to direct the time,
method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the
Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. Those holders
may, in certain cases, waive any default except a default in payment of
principal of, or premium, if any, or
 
                                       95
<PAGE>
interest on, the Notes or a failure to comply with certain provisions of the
Indenture relating to conversion of the Notes.
 
    The Company is required to furnish the Trustee annually with a certificate
as to the compliance with the conditions and covenants provided for in the
Indenture.
 
DISCHARGE
 
    The Indenture provides that the Company may terminate its obligations under
the Indenture at any time by delivering all outstanding Notes to the Trustee for
cancellation. At any time within one year of maturity of the Notes or the
redemption of the Notes the Company may terminate its substantive obligations
under the Indenture, other than its obligations to pay the principal of, and
interest on, the Notes at any time, by depositing with the Trustee money or U.S.
Government obligations sufficient to pay all remaining indebtedness on the Notes
when due.
 
MERGER AND CONSOLIDATION
   
    The Indenture provides that the Company may not consolidate or merge with or
into, or sell, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of
its assets to, another corporation, person or entity unless (i) the Company is
the surviving person or the successor or transferee is a corporation organized
under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of
Columbia, or a corporation or comparable legal entity organized under the laws
of a foreign jurisdiction and whose equity securities are listed on a national
securities exchange in the United States or authorized for quotation on the
Nasdaq National Market, (ii) the successor assumes all the obligations of the
Company under the Notes and the Indenture and (iii) after such transaction no
Event of Default exists. Upon compliance with these provisions by a successor or
transferee corporation or entity, the Company would be released from its
obligations under the Indenture and the Notes.
    
 
MODIFICATION AND WAIVER
 
    Subject to certain exceptions, supplements of and amendments to the
Indenture or the Notes may be made by the Company and the Trustee with the
consent of the holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount
of the outstanding Notes and any existing default of compliance with any
provision may be waived with the consent of the holders of a majority in
aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes. Without the consent of any
holders of the Notes, the Company and the Trustee may amend or supplement the
Indenture or the Notes to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency, to
provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated
Notes, to provide for the assumption of the Company's obligations to holders of
the Notes in case of a merger or acquisition otherwise in compliance with the
Indenture or to make any change that does not materially adversely affect the
rights of any holder of the Notes. Without the consent of the holder of each
Note effected thereby, an amendment, supplement or waiver may not (a) change the
stated maturity date of the principal of, or interest on, any Note, or adversely
affect the right to convert any Note, (b) reduce the principal amount or
repurchase price of, or interest or premium, if any, on any Note, (c) change the
currency for payment of principal of, or interest on, any Note, (d) impair the
right to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to
any Note, (e) reduce the above stated percentage of outstanding Notes necessary
to amend or supplement the Indenture or waive defaults or compliance, (f) modify
(with certain exceptions) any provisions of the Indenture relating to
modification and amendment of the Indenture or waiver of compliance with
conditions and defaults thereunder or (g) modify any of the provisions relating
to the obligations of the Company to repurchase the Notes upon a Fundamental
Change or an Incurrence Event.
 
                                       96
<PAGE>
CONCERNING THE TRUSTEE
 
    United States Trust Company of New York, the Trustee under the Indenture,
has been appointed by the Company as the initial paying agent, conversion agent
and registrar with regard to the Notes.
 
   
    In case an Event of Default occurs (and is not cured) and holders of the
Notes have notified the Trustee, the Trustee is required to exercise its powers
with the degree of care and skill of a prudent person in the conduct of such
person's own affairs. Subject to such provisions, the Trustee is under no
obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under the Indenture at the
request of any of the holders of Notes, unless they have offered to the Trustee
indemnity satisfactory to it.
    
 
    The Company is obligated to pay reasonable compensation to the Trustee and
to indemnify the Trustee against losses, liabilities or expenses incurred by it
in connection with its duties relating to the Notes. The Trustee's claims for
such payments will be senior to those of holders of the Notes in respect of all
funds collected or held by the Trustee.
 
BOOK-ENTRY, DELIVERY AND FORM
 
   
    The Notes are represented by a Global Note or Notes. Each Global Note having
a CUSIP number distinct from the CUSIP number for the Notes issued in the
Original Offering is deposited with, or on behalf of, DTC and registered in the
name of a nominee of DTC. Except under the limited circumstances described
below, Global Notes are not exchangeable for definitive certificated Notes. In
the event of a transfer of securities that were issued in fully registered,
certificated form, the holders of such certificates will be required to exchange
them for interests in the Global Notes representing the principal amount of
Notes being transfered.
    
 
    Ownership of beneficial interests in a Global Note are limited to
institutions that have accounts with DTC or its nominee ("participants") or
persons that may hold interests through participants. In addition, ownership of
beneficial interests by participants in such Global Note are evidenced only by,
and the transfer of that ownership interest is effected only through, records
maintained by DTC or its nominee for such Global Note. Ownership of beneficial
interests in such Global Note by persons that hold through participants are
evidenced only by, and the transfer of that ownership interest within such
participant is effected only through, records maintained by such participant.
DTC has no knowledge of the actual beneficial owners of the Notes. Beneficial
owners do not receive written confirmation from DTC of their purchase, but
beneficial owners are expected to receive written confirmations providing
details of the transaction, as well as periodic statements of their holdings,
from the participants through which the beneficial owners entered the
transaction. The laws of some jurisdictions require that certain purchasers of
securities take physical delivery of such securities in definitive form. Such
laws may impair the ability to transfer beneficial interests in such Global
Note.
 
    Payment of principal of and premium, if any, and interest on Notes
represented by a Global Note registered in the name of or held by DTC or its
nominee are made by the Company through the Trustee, in its capacity as paying
agent under the Indenture, to DTC or its nominee, as the case may be, as the
registered holder of the Global Note representing such Notes. The Company has
been advised by DTC that upon receipt of any payment of principal of or premium,
if any, or interest on a Global Note, DTC will immediately credit, on its
book-entry registration and transfer system, accounts of participants with
payments in amounts proportionate to their respective beneficial interests in
the principal amount of such Global Note as shown in the records of DTC.
Payments by participants to owners of beneficial interests in a Global Note held
through such participants will be governed by standing instructions and
customary practices, as is now the case with securities held for the accounts of
customers in bearer form or registered in "street name," and will be the sole
responsibility of such participants, subject to any statutory or regulatory
requirements as may be in effect from time to time.
 
                                       97
<PAGE>
    None of the Company, the Trustee or any other agent of the Company or the
Trustee have any responsibility or liability for any aspect of the records of
DTC, any nominee or any participant relating to, or payments made on account of,
beneficial interests in a Global Note or for maintaining, supervising or
reviewing any of the records of DTC, any nominee or any participant relating to
such beneficial interests.
 
    A Global Note is exchangeable for definitive Notes registered in the name
of, and a transfer of a Global Note may be registered to, any person other than
DTC or its nominee, only if:
 
    (a) DTC notifies the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue as
depository for such Global Note and the Company does not appoint a successor
depository or if at any time DTC ceases to be a clearing agency registered under
the Exchange Act; or
 
    (b) the Company in its sole discretion determines that such Global Note
shall be exchangeable for definitive Notes in registered form.
 
   
Any Global Note that is exchangeable pursuant to the preceding sentence will be
exchangeable in whole for definitive Notes in registered form, of like tenor and
of an equal aggregate principal amount as the Global Note, in denominations of
$1,000 and integral multiples thereof. Such definitive Notes will be registered
in the name or names of such persons as DTC shall instruct the Trustee. The
principal of, premium, if any, and interest with respect to definitive Notes is
payable, the transfer of the definitive Notes is registrable, the definitive
Notes are exchangeable, and the definitive Notes may be presented for
conversion, at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purposes,
which initially is the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee located in the
Borough of Manhattan, the City of New York. In addition, payment of interest on
definitive Notes may, at the option of the Company, be made by check mailed to
the address of the person entitled thereto as it appears in the Note register.
Interest payable to any holder of definitive Notes having an aggregate principal
amount in excess of $5,000,000 is, at the election of such holder in writing to
the Trustee at least 10 days prior to the date of payment, payable by wire
transfer in immediately available funds.
    
 
    The Company is not required to (i) issue, register the transfer of or
exchange any Note during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days
before the date of the mailing of a notice of redemption and ending at the close
of business on the date of such mailing, or (ii) register the transfer of or
exchange any Note selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the
unredeemed portion of Notes being redeemed in part.
 
    Except as provided above, owners of beneficial interests in a Global Note
are not entitled to receive physical delivery of Notes in definitive form and
are not considered the holders thereof for any purpose under the Indenture, and
no Global Note is exchangeable except for another Global Note of like
denomination and tenor to be registered in the name of DTC or its nominee.
Accordingly, each person owning a beneficial interest in such Global Note must
rely on the procedures of DTC and, if such person is not a participant, on the
procedures of the participant through which such person owns its interest, to
exercise any rights of a holder under the Global Note.
 
    The Company understands that, under existing industry practices, in the
event that the Company requests any action of holders, or an owner of a
beneficial interest in such Global Note desires to take any action that a holder
is entitled to take under the Notes, DTC would authorize the participants
holding the relevant beneficial interests to take such action, and such
participants would authorize beneficial owners owning through such participants
to take such action or would otherwise act upon the instructions of beneficial
owners owning through them.
 
    DTC has advised the Company that DTC is a limited purpose trust company
organized under the laws of the State of New York, a "banking organization"
within the meaning of the New York Banking Law, a member of the Federal Reserve
System, a "clearing corporation" within the meaning of the New York Uniform
Commercial Code and a "clearing agency" registered under the Exchange Act. DTC
was created to hold securities of its participants and to facilitate the
clearance and settlement of securities transactions
 
                                       98
<PAGE>
among its participants in such securities through electronic book-entry changes
in accounts of the participants, thereby eliminating the need for physical
movement of securities certificates. DTC's participants include securities
brokers and dealers, banks, trust companies, clearing corporations and certain
other organizations. DTC is owned by a number of its participants and by the New
York Stock Exchange, the American Stock Exchange, Inc. and the National
Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. Access to DTC's book-entry system is
also available to others, such as banks, brokers, dealers and trust companies
that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a participant,
either directly or indirectly. The rules applicable to DTC and its participants
are on file with the Commission.
 
PAYMENT
 
    So long as the Notes are represented by a Global Note or Notes, all payments
of principal, premium, if any, and interest will be made by the Company through
the Trustee, in its capacity as paying agent under the Indenture, to DTC or its
nominee in immediately available funds.
 
GOVERNING LAW
 
    The Indenture and Notes are governed by and construed in accordance with the
laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to such State's conflicts
of law principles.
 
                          DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
 
GENERAL
 
   
    The Company's authorized capital stock consists of (i) 50,000,000 shares of
Common Stock and (ii) 15,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, par value $0.00001
per share ("Preferred Stock"). At May 1, 1997, there were 15,668,835 shares of
Common Stock and 180,000 shares of Series A Stock issued and outstanding. Upon
the purchase by the Company of the Company's securities held by the former USC
shareholders ("USC Securities"), an amendment was filed to the Company's
Certificate of Incorporation on July 9, 1996 deleting the Company's Series B
Stock.
    
 
   
    On May 31, 1996, the Company's stockholders approved a proposed reverse
stock split of not less than one share of Common Stock for every two shares of
the Company's then issued Common Stock nor more than one share of Common Stock
for every three shares of the Company's then issued Common Stock, subject to the
Board of Directors of the Company determining whether such reverse stock split
is in the best interests of the Company and setting the specific exchange ratio.
On November 27, 1996, the Company's Board of Directors determined not to effect
a reverse stock split at such time and may or may not reconsider the matter at a
later date.
    
 
    The following summary of the Company's capital stock does not purport to be
complete and is subject to, and qualified in its entirety by, the Company's
Certificate of Incorporation, as amended (the "Certificate"), including the
Certificate of Designations, Preferences and Rights for the Series A Stock (the
"Series A Designation").
 
COMMON STOCK
 
    The holders of Common Stock are entitled to all of the rights and privileges
of holders of shares of common stock under the DGCL. Subject to the preferences
applicable to shares of Preferred Stock, the holders of Common Stock are
entitled to receive ratably such dividends, if any, as may be declared from time
to time by the Board of Directors of the Company out of legally available funds.
In the event of liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, the
holders of Common Stock are entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining
after payment of liabilities, subject to the prior distribution rights of
holders of shares of Preferred Stock. The holders of Common Stock do not have
any preemptive rights or other rights to subscribe for additional shares and
there are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the Common
Stock. All of the outstanding shares of Common Stock are duly authorized,
validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.
 
                                       99
<PAGE>
    Each holder of Common Stock is entitled to one vote for each share of Common
Stock on all matters submitted to the vote of stockholders, including the
election of directors. Cumulative voting for the election of directors is not
permitted, with the effect that the holders of a majority of the shares voting
for the election of directors can elect all members of each class of the Board.
Except as otherwise required by applicable Delaware law, a majority vote is
sufficient for any action that requires the vote or concurrence of stockholders,
except that a plurality vote is sufficient to elect directors.
 
    The Common Stock trades on the SmallCap Market under the symbol "STEL."
 
PREFERRED STOCK
 
    The Certificate authorizes the Board of Directors of the Company, at any
time or from time to time, to divide and establish any and all of the unissued
shares of Preferred Stock not then allocated to any series of Preferred Stock
into one or more series and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing,
to fix and determine the designation of each such share, the number of shares
which shall constitute such series and certain powers, preferences and relative,
optional or other special rights and qualifications, limitations and
restrictions thereof, of the shares or each series so established.
 
   
    Pursuant to the Certificate, 250,000 shares of Preferred Stock have been
designated as Series A Stock. At May 1, 1997, there were 180,000 shares of
Series A Stock outstanding. On June 24, 1996, the Company and the holders of the
Series B Stock entered into an Amended and Restated Purchase Agreement whereby
the Company purchased the USC Securities, which included all of the issued and
outstanding Series B Stock from the holders thereof, in exchange for the
issuance of 843,023 shares of the Company's Common Stock. The Company used $2.9
million of the net proceeds of the Original Offering to exercise the Company's
option to reacquire such 843,023 shares for $3.44 per share. The description set
forth below of the powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional and
other special rights of the outstanding Preferred Stock and the qualifications,
limitations and restrictions thereof gives effect to the cancellation of all
outstanding shares of Series B Stock and the amendment of the Certificate
described above.
    
 
SERIES A STOCK
 
GENERAL AND CONVERTIBILITY.  The Certificate designates up to 250,000 shares of
Preferred Stock as Series A Stock, having a liquidation preference equal to the
greater of $9.00 per share or the amount which would be payable with respect to
the Common Stock (assuming conversion had occurred), being entitled to receive
annual cumulative dividends of $0.72 per share (i.e. 8% of the $9.00 liquidation
preference) and being convertible into a number of shares of Common Stock equal
to $9.00 (plus the value of any accrued but unpaid dividends on such shares)
divided by the "conversion price" (initially $1.125 per share, subject to
adjustment in certain circumstances). If all of the outstanding shares of Series
A Stock were convertible into Common Stock at the date of this Prospectus, the
holders thereof would receive an aggregate of 1,440,000 shares of Common Stock
of the Company. The holders of Series A Stock have no preemptive rights with
respect to any shares of capital stock of the Company or any other securities of
the Company convertible into or carrying rights or options to purchase any of
such shares. The Series A Stock is not subject to any sinking fund, but is
subject to mandatory redemption on July 31, 2000 at a per share price of $9.00,
plus the value of any accrued and unpaid dividends on such shares.
 
RANKING.  The Series A Stock ranks senior, as to dividends and liquidation, to
the Common Stock and all other shares of capital stock of the Company.
 
   
DIVIDENDS.  The holders of Series A Stock shall be entitled to receive, when, as
and if declared by the Board of Directors of the Company out of funds legally
available therefor, stock dividends in the form of Series A Stock or cash
dividends at the rate of $0.72 annually, to be payable annually on the last day
of July in each year, except that the terms of the Greyrock Facility restrict
cash dividends on the Series A Stock to $164,000 per year. The first dividend
payment was made on July 31, 1996 through the issuance of an additional 13,333
shares of Series A Stock. See "DIVIDEND POLICY." Unless all accrued and unpaid
    
 
                                      100
<PAGE>
   
dividends on the Series A Stock have been paid, no dividends (other than
dividends in Common Stock or another stock ranking junior to the Series A Stock
as to dividends and liquidation) shall be declared or paid or set aside for
payment or other distribution made upon the Common Stock or any other stock
ranking junior to the Series A Stock ("Junior Stock").
    
 
RIGHTS ON LIQUIDATION.  Upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the
Company, whether voluntary or involuntary, the holders of Series A Stock are
entitled to receive, out of the assets of the Company available for distribution
to stockholders after satisfying claims of creditors but before any payment or
distribution of assets is made to holders of the Common Stock or any Junior
Stock, a liquidating distribution in an amount equal to the greater of $9.00 per
share (plus the value of any accrued but unpaid dividends on such shares) or the
amount that would be payable upon the conversion of the Common Stock into which
the shares of Series A Stock are then convertible, assuming that conversion had
occurred. Unless and until payment in full has been made to the holders of the
Series A Stock of the liquidating preferences to which they are entitled, no
dividend or distribution will be made to the holders of the Common Stock or any
Junior Stock upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up, and no purchase,
redemption or other acquisition for any consideration by the Company will be
made in respect of the Common Stock or Junior Stock in such event.
 
    In the event that the assets distributable to the holders of Series A Stock
are insufficient to permit payment of the full preferential amounts payable in
respect thereof, the assets shall be distributed ratably among the shares of
Series A Stock.
 
    After payment of the full amount of the liquidating distribution to which
they are entitled, the holders of the Series A Stock (in their capacities as
such holders) will have no right or claim to any of the remaining assets of the
Company.
 
   
VOTING RIGHTS.  Except as set forth below, or as otherwise provided by law, the
Series A Stock has no voting rights. Notwithstanding the foregoing, without the
affirmative vote of the holders of at least 51% of all of the shares of Series A
Stock then outstanding, voting separately, as a class, the Company may not (i)
create, authorize or issue any class or series of capital stock ranking prior to
the Series A Stock as to dividends or upon liquidation, (ii) amend the
Certificate, or in any manner alter or change the powers, rights, privileges or
preferences of the Series A Stock, if such amendment or action would adversely
affect the powers, rights, privileges and preferences of the holders of the
Series A Stock (except that the Company may amend the Certificate to increase
the amount of shares of Common Stock or amend the terms relating to any Common
Stock, or to create, authorize or issue shares of Junior Stock), (iii) amend the
Series A Designation, (iv) adopt any agreement, plan or proposal for the sale of
substantially all of the assets of the Company, or providing for a merger,
consolidation or dissolution of the Company or an exchange of shares of any
capital stock of the Company which is submitted to the vote of the stockholders
of the Company.
    
 
    In addition, in the event that at least 100,000 shares of Series A Stock are
then outstanding, the holders thereof shall be entitled to elect one or more
directors to the Board of Directors of the Company (the number of which, when
determining the entire Board, shall be substantially equivalent to the ratio
that the Common Stock into which the Series A Stock may then be convertible
bears to the total number of shares of Common Stock then outstanding, but always
at least one director), in the event of a continuing default by the Company of
its obligations to redeem shares of Series A Stock in certain circumstances.
 
REDEMPTION.  The Series A Stock may not be redeemed prior to July 31, 1997 and
thereafter, at the option of the Company, only in the event that the Common
Stock is then being traded in a recognized national securities market and has
traded for 20 consecutive days prior to such redemption at price level equal to
at least 250% of the then conversion price of the Common Stock. Any Series A
Stock remaining outstanding on July 31, 2000 must be redeemed by the Company on
such date. The redemption price in the case of any optional or a mandatory
redemption on July 31, 2000, shall be payable in cash at the time of redemption
and shall be an amount equal to $9.00 per share of Common Stock being redeemed,
plus the value of all
 
                                      101
<PAGE>
   
accrued but unpaid dividends on such shares. The terms of the Greyrock Facility
permit redemption of the Series A Stock by the Company after July 1, 2000 for an
aggregate amount not to exceed $2,204,000 in any fiscal year.
    
 
CERTAIN ADJUSTMENTS.  The Series A Stock is entitled to certain anti-dilution
protections which provide for adjustments to its conversion price, and, in
certain circumstances, the issuance of additional Shares of Common Stock upon
conversion, generally in the event that the Company issues shares of Common
Stock without consideration or at a price below the stipulated conversion price.
The Series A Stock is also subject to adjustments in certain events, such as the
payment of stock dividends, recapitalizations, reclassifications and
reorganizations of the Company and in connection with certain mergers and
consolidations involving the Company or the sale of substantially all of the
assets of the Company. Generally, such adjustments are intended to insure that
the holders of the Series A Stock shall be entitled to receive, following an
event requiring adjustment, substantially equivalent economic and other benefits
which were attributable to the Series A Stock immediately preceding any
adjustment.
 
SERIES B STOCK
 
    All outstanding shares of Series B Stock were purchased by the Company on
June 24, 1996. An amendment was filed to the Company's Certificate of
Incorporation on July 9, 1996 deleting such series.
 
REGISTRATION RIGHTS
 
    The Company has entered into several agreements which grant demand
registration rights (the right to require the Company to file a registration
statement with the Commission) and/or "piggyback" registration rights (the right
to be included in a registration statement filed by the Company for itself or
another party) to certain holders of Common Stock of the Company or securities
convertible into Common Stock.
 
    The Company has filed a registration statement with the Commission with
respect to (1) an aggregate of 1,833,336 shares of Common Stock issuable to JLCM
upon conversion of the Series A Stock and the JLCM Warrant pursuant to
piggy-back registration rights with respect to such shares (the "JLCM 1995
Shares"), and (2) an aggregate of 2,200,000 shares of Common Stock owned by or
issuable upon exercise of the 1995 Warrants (the "1995 Private Placement
Shares") pursuant to a single demand registration right with respect to such
shares. Such registration statement was declared effective as of January 3,
1996. The Company is obligated to keep such registration effective until the
earlier to occur of January 3, 1998 or the sale of all of the 1995 Private
Placement Shares. The piggy-back registration rights are not exercisable with
respect to registration statements for sales of less than 300,000 shares, or
registrations relating to securities issued in connection with employee stock
purchase or savings plans on Form S-8 or on Form S-4. The Company has also
granted the demand registration rights with respect to the JLCM 1995 Shares and
to any shares of Series A Stock issued as a stock dividend on two separate
occasions and the same demand and piggy-back registration rights with respect to
the 50,000 shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to the Settlement Agreement,
exercisable between July 31, 1996 and July 31, 1998. See "TRANSACTIONS WITH
RELATED PARTIES." In each case, the Company has agreed to bear all costs
associated with such registration except underwriter's fees or commissions.
 
    In connection with the issuance of the 1996 Warrants, the Company granted
the holders thereof a single demand registration right exercisable with respect
to 1,337,500 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of such warrants. The
Company is required to keep such registration effective until the earlier of May
7, 1998 or the sale of all such shares. The Company has agreed to bear all costs
associated with such registration except any underwriter's fees or commissions
and fees and costs of counsel to the holders.
 
    In connection with the acquisition of assets of Economy by the Company, the
Company issued Economy 26,316 shares of Common Stock and granted Economy
piggy-back registration rights with
 
                                      102
<PAGE>
   
respect to such shares exercisable March 13, 1996. Such piggy-back rights are
not exercisable with respect to a registration of Common Stock having a proposed
sales price of less than $7,500,000, with respect to a registration statement on
Form S-4 or S-8 or similar form, or a exchange offer or offering of securities
solely to the Company's existing security holders. The Company registered such
shares under the Registration Statement and has agreed to bear all costs
associated with such registration except any underwriter's fees or commissions,
transfer taxes, and the fees and expenses of accountants, legal counsel and
other representatives of Economy.
    
 
   
    In connection with the issuance of the March 18 Debentures, the Company has
granted piggy-back registration rights exercisable until March 18, 1999 to the
holders thereof with respect to shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion
of such March 18 Debentures at a conversion rate which is the lower of $1.75 or
75% of the five day average closing price of the Common Stock immediately
preceding the date of conversion. The Company redeemed or repurchased the March
18 Debentures with net proceeds of the Original Offering. In connection with
certain rights granted to the holders of the March 18 Debentures prior to such
redemption, two of the Selling Stockholders were granted 16,353 shares of Common
Stock to which such piggy-back rights also applied. Such piggy-back rights are
not exercisable with respect to shares issued in connection with an employee
benefit plan, a merger, consolidation or business combination or exchange offer
or offering of securities solely to the Company's existing security holders. The
Company registered the March Debenture Shares pursuant to the Registration
Statement and has agreed to bear all costs associated with such registration
except any underwriter's fees or commissions and fees and costs of counsel to
such persons.
    
 
   
    In connection with the issuance of warrants to certain finders in connection
with the March and April Debentures, Mueller was granted piggy-back registration
rights exercisable between February 28, 1996 and March 6, 1997 and a single
demand registration right exercisable after June 30, 1996 for 300,000 shares of
Common Stock exercisable under such Finder's Warrant. Such warrant is
exercisable until March 6, 1998 at $1.40 per share. Mark Kabbash was granted
piggy-back registration rights with respect to 250,000 shares of Common Stock
exercisable under such holder's warrant, which warrant is exercisable until
March 6, 1998 at $2.125 per share. In connection with the issuance of Finder's
Warrants in connection with the issuance of the June Debentures, each of BPC and
Mueller were granted piggy-back registration rights exercisable prior to June
21, 1997 for an aggregate of 200,000 shares of Common Stock exercisable under
such holders' warrants. Such warrants are exercisable until June 21, 1998 at
$2.00 per share. The Company registered the shares of Common Stock into which
such Finder's Warrants are exercisable under the Registration Statement and has
agreed to bear all costs and expenses of such registration except any
underwriter's fees or commissions and fees and costs of counsel to such holders.
    
 
    In connection with the Company's purchase of the USC Securities, the Company
granted to the sellers thereof demand registration rights exercisable until
August 31, 1997 with respect to the 843,023 shares of Common Stock issued in
consideration for the USC Securities (which shares were repurchased by the
Company with $2.9 million of the net proceeds from the Original Offering) and
the additional 166,660 shares of Common Stock owned by such persons. The Company
has agreed to bear all costs associated with such registration except any
underwriter's fees or commissions and fees and costs of counsel to such persons.
 
    The Company's employment agreements with Mr. Matz, the Company's Chairman of
the Board and Chief Executive Officer, provides that Mr. Matz may require the
Company, at the Company's expense, on three separate occasions until March 23,
2000, to register up to 1,060,000 shares of Common Stock of the Company that may
be issuable to Mr. Matz upon the exercise of certain stock options of the
Company granted to Mr. Matz in connection with his Employment Agreement. The
Company's employment agreement with Mr. Miller, the Company's President and
Chief Operating Officer, provides that Mr. Miller may require the Company, on
two separate occasions, to similarly register up to 60,000 shares of Common
Stock that may be issuable to Mr. Miller upon stock options granted to him in
connection with
 
                                      103
<PAGE>
his Employment Agreement. See "MANAGEMENT--EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS AND
CHANGE-IN-CONTROL ARRANGEMENTS."
 
   
    The Company entered into a registration rights agreement with the Initial
Purchasers (the "Registration Rights Agreement") pursuant to which the Company
agreed, for the benefit of the holders of the Notes, at the Company's cost, to
(i) by December 10, 1996, file the Registration Statement covering resales of
the Notes and the Conversion Shares (the "Registrable Securities"), (ii) use its
commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Registration Statement to be
declared effective under the Securities Act by February 12, 1997 and (iii) use
its commercially reasonable efforts to keep such Registration Statement
continuously effective for a period ending three years following the Issue Date
or such shorter period that will terminate when each Registrable Security
covered by the Registration Statement has been sold in the manner set forth and
as contemplated therein or is otherwise transferable pursuant to Rule 144
promulgated under the Securities Act. The Company is permitted to suspend use of
this Prospectus in connection with the sale of Registrable Securities during
certain periods of time relating to pending corporate developments, acquisitions
or public filings with the Commission or similar events.
    
 
    In connection with the acquisition of Addtel, the Company granted a demand
registration right with respect to 500,000 shares of the Company's Common Stock
pledged to secure the Company's obligations under the escrow provisions of the
Stock Purchase Agreement to the former Addtel shareholders. The demand
registration right is only exercisable if the Company defaults on such
obligations. The Company has agreed to bear all costs and expenses of such
registration except any underwriter's fees or commissions and fees and costs of
counsel to such shareholders.
 
   
    The Company has granted the holder of the 10% Debenture piggy-back
registration rights with respect to the Debenture Conversion Shares (currently
1,490,196 shares of Common Stock) exercisable until March 25, 2000. Such
piggyback rights are not exercisable with respect to a registration statement on
Form S-4 or S-8 or similar form or an exchange offer or offering of securities
solely to the Company's existing securityholders. The Company has agreed to bear
all costs associated with such registration except any underwriting discounts or
commissions, any transfer fees and taxes, and counsel fees in excess of $10,000.
    
 
    Certain of the persons or entities noted above will offer Offered
Securities. All of the Offered Securities are offered hereby pursuant to this
Prospectus which comprises a part of the Registration Statement initially filed
with the Commission on December 10, 1996. Certain of the persons and entities
with registration rights are Selling Noteholders and Selling Stockholders
hereunder. See "SELLING NOTEHOLDERS AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS."
 
ANTI-TAKEOVER PROVISIONS
 
GENERAL.  The Company's Certificate and Bylaws and certain agreements to which
the Company is a party contain provisions that may reduce the likelihood of a
change in management or voting control of the Company without the consent of the
Board of Directors of the Company.
 
BOARD OF DIRECTORS.  The Bylaws provide that the Board of Directors will consist
of not less than five nor more than 20 members and that the number of directors
shall be determined by resolution of the Board. Further, vacancies in the Board
may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, even if less than a
quorum. Accordingly, the Board of directors could delay any stockholder from
obtaining majority representation on the Board of Directors by enlarging the
Board and filing the new vacancies with its own nominees until the next
stockholder election. The Certificate further provides that the Board is divided
into three classes of directors, with terms of each class expiring in a
different year. See "MANAGEMENT-- BOARD OF DIRECTORS." Classification of the
Board of Directors in this manner could hinder an effort by stockholders to
unseat a majority of the Board of Directors in any one fiscal year. On October
30, 1996, the Board of Directors created a Takeover Defense Committee consisting
of five members of the Board to meet on an as needed basis to recommend to the
Board on or prior to March 1, 1997 whether it is
 
                                      104
<PAGE>
   
advisable and in the best interest of the Company and its stockholders to
implement any provisions to the Company's Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws
to prevent a hostile takeover of the Company, and if so, the various
alternatives that such Committee would recommend to the Board. As of the date
hereof, the Committee has not completed its report and has made no
recommendation to the Board. Such committee met on March 12, 1997 and resolved
to proceed with the consideration and adoption of a rights plan.
    
 
UNALLOCATED PREFERRED STOCK.  In addition to the issued and outstanding Series A
Stock, at the date of this Prospectus, there are 14,750,000 authorized and
unissued shares of unallocated Preferred Stock. The existence of authorized but
unissued Preferred Stock may enable the Board of Directors to render more
difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of the Company by means of
a merger, tender offer, proxy contest or otherwise. For example, if in due
exercise of its fiduciary obligations, the Board of Directors were to determine
that a take-over proposal is not in the Company's best interest, the Board of
Directors could cause shares of Preferred Stock to be issued without stockholder
approval in one or more private offerings or other transactions that might
dilute the voting or other rights of the proposed acquiror or insurgent
stockholder or stockholder group or create a substantial voting block in
institutional or other hands that might undertake to support the position of the
incumbent Board of Directors. In this regard, the Company's Certificate grants
the Board of Directors broad power to establish rights and preferences of
authorized and unissued Preferred Stock. The issuance of shares of Preferred
Stock pursuant to the Board of Directors authority described above could
decrease the amount of earnings and assets available for distribution to holders
of Common Stock and adversely affect the rights and powers, including voting
rights, of such holders and may have the effect of delaying, deferring or
preventing a change in control of the Company. The Board of Directors does not
currently intend to seek stockholder approval prior to any issuance of Preferred
Stock, unless otherwise required by law.
 
   
VOTING AGREEMENTS.  Each of the stockholders who participated in the private
placement of the Company's Common Stock and 1995 Warrants on September 20, 1995
and the private placement of the 1996 Warrants on May 7, 1996 entered into a
Voting Agreement with the Company and Jack W. Matz, Jr., the Company's Chairman
and Chief Executive Officer, requiring such holders to vote all shares of Common
Stock held or owned by such holder in a manner designated by Mr. Matz. Under the
Subscription Agreement pursuant to which such holders purchased such securities,
the holder is not entitled to offer or sell any of such shares (including shares
issuable upon exercise of the 1995 Warrants and the 1996 Warrants) except in
bona fide transactions in which there is no intent for such shares to be
acquired by an affiliate of any of such holders, or in private transactions of
blocks of 400,000 shares or less to persons not affiliated with any of such
holders unless the transferee executes a counterpart of such Voting Agreement as
if it were an initial signatory thereto. In addition to the foregoing voting
rights, as of May 1, 1997, Mr. Matz held the right to vote an additional (1)
922,781 shares of the Company's Common Stock under seven separate voting trusts
terminating at various times beginning June 30, 1997 through April 1999, (2)
142,354 shares pursuant to a voting agreement with Mr. Houston, entered into in
connection with the termination of Mr. Houston's employment agreement with the
Company, which voting agreement terminates on April 11, 2001, and (3) 500,000
shares of Common Stock of the Company pledged to secure the Company's
obligations under the escrow provisions of the Stock Purchase Agreement with the
former Addtel Shareholders, which voting agreement terminates on the earlier to
occur of January 10, 2007 or the date of sale of the pledged shares as permitted
under such agreement. Such voting rights would only be effective in the event
such shareholders have foreclosed on the shares and not disposed of the same. As
a result of such voting arrangements and shares of Common Stock and Mr. Matz
otherwise beneficially owns (e.g. through direct ownership or options or
warrants within 60 days), Mr. Matz beneficially owned, as of May 1, 1997,
approximately 21.4% of the Company's Common Stock. Officers and directors of the
Company (including Mr. Matz) own beneficially 38.5% of the Common Stock of the
Company as of May 1, 1997. The voting power of Mr. Matz and such other officers
and directors permit them to exercise significant influence over all matters
requiring stockholder approval, including the ability to significantly influence
or to determine the outcome of any election of directors of the Company. Such
concentration of ownership and voting control may have the effect of delaying,
deferring or preventing a change in control of the Company.
    
 
                                      105
<PAGE>
CHANGE OF CONTROL PROVISIONS.  On March 5, 1996, the Board of Directors of the
Company adopted, and on May 31, 1996 the stockholders approved, certain
amendments to the Company's Employee Option Plan which, among other things,
provide for accelerated vesting of the stock options granted thereunder upon the
occurrence of certain specified events that are defined as constituting a
"Change of Control" of the Company. The existence of such provisions may have
the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of the
Company. See "MANAGEMENT--1994 EMPLOYEE STOCK OPTION PLAN." In addition, the
Company's employment agreements with Mr. Matz and Mr. Miller include "change of
control" provisions. See "MANAGEMENT--EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS AND CHANGE OF
CONTROL ARRANGEMENTS."
 
STATUTORY PROVISIONS.  The Company is subject to Section 203 of the DGCL, which
prohibits certain transactions between a Delaware corporation and an "interested
stockholder," which is defined as a person who, together with any affiliates
and/or associates of such person, beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 15%
or more of the outstanding voting shares of a Delaware corporation. This
provision prohibits certain business combinations (defined broadly to include
mergers, consolidations, sales or other dispositions of assets having an
aggregate value in excess of 10% of the consolidated assets of the corporation,
and certain transactions that would increase the interested stockholder and a
corporation for a period of three years after the date such stockholder became
an interested stockholder, when (i) prior to such date the Board of Directors of
the corporation approved either the business combination or the transaction
which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, (ii) upon
consummation of the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an
interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the
voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction
commenced (excluding for purposes of determining the number of shares
outstanding those shares owned by (x) persons who are directors and also
officers, and (y) employee stock plans in which employee participants do not
have the right to determine confidentiality whether shares held subject to the
plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer) or (iii) on or subsequent
to such date the business combination is approved by the Board of Directors and
authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by written
consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 65% of the outstanding voting stock
which is not owned by the interested stockholder.
 
SEVERANCE AGREEMENTS
 
   
    The Company has entered into severance agreements with respect to certain
officers of the Company which such officers are entitled to receive a certain
percentage of their salary (varying from 4 times monthly salary to 1.5 times
annual salary) in effect on the date of a "Change of Control" of the Company if
such person is terminated within a certain period after such date. "Change of
Control" is defined in such agreements in the same manner as in the Company's
Employee Option Plan. See "MANAGEMENT--1994 EMPLOYEE STOCK OPTION PLAN."
    
 
LIMITATIONS ON LIABILITY
 
DIRECTORS.  The Certificate provides that, to the fullest extent permitted by
the DGCL, a director of the Company will not be liable to the Company or its
stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duties as a director.
Any repeals or amendments to this provision will be prospective and will not
adversely affect the limitation on the personal liability of any director of the
Company at the time of such repeal or amendment. This provision, however, does
not eliminate the director's liability (i) for any breach of a director's duty
of loyalty to the Company or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in
good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of
law, (iii) for a transaction from which the director derived an improper
personal benefit or (iv) in respect to certain unlawful dividend payments or
stock purchases or redemptions. The inclusion of this provision in the
Certificate may reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors
and may discourage or deter stockholders or management from bringing a lawsuit
against directors for breaches of their fiduciary duties, even though such an
action, if successful, might otherwise have benefitted the Company and its
stockholders. This provision
 
                                      106
<PAGE>
does not prevent the Company or its stockholders from seeking injunctive or
other equitable remedies against its directors under applicable state law,
although there can be no assurance that such remedies, if sought, would be
obtained.
 
INDEMNIFICATION.  The Certificate and Bylaws require the Company to indemnify
each person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent, of another
corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against
expenses, judgments, fines and amounts incurred in such capacity of such person
acting in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or
not opposed to the best interest of the Company or, with respect to criminal
proceedings, not unlawful. The Company will also advance to such persons
payments incurred in defending a proceeding to which indemnification might apply
provided the recipient provides an undertaking agreeing to repay all such
advanced amounts if it is ultimately determined that such person is not entitled
to be indemnified.
   
    The Company carries director's and officer's liability insurance that covers
the directors and certain officers of the Company up to $3 million.
    
 
TRANSFER AGENT
 
    The Transfer Agent and Registrar for the Company's Common Stock is
Securities Transfer Corporation, Dallas, Texas.
 
                              ADDITIONAL INTEREST
 
   
    In the event that the Registration Statement ceases to be effective (a
"Registration Default"), the Company is required to pay Additional Interest to
each Holder of Registrable Securities during the first 90 day period immediately
following the occurrence of such Registration Default at a rate equal to 0.25%
per annum. The amount of Additional Interest will increase by an additional
0.25% per annum at the start of each subsequent 90 day period until the
Registration Statement again becomes effective up to a maximum rate of
Additional Interest of 1.00% per annum. When the Registration Statement again
becomes effective, such Additional Interest shall cease to accrue on the Notes
from the date of such filing or effectiveness.
    
 
    Any amounts of Additional Interest due will be payable in cash on February
15 and August 15 of each year to the holders of record on the preceding February
1 or August 1, respectively. The amount of Additional Interest will be
determined by multiplying the applicable Additional Interest rate by (i) the
principal amount of the Notes, in the case of Registrable Securities which are
Notes, or (ii) the per share conversion price set forth on the cover (subject to
adjustment in the event of stock splits, stock recombinations, stock dividends
and the like) in the case of Registrable Securities which are shares of Common
Stock multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days
such Additional Interest rate was applicable during such period (determined on
the basis of a 360-day year comprises of twelve 30-day months, and, in the case
of a partial month, the actual number of days elapsed), and the denominator of
which is 360.
 
    The summary herein of certain provisions of the Registration Rights
Agreement does not purport to be complete and is subject to, and is qualified in
its entirety by reference to, all the provisions of the Registration Rights
Agreement, a copy of which is available without charge by writing to the Company
at 1600 Promenade Center, 15th Floor, Richardson, Texas 75080, Attention:
Director of Corporate Communications.
 
                                 LEGAL MATTERS
 
   
    The validity of the Offered Securities offered hereby has been passed upon
for the Company by Arter & Hadden, Dallas, Texas.
    
 
                                      107
<PAGE>
                                    EXPERTS
 
   
    The consolidated financial statements of the Company as of December 31, 1996
and 1995 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1996
included in this Prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of
Price Waterhouse LLP, independent accountants, given on the authority of said
firm as experts in auditing and accounting.
    
 
   
    The financial statements of Addtel Communications, Inc. as of May 31, 1996
and for the year then ended included in this Prospectus has been so included in
reliance on the report of Price Waterhouse LLP, independent accountants, given
on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.
    
 
    The balance sheets of U.S. Communications, Inc., as of December 31, 1994 and
1993 and the related statements of operations, changes in retained earnings and
cash flows for each of the two years ended December 31, 1994 included in this
Prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of Duff & Anderson,
P.C., independent accountants, given on the authority of said firm as experts in
auditing and accounting.
 
    The balance sheets of Long Distance Network, Inc. as of December 31, 1993
and 1992 and the related statements of operations, stockholders' equity
(deficit) and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December
31, 1993 included in this Prospectus have been so included in reliance on the
report of Samson, Robbins & Associates, independent accountants, given on the
authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.
 
                                      108
<PAGE>
                              FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
    The financial statements of the Company and those of acquirees, notes to the
respective financial statements and the related respective reports of the
independent accountants thereon are included in this Prospectus at the page
indicated and annexed hereto.
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
ITEM                                                                                                            PAGE
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ---------
 
<S>                                                                                                           <C>
CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF THE COMPANY
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 31, 1997 and December 31, 1996......................................  F-2
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Three Months Ended March 31, 1997 and 1996....................  F-3
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity for the Three Months Ended March 31, 1997 and 1996..........  F-4
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Three Months Ended March 31, 1997 and 1996....................  F-5
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements..................................................................  F-6
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF THE COMPANY
Report of Independent Accountants for the Years Ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994......................  F-8
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1996 and 1995................................................  F-9
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994..................  F-10
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994........  F-11
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994..................  F-12
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements..................................................................  F-13
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF ADDTEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
Report of Independent Accountants for the Year Ended May 31, 1996...........................................  F-30
Balance Sheet as of May 31, 1996............................................................................  F-31
Statement of Income and Accumulated Deficit for the Year Ended May 31, 1996.................................  F-32
Statement of Cash Flows for the Year Ended May 31, 1996.....................................................  F-33
Notes to Financial Statements...............................................................................  F-34
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF U.S. COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
Report of Independent Accountants for the Years Ended December 31, 1994 and 1993............................  F-39
Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1994 and 1993.............................................................  F-40
Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 1994 and 1993.....................................  F-41
Statements of Changes in Retained Earnings for the Years Ended December 31, 1994 and 1993...................  F-42
Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 1994 and 1993.....................................  F-43
Notes to Financial Statements...............................................................................  F-44
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF LONG DISTANCE NETWORK, INC.
Independent Auditors' Report for the Years Ended December 31, 1993 and 1992.................................  F-52
Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1993 and 1992.............................................................  F-53
Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 1993 and 1992.....................................  F-54
Statements of Stockholders' Equity (Deficit) for the Years Ended December 31, 1993 and 1992.................  F-55
Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 1993 and 1992.....................................  F-56
Notes to Financial Statements...............................................................................  F-57
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      F-1
<PAGE>
   
                  SA TELECOMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
    
 
   
                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
    
 
   
                                  (UNAUDITED)
    
 
   
                                     ASSETS
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      MARCH 31,      DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                         1997            1996
                                                                                    --------------  --------------
<S>                                                                                 <C>             <C>
Current assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents.......................................................  $    2,588,280  $   14,360,466
  Accounts and notes receivable:
    Trade, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $2,309,721 and $2,796,946,
      respectively................................................................       6,434,079       7,035,710
    Other, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $31,479......................       1,699,921       1,481,072
  Inventory.......................................................................         136,875         136,875
  Prepaid expenses and other......................................................         785,719         594,081
                                                                                    --------------  --------------
      Total current assets........................................................      11,644,874      23,608,204
                                                                                    --------------  --------------
Property and equipment............................................................      10,770,668      10,054,937
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization....................................      (1,726,928)     (1,380,307)
                                                                                    --------------  --------------
  Net property and equipment......................................................       9,043,740       8,674,630
                                                                                    --------------  --------------
Excess of cost over net assets acquired, net of accumulated amortization of
  $3,176,801 and $2,591,529, respectively.........................................      27,397,512      27,902,634
                                                                                    --------------  --------------
Other assets:
  Debt issuance cost, net ........................................................       2,109,641       2,083,843
  Other...........................................................................         362,775         409,758
                                                                                    --------------  --------------
      Total other assets..........................................................       2,472,416       2,493,601
                                                                                    --------------  --------------
          Total assets............................................................  $   50,558,542  $   62,679,069
                                                                                    --------------  --------------
                                                                                    --------------  --------------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
                      LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                <C>          <C>
Current liabilities:
  Accounts payable...............................................  $ 1,309,994  $ 2,023,955
  Accrued telecommunications expenses............................    7,277,782   11,360,002
  Other accrued expenses.........................................    1,654,101    2,382,504
  Acquisition obligation.........................................    1,500,000    9,500,000
  Revolving line of credit.......................................    2,055,242      --
  Short-term notes payable.......................................      --           782,239
  Current maturities of long-term obligations....................      536,322      570,859
                                                                   -----------  -----------
      Total current liabilities..................................   14,333,441   26,619,559
                                                                   -----------  -----------
Long-term obligations, less current maturities...................   32,001,334   28,477,903
                                                                   -----------  -----------
Commitments and contingencies
Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock, $.00001 par value, 250,000
  shares authorized; 180,000 shares issued.......................    1,350,514    1,330,303
                                                                   -----------  -----------
Shareholders' equity:
  Common Stock, $.0001 par value, 50,000,000 shares authorized;
    16,866,353 and 16,858,053 issued, respectively...............        1,687        1,686
  Additional paid-in capital.....................................   26,407,406   26,402,671
  Retained deficit...............................................  (19,681,825) (16,299,038)
  Treasury stock (1,197,518 shares) at cost......................   (3,854,015)  (3,854,015)
                                                                   -----------  -----------
      Total shareholders' equity.................................    2,873,253    6,251,304
                                                                   -----------  -----------
          Total liabilities and shareholders' equity.............  $50,558,542  $62,679,069
                                                                   -----------  -----------
                                                                   -----------  -----------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
                                  statements.
    
 
                                      F-2
<PAGE>
   
                  SA TELECOMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
    
 
   
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
    
 
   
                                  (UNAUDITED)
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          FOR THE THREE MONTHS
                                                                                             ENDED MARCH 31,
                                                                                       ---------------------------
                                                                                           1997           1996
                                                                                       -------------  ------------
<S>                                                                                    <C>            <C>
Telecommunications revenues:
  Retail.............................................................................  $   9,379,658  $  6,932,950
  Wholesale..........................................................................      3,735,613        94,441
                                                                                       -------------  ------------
      Total telecommunications revenues..............................................     13,115,271     7,027,391
Cost of Revenues:
  Retail.............................................................................      5,929,919     4,269,760
  Wholesale..........................................................................      3,575,688        75,553
                                                                                       -------------  ------------
      Total cost of revenues.........................................................      9,505,607     4,345,313
                                                                                       -------------  ------------
Gross Profit.........................................................................      3,609,664     2,682,078
                                                                                       -------------  ------------
Operating expenses:
  General and administrative.........................................................      3,349,940     2,248,100
  Depreciation and amortization......................................................      1,202,797       535,944
  Nonrecurring integration costs.....................................................      1,097,780       --
  Nonrecurring unbillable revenue costs..............................................        522,141       --
                                                                                       -------------  ------------
      Total operating expenses.......................................................      6,172,658     2,784,044
                                                                                       -------------  ------------
Loss from operations before other income (expense)...................................     (2,562,994)     (101,966)
Other income (expense):
  Interest expense...................................................................       (789,782)     (345,267)
  Other, net.........................................................................         20,200        15,103
                                                                                       -------------  ------------
      Total other income (expense)...................................................       (769,582)     (330,164)
                                                                                       -------------  ------------
Net loss.............................................................................     (3,332,576)     (432,130)
Preferred dividend requirements, including accretion.................................        (50,211)      (75,209)
                                                                                       -------------  ------------
Net loss applicable to common shareholders...........................................  $  (3,382,787) $   (507,339)
                                                                                       -------------  ------------
                                                                                       -------------  ------------
Loss per weighted average common share outstanding:
  Net loss per share.................................................................  $       (0.21) $      (0.03)
                                                                                       -------------  ------------
                                                                                       -------------  ------------
  Net loss applicable to common shareholders.........................................  $       (0.22) $      (0.04)
                                                                                       -------------  ------------
                                                                                       -------------  ------------
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding.................................     15,665,792    13,745,321
                                                                                       -------------  ------------
                                                                                       -------------  ------------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
                                  statements.
    
 
                                      F-3
<PAGE>
   
                  SA TELECOMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
    
 
   
                CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
    
 
   
                                  (UNAUDITED)
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                     SERIES B                                ADDITIONAL
                                 PREFERRED STOCK          COMMON STOCK        PAID-IN     RETAINED     TREASURY
                                SHARES     AMOUNT     SHARES      AMOUNT      CAPITAL      DEFICIT      STOCK       TOTAL
                               ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  ----------  -----------  ----------  ---------
<S>                            <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>          <C>         <C>          <C>         <C>
Balances at December 31,
  1995.......................    125,000  $ 575,280  13,462,120  $   1,346   $20,855,099 $(11,996,179) $ (456,601) $8,978,945
Private placements of common
  stock......................     --         --        251,700          25      369,975      --           --        370,000
Issuance of common stock for:
  Exercise of options........     --         --        118,200          12      150,368      --           --        150,380
  Conversion of debt.........     --         --        267,856          27      449,973      --           --        450,000
  Other......................     --         --         79,258           8      104,698      --           --        104,706
Preferred dividend
  requirements, including
  accretion..................     --         --         --          --           --          (75,209)     --        (75,209)
Net loss for the period......     --         --         --          --           --         (432,130)     --       (432,130)
                               ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  ----------  -----------  ----------  ---------
Balances at March 31, 1996...    125,000  $ 575,280  14,179,134  $   1,418   $21,930,113 $(12,503,518) $ (456,601) $9,546,692
                               ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  ----------  -----------  ----------  ---------
                               ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  ----------  -----------  ----------  ---------
Balances at December 31,
  1996.......................     --      $  --      16,858,053  $   1,686   $26,402,671 $(16,299,038) $(3,854,015) $6,251,304
Issuance of common stock for
  exercise of options........     --         --          8,300           1        4,735      --           --          4,736
Preferred dividend
  requirements, including
  accretion..................     --         --         --          --           --          (50,211)     --        (50,211)
Net loss for the period......     --         --         --          --           --       (3,332,576)     --      (3,332,576)
                               ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  ----------  -----------  ----------  ---------
Balances at March 31, 1997...     --      $  --      16,866,353  $   1,687   $26,407,406 $(19,681,825) $(3,854,015) $2,873,253
                               ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  ----------  -----------  ----------  ---------
                               ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  ----------  -----------  ----------  ---------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
                                  statements.
    
 
                                      F-4
<PAGE>
   
                  SA TELECOMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
    
 
   
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
    
 
   
                                  (UNAUDITED)
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                           FOR THE THREE MONTHS
                                                                                             ENDED MARCH 31,
                                                                                        --------------------------
                                                                                            1997          1996
                                                                                        -------------  -----------
<S>                                                                                     <C>            <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
  Net loss............................................................................  $  (3,332,576) $  (432,130)
  Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:
    Depreciation and amortization.....................................................      1,202,797      535,944
    Provision for losses on accounts receivable.......................................        364,080      109,838
    (Increase) decrease in:
      Accounts and notes receivable...................................................         18,702     (637,472)
      Prepaid expenses and other......................................................       (201,090)    (135,024)
      Other assets....................................................................          5,000      --
    Increase (decrease) in:
    Accounts payable and accrued expenses.............................................     (5,554,564)      (5,538)
                                                                                        -------------  -----------
Net cash used in operating activities.................................................     (7,497,651)    (564,382)
                                                                                        -------------  -----------
Cash flows from investing activities:
  Additions to property and equipment.................................................       (451,025)    (367,220)
  Additional cost of Addtel purchase..................................................       (112,436)     --
  Acquisition obligation--Addtel......................................................     (8,000,000)     --
  Sale of assets......................................................................         69,433      --
                                                                                        -------------  -----------
Net cash used in investing activities.................................................     (8,494,028)    (367,220)
                                                                                        -------------  -----------
Cash flows from financing activities:
  Borrowings..........................................................................      3,230,000      600,000
  Revolving line of credit............................................................      2,055,242      --
  Proceeds from exercise of options...................................................          4,736      150,380
  Principal payments on long-term obligations.........................................       (988,812)    (371,988)
  Debt issuance cost..................................................................        (81,673)     --
                                                                                        -------------  -----------
Net cash provided by financing activities.............................................      4,219,493      378,392
                                                                                        -------------  -----------
Decrease in cash......................................................................    (11,772,186)    (553,210)
Cash at beginning of period...........................................................     14,360,466      823,738
                                                                                        -------------  -----------
Cash at end of period.................................................................  $   2,588,280  $   270,528
                                                                                        -------------  -----------
                                                                                        -------------  -----------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
                                  statements.
    
 
                                      F-5
<PAGE>
   
                  SA TELECOMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
    
 
   
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
    
 
   
                                  (UNAUDITED)
    
 
   
NOTE A--SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
    
 
   
    The interim consolidated financial statements are those of SA
Telecommunications, Inc. and subsidiaries (the "Company"). These interim
consolidated financial statements are prepared pursuant to the requirements for
reporting on Form 10-QSB. The December 31, 1996 consolidated balance sheet data
was derived from audited consolidated financial statements but does not include
all disclosures required by generally accepted accounting principles. The
interim consolidated financial statements and notes thereto should be read in
conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and notes included in the
Company's latest annual report on Form 10-KSB. In the opinion of management, the
interim consolidated financial statements reflect all adjustments (consisting
only of a normal recurring nature) necessary for a fair presentation of the
consolidated financial position and consolidated results of operations for
interim periods. The current period consolidated results of operations are not
necessarily indicative of results which ultimately will be reported for the full
fiscal year ending December 31, 1997.
    
 
   
    All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.
Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified for comparative purposes.
    
 
   
NOTE B--REVOLVING LINE OF CREDIT
    
 
   
    On January 9, 1997, the Company completed a line of credit arrangement with
Greyrock Business Credit ("Greyrock"), a division of NationsCredit Commercial
Corporation. The line of credit has a maximum availability of $10 million, with
borrowings based on 80% of eligible accounts receivable and inventory other than
receivables arising from telecommunications services rendered to customers by a
regional Bell operating company, a Bell operating company, a local exchange
company, a credit card company, or a provider of local telephone services. The
borrowings bear interest at a floating rate of 2.5% above the reference of Bank
of America NT & SA, with a minimum interest rate of 9% per annum and a minimum
interest amount of $10,000 per month. The borrowings are secured by all the
assets of the Company and its subsidiaries and the stock of the Company's
subsidiaries. The line of credit matures December 31, 1997 and automatically
renews for successive additional one year terms unless either party elects to
terminate by giving written notice to the other not less than 60 days prior to
the next maturity date.
    
 
   
    The agreements regarding the line of credit contain covenants which, among
other matters, limit the ability of the Company and its subsidiaries to take the
following actions without the consent of Greyrock: (1) merge, consolidate and
acquire or sell assets, (2) incur indebtedness outside the ordinary course of
business which would have a material adverse effect on the Company and its
subsidiaries taken as a whole or on the prospect of repayment of the obligations
under the line of credit, (3) pay dividends other than stock dividends and
certain dividends with respect to the Company's Series A Cumulative Convertible
Preferred Stock, and (4) redeem, purchase or acquire its capital stock.
    
 
   
    Outstanding borrowings under the revolving line of credit at March 31, 1997
were $2,055,242.
    
 
   
NOTE C--STOCK OPTIONS
    
 
   
    On April 8, 1997, the Board of Directors granted options under the 1994
Employee Stock Option Plan to purchase up to 275,000 shares of the Company's
Common Stock to employees at a price of $1.53 per share (market value on the
date of grant) and 150,000 shares of Common Stock at a price of $1.69 (110%
    
 
                                      F-6
<PAGE>
   
                  SA TELECOMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
    
 
   
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
    
 
   
                                  (UNAUDITED)
    
 
   
NOTE C--STOCK OPTIONS (CONTINUED)
    
   
of market value on date of grant). After a six-month waiting period, the shares
acquired upon exercise may not be sold earlier than periods varying from
eighteen to thirty months.
    
 
   
NOTE D--LONG TERM OBLIGATIONS
    
 
   
    On March 25, 1997, the Company completed a private placement of a $3,800,000
10% Convertible Debenture due 2006 for a net of $3,230,000 on terms effectively
identical to the terms of the Company's 10% Convertible Notes due 2006.
    
 
   
NOTE E--NONRECURRING CHARGES
    
 
   
    The Company incurred an aggregate of $1,097,780 in nonrecurring integration
charges in the first quarter of 1997 comprised of two components. The first
component is $197,600 in principally employee associated costs and settlements
on discontinuance of the Company's international call back product line. For the
three months ended March 31, 1997, revenues and cost of revenues attributable to
the Company's discontinued international product line were $433,109 and
$370,826, respectively. While such amounts are also nonrecurring, they have not
been separately identified as nonrecurring in the statement of operations. The
second component is $900,180 in principally payroll and related costs to be
eliminated in the integration of the Addtel acquisition.
    
 
   
    The Company incurred an estimated $522,141 nonrecurring charge in the first
quarter of 1997 for the transmission costs associated with an estimated $855,969
of lost revenue due to programming errors related to the billing software
procedures. The estimated nonrecurring charge is subject to change as the
Company and its professional advisors continue to investigate the matter
although management currently believes any such change will be immaterial.
    
 
                                      F-7
<PAGE>
                       REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
 
To the Board of Directors and Shareholders
of SA Telecommunications, Inc.
 
    In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated financial statements listed in
the accompanying index present fairly, in all material respects, the financial
position of SA Telecommunications, Inc. and its subsidiaries at December 31,
1996 and 1995, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each
of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1996, in conformity with
generally accepted accounting principles. These financial statements are the
responsibility of the Company's management; our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our
audits of these financial statements in accordance with generally accepted
auditing standards which require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the
accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and
evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our
audits provide a reasonable basis for the opinion expressed above.
 
PRICE WATERHOUSE LLP
Dallas, Texas
March 25, 1997
 
                                      F-8
<PAGE>
                  SA TELECOMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                              DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                       --------------------------
                                                                                           1996          1995
                                                                                       ------------  ------------
<S>                                                                                    <C>           <C>
                                       ASSETS
Current assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents..........................................................  $ 14,360,466  $    823,738
  Accounts and notes receivable:
    Trade, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $2,796,946 and $475,845,
      respectively...................................................................     7,035,710     4,022,131
    Other, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $31,479 and $46,122,
      respectively...................................................................     1,481,072       407,550
  Inventory..........................................................................       136,875       146,037
  Prepaid expenses and other.........................................................       594,081       292,439
                                                                                       ------------  ------------
      Total current assets...........................................................    23,608,204     5,691,895
                                                                                       ------------  ------------
Property and equipment...............................................................    10,054,937     3,911,652
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization.......................................    (1,380,307)     (495,613)
                                                                                       ------------  ------------
    Net property and equipment.......................................................     8,674,630     3,416,039
                                                                                       ------------  ------------
Excess of cost over net assets acquired, net of accumulated amortization.............    27,902,634    16,869,648
                                                                                       ------------  ------------
Other assets:
  Debt issuance cost.................................................................     2,083,843       --
  Other..............................................................................       409,758        63,221
                                                                                       ------------  ------------
      Total other assets.............................................................     2,493,601        63,221
                                                                                       ------------  ------------
        Total assets.................................................................  $ 62,679,069  $ 26,040,803
                                                                                       ------------  ------------
                                                                                       ------------  ------------
                        LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
  Accounts payable...................................................................  $  2,023,955  $    761,880
  Accrued telecommunications expenses................................................    11,360,002     2,337,420
  Other accrued expenses.............................................................     2,382,504     1,163,603
  Acquisition obligation.............................................................     9,500,000       --
  Short-term notes payable...........................................................       782,239       475,610
  Current maturities of long-term obligations........................................       570,859     3,795,216
                                                                                       ------------  ------------
    Total current liabilities........................................................    26,619,559     8,533,729
                                                                                       ------------  ------------
Long-term obligations, less current maturities.......................................    28,477,903     7,398,670
                                                                                       ------------  ------------
Commitments and contingencies
Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock, $.00001 par value, 250,000 shares authorized;
 180,000 and 166,667 shares issued in 1996 and 1995, respectively....................     1,330,303     1,129,459
                                                                                       ------------  ------------
Shareholders' equity:
  Series B Preferred Stock, $.00001 par value, 250,000 shares authorized; 125,000
    shares issued in 1995............................................................       --            575,280
  Common Stock, $.0001 par value, 50,000,000 shares authorized; 16,858,053 and
    13,462,120 issued, respectively..................................................         1,686         1,346
  Additional paid-in capital.........................................................    26,402,671    20,855,099
  Retained deficit...................................................................   (16,299,038)  (11,996,179)
  Treasury stock (1,197,518 and 240,072 shares, respectively) at cost................    (3,854,015)     (456,601)
                                                                                       ------------  ------------
    Total shareholders' equity.......................................................     6,251,304     8,978,945
                                                                                       ------------  ------------
      Total liabilities and shareholders' equity.....................................  $ 62,679,069  $ 26,040,803
                                                                                       ------------  ------------
                                                                                       ------------  ------------
</TABLE>
 
  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
                                  statements.
 
                                      F-9
<PAGE>
                  SA TELECOMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                        ----------------------------------------
                                                                            1996          1995          1994
                                                                        ------------  ------------  ------------
<S>                                                                     <C>           <C>           <C>
Telecommunications revenues...........................................  $ 35,668,502  $ 20,748,021  $  9,755,343
Cost of revenue.......................................................    22,530,228    14,116,113     8,298,430
                                                                        ------------  ------------  ------------
Gross profit..........................................................    13,138,274     6,631,908     1,456,913
                                                                        ------------  ------------  ------------
Operating expenses:
  General and administrative..........................................    10,927,890     6,478,394     2,854,237
  Depreciation and amortization.......................................     2,861,900     1,287,225       413,317
  Nonrecurring network reconfiguration costs..........................       806,436       --            --
  Nonrecurring restructuring and integration costs....................     2,015,506       143,399       --
                                                                        ------------  ------------  ------------
    Total operating expenses..........................................    16,611,732     7,909,018     3,267,554
                                                                        ------------  ------------  ------------
Loss from continuing operations before other income (expense) and
 extraordinary item...................................................    (3,473,458)   (1,277,110)   (1,810,641)
Other income (expense):
  Interest expense....................................................    (2,129,876)     (682,796)      (29,903)
  Other, net..........................................................       221,175        24,685        21,474
                                                                        ------------  ------------  ------------
    Total other income (expense)......................................    (1,908,701)     (658,111)       (8,429)
                                                                        ------------  ------------  ------------
Loss from continuing operations before extraordinary item.............    (5,382,159)   (1,935,221)   (1,819,070)
Discontinued operations:
  Loss from title plant services operations...........................       --            --           (477,916)
  Provision for operating losses during phase-out period..............       --           (475,000)     (150,000)
  Loss from impairment................................................       --         (4,055,742)      --
                                                                        ------------  ------------  ------------
    Loss from discontinued operations.................................       --         (4,530,742)     (627,916)
                                                                        ------------  ------------  ------------
Loss before extraordinary item........................................    (5,382,159)   (6,465,963)   (2,446,986)
Extraordinary item--net gain on extinguishment of debts...............     1,327,644       --            --
                                                                        ------------  ------------  ------------
Net loss..............................................................    (4,054,515)   (6,465,963)   (2,446,986)
Preferred dividend requirements, including accretion..................      (248,344)     (125,352)      --
                                                                        ------------  ------------  ------------
Net loss applicable to common shareholders............................  $ (4,302,859) $ (6,591,315) $ (2,446,986)
                                                                        ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                                        ------------  ------------  ------------
Loss per weighted average common share outstanding:
  Continuing operations...............................................  $      (0.35) $      (0.17) $      (0.20)
  Discontinued operations.............................................       --              (0.39)        (0.07)
                                                                        ------------  ------------  ------------
  Loss before extraordinary item......................................         (0.35)        (0.56)        (0.27)
  Extraordinary item..................................................          0.08       --            --
                                                                        ------------  ------------  ------------
  Net loss per share..................................................  $      (0.27) $      (0.56) $      (0.27)
                                                                        ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                                        ------------  ------------  ------------
  Net loss per share applicable to common shareholders................  $      (0.28) $      (0.57) $      (0.27)
                                                                        ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                                        ------------  ------------  ------------
  Weighted average number of common shares outstanding................    15,199,928    11,639,186     9,199,720
                                                                        ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                                        ------------  ------------  ------------
</TABLE>
 
  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
                                  statements.
 
                                      F-10
<PAGE>
                  SA TELECOMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996, 1995 AND 1994
                                        ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                              SERIES B
                                          PREFERRED STOCK          COMMON STOCK       ADDITIONAL
                                        --------------------  ----------------------   PAID-IN     RETAINED     TREASURY
                                         SHARES     AMOUNT     SHARES      AMOUNT      CAPITAL      DEFICIT      STOCK
                                        ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  ----------  -----------  ----------
<S>                                     <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>          <C>         <C>          <C>
Balances at December 31, 1993.........     --         --      7,372,661   $     737   $8,572,764  $(2,957,878) $  (20,000)
 
Private placements of Common Stock....     --         --        834,317          84    1,885,264      --           --
Issuance of Common Stock for:
  Exercise of options.................     --         --      1,057,075         106    1,421,216      --         (220,950)
  Acquisition of LDN..................     --         --      1,302,086         130    3,749,870      --           --
Net loss for the year.................     --         --         --          --           --       (2,446,986)     --
                                        ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  ----------  -----------  ----------
Balances at December 31, 1994.........     --         --      10,566,139      1,057   15,629,114   (5,404,864)   (240,950)
 
Private placements of Common Stock....     --         --      1,981,120         197    2,379,464      --          (44,057)
Issuance of Common Stock for exercise
 of options...........................     --         --        914,861          92      633,521      --         (171,594)
Issuance of Series B Preferred Stock
 for acquisition of USC...............    125,000  $ 575,280     --          --           --          --           --
Issuance of warrants for acquisition
 and financing of USC.................     --         --         --          --        2,213,000      --           --
Preferred dividend requirements,
 including accretion..................     --         --         --          --           --         (125,352)     --
Net loss for the year.................     --         --         --          --           --       (6,465,963)     --
                                        ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  ----------  -----------  ----------
Balances at December 31, 1995.........    125,000    575,280  13,462,120      1,346   20,855,099  (11,996,179)   (456,601)
Private placements of Common Stock....     --         --        251,700          25      369,975      --           --
Issuance of Common Stock for:
  Exercise of options.................     --         --        524,036          52      632,444      --         (497,414)
  Exercise of warrants................     --         --      1,090,000         109    1,362,391      --           --
  Conversion of debt..................     --         --        267,856          27      449,973      --           --
  Other...............................     --         --        419,318          42      750,633      --           --
Issuance of Common Stock for
 acquisition of USC securities........   (125,000)  (575,280)   843,023          85    1,613,229      --       (2,900,000)
Issuance of warrants..................     --         --         --          --          368,927      --           --
Preferred dividend requirements,
 including accretion..................     --         --         --          --           --         (248,344)     --
Net loss for the year.................     --         --         --          --           --       (4,054,515)     --
                                        ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  ----------  -----------  ----------
Balances at December 31, 1996.........     --      $  --      16,858,053  $   1,686   $26,402,671 $(16,299,038) $(3,854,015)
                                        ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  ----------  -----------  ----------
                                        ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  ----------  -----------  ----------
 
<CAPTION>
 
                                          TOTAL
                                        ----------
<S>                                     <C>
Balances at December 31, 1993.........  $5,595,623
Private placements of Common Stock....   1,885,348
Issuance of Common Stock for:
  Exercise of options.................   1,200,372
  Acquisition of LDN..................   3,750,000
Net loss for the year.................  (2,446,986)
                                        ----------
Balances at December 31, 1994.........   9,984,357
Private placements of Common Stock....   2,335,604
Issuance of Common Stock for exercise
 of options...........................     462,019
Issuance of Series B Preferred Stock
 for acquisition of USC...............     575,280
Issuance of warrants for acquisition
 and financing of USC.................   2,213,000
Preferred dividend requirements,
 including accretion..................    (125,352)
Net loss for the year.................  (6,465,963)
                                        ----------
Balances at December 31, 1995.........   8,978,945
Private placements of Common Stock....     370,000
Issuance of Common Stock for:
  Exercise of options.................     135,082
  Exercise of warrants................   1,362,500
  Conversion of debt..................     450,000
  Other...............................     750,675
Issuance of Common Stock for
 acquisition of USC securities........  (1,861,966)
Issuance of warrants..................     368,927
Preferred dividend requirements,
 including accretion..................    (248,344)
Net loss for the year.................  (4,054,515)
                                        ----------
Balances at December 31, 1996.........  $6,251,304
                                        ----------
                                        ----------
</TABLE>
 
  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
                                  statements.
 
                                      F-11
<PAGE>
                  SA TELECOMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                        ----------------------------------------
                                                                            1996          1995          1994
                                                                        ------------  ------------  ------------
<S>                                                                     <C>           <C>           <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
  Net loss............................................................  $ (4,054,515) $ (6,465,963) $ (2,446,986)
  Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used by operating
    activities:
    Extraordinary net gain on extinguishment of debts.................    (1,327,644)      --            --
    Loss from discontinued operations.................................       --            --            477,916
    Provision for discontinued operations.............................       --          4,530,742       150,000
    Depreciation and amortization.....................................     2,861,900     1,287,225       413,317
    Provision for losses on accounts receivable.......................     2,197,083       455,793       318,583
    Cash used for discontinued SATC business..........................       --           (263,320)     (441,864)
    Other.............................................................        17,946       (44,587)       15,280
    (Increase) decrease, net of effect of acquisitions:
      Accounts and notes receivable...................................      (925,570)     (862,288)     (150,480)
      Prepaid expenses and other......................................      (280,481)      394,822       (63,759)
      Other assets....................................................         9,162       320,990       (16,581)
    Increase (decrease), net of effect of acquisitions:
      Accounts payable and accrued expense............................     2,137,509      (577,900)     (544,907)
                                                                        ------------  ------------  ------------
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities...................       635,390    (1,224,486)   (2,289,481)
                                                                        ------------  ------------  ------------
Cash flows from investing activities:
  Additions to property and equipment.................................    (3,588,786)     (193,276)     (208,317)
  Purchase of First Choice, net of cash acquired......................    (2,244,110)      --            --
  Purchase of Addtel, net of cash acquired............................    (6,840,481)      --            --
  Acquisition obligation--Addtel......................................     9,500,000       --            --
  Purchase of USC, net of cash acquired...............................       --         (6,974,685)      --
  Purchase of LDN, net of cash acquired...............................       --            --         (1,330,397)
  Cash used for discontinued SATC business............................       --            (34,481)     (195,393)
  Sale of assets......................................................         2,557        60,622       --
  Other...............................................................        (1,708)      --             (9,451)
                                                                        ------------  ------------  ------------
Net cash used in investing activities.................................    (3,172,528)   (7,141,820)   (1,743,558)
                                                                        ------------  ------------  ------------
Cash flows from financing activities:
  Borrowings..........................................................    29,269,805     7,450,000       120,000
  Debt issuance cost..................................................    (2,174,799)      --            --
  Principal payments on obligations...................................    (9,671,270)   (1,971,510)      (39,642)
  Proceeds from private placements of Common Stock....................       --          2,073,104     1,885,348
  Purchase of treasury stock..........................................    (2,900,000)      --            --
  Proceeds from exercise of options...................................       187,630       307,019     1,200,372
  Proceeds from exercise of warrants..................................     1,362,500       --            --
  Proceeds from Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock...................       --          1,000,000       --
                                                                        ------------  ------------  ------------
Net cash provided by financing activities.............................    16,073,866     8,858,613     3,166,078
                                                                        ------------  ------------  ------------
Increase (decrease) in cash...........................................    13,536,728       492,307      (866,961)
Cash at beginning of year.............................................       823,738       331,431     1,198,392
                                                                        ------------  ------------  ------------
Cash at end of year...................................................  $ 14,360,466  $    823,738  $    331,431
                                                                        ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                                        ------------  ------------  ------------
</TABLE>
 
  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
                                  statements.
 
                                      F-12
<PAGE>
                  SA TELECOMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
1. DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS AND ORGANIZATION
 
    SA Telecommunications, Inc. (STEL or the Company) is a full-service,
regional interexchange carrier that provides intrastate, interstate and
international service, as well as a variety of operator and other services. In
1995, the Company changed its name to SA Telecommunications, Inc. from SA
Holdings, Inc. to better reflect the focus on its core telecommunications
business.
 
    The Company conducts its domestic telecommunication operations through U.S.
Communications, Inc. (USC) (acquired effective June 1, 1995--See Note 5), Long
Distance Network, Inc. (LDN) (acquired effective March 1, 1994--See Note 6) and
AddTel Communications, Inc. (Addtel) (acquired effective November 1, 1996--see
Note 3). USC, LDN and Addtel provide direct dial long distance services to small
and medium-sized commercial customers and, to a lesser extent, residential
customers. Additionally, operator services (telephone calling card, collect,
third party billing, and credit card calls requiring operator assistance) are
provided to hotels, motels, hospitals, universities, private pay telephone
owners, and residences. Domestic telecommunications revenue comprised
approximately 95%, 92% and 76% of consolidated revenues in 1996, 1995 and 1994,
respectively.
 
    The Company conducts its international call back telecommunications
operations mainly in Central and South America through North American
Telecommunications Corporation (NATC). NATC is a private telecommunications
carrier which provides various long distance telecommunications services to its
foreign customers, including interchange services, operator services,
international long distance, voice mail, conference calling, and facsimile
distribution. Foreign revenues comprised approximately 5%, 8% and 22% of total
consolidated revenues in 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively. NATC conducts
business under the product name of "GlobalCOM." The Company is discontinuing
this product line in 1997.
 
    Until September 1995, the Company participated in various joint ventures in
the Baltic States and Commonwealth of Independent States (formerly the Soviet
Union). At September 30, 1995, the Company terminated its participation in these
joint ventures to focus on its telecommunications business. These operations had
no significant impact on the consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 1995 or
the consolidated statements of operations for the two years ended December 31,
1995.
 
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
    PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION
 
    The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company
and its subsidiaries. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions
have been eliminated in consolidation. Certain prior period amounts have been
reclassified for comparative purposes.
 
    FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
 
    The fair market value of financial instruments is determined by reference to
various market data and other valuation techniques as appropriate. The Company
believes that the fair values of financial instruments approximate their
recorded values.
 
    BUSINESS AND CREDIT CONCENTRATIONS
 
    In the normal course of business, the Company extends unsecured credit to
its customers. All international call back telecommunications services are
billed and principally paid in U.S. dollars. Management has provided an
allowance for doubtful accounts to provide for amounts which may
 
                                      F-13
<PAGE>
                  SA TELECOMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
eventually become uncollectible and to provide for any disputed charges. Two
domestic telecommunications customers accounted for approximately 31% and 8%,
respectively, of total consolidated revenues in 1994. No customers individually
accounted for more than 10% of consolidated revenues in 1996 or 1995.
 
    CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
 
    Cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand and investments with
purchased original maturities of three months or less. The Company has
approximately $14 million of cash and cash equivalents in excess of FDIC insured
limits at December 31, 1996. The Company has not experienced any losses on its
cash and cash equivalents.
 
    INVENTORY
 
    Inventory is valued at the lower of cost or market with the cost determined
using the first-in, first-out method. Inventory consists of automatic dialers
for installation in customers' telephone equipment.
 
    PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
 
    Property and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation and amortization for
financial statement purposes is provided by the straight-line method over the
estimated useful lives of the depreciable assets. Maintenance and repairs are
expensed as incurred while replacements and betterments are capitalized.
 
    GOODWILL AND RELATED INTANGIBLES
 
    Goodwill and related intangibles reflect the acquired cost of goodwill,
customer lists, noncompete agreements, and related items. These intangibles are
amortized by the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives. It is
the Company's policy to review on an annual basis the net realizable value of
its intangible assets through an assessment of the estimated future cash flows
related to such assets. In the event that total assets (including property and
equipment) are found to be stated at amounts in excess of estimated future cash
flows, the assets are adjusted for impairment to a level commensurate with a
discounted cash flow analysis of the underlying assets.
 
    DEBT ISSUANCE COSTS
 
    The Company defers costs incurred directly in connection with the issuance
of debt obligations and charges such costs to interest expense on a straight
line basis over the terms of the respective debt agreements.
 
    REVENUE RECOGNITION
 
    The Company recognizes revenue as services are performed based on customer
usage, net of an estimate for uncollectible revenue. The Company sells its
services to its customers primarily on a measured time basis.
 
    ACCOUNTING FOR STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION
 
    In October 1995, Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123,
"Accounting for Stock-based Compensation" (SFAS 123), was issued. This statement
requires the fair value of stock options and other
 
                                      F-14
<PAGE>
                  SA TELECOMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
stock-based compensation issued to employees to either be included as
compensation expense in the income statement, or the pro forma effect on net
income and earnings per share of such compensation expense to be disclosed in
the footnotes to the Company's financial statements commencing with the
Company's 1996 fiscal year. The Company has adopted SFAS 123 on a disclosure
basis only.
 
    USE OF ESTIMATES
 
    The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires the Company to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent liabilities at the date of the financial statements and
reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual
results could differ from those estimates.
 
    LOSS PER SHARE
 
    Loss per share is computed by dividing the net loss by the weighted average
number of shares of common stock outstanding during the periods. The effect of
outstanding options and warrants on the computation of net loss per share is
antidilutive and, therefore, is not included in the computation for the years
ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994.
 
    FEDERAL INCOME TAXES
 
    Deferred income taxes are calculated utilizing an asset and liability
approach whereby deferred taxes are provided for tax effects of basis
differences for assets and liabilities arising from differing treatments for
financial and income tax reporting purposes. Valuation allowances against
deferred tax assets are provided where appropriate.
 
    STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
 
    Cash paid for interest for the years ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994
was $1,040,840, $374,249 and $21,896, respectively.
 
3. ACQUISITION OF ADDTEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
 
    Effective November 1, 1996, the Company acquired all of the outstanding
common stock of Addtel, a switchless reseller of long distance services located
in Glendale, California. The aggregate purchase price of $9.5 million (including
$2 million allocated to nonsolicitation agreements) was paid $8 million in cash
with the remaining $1.5 million held in escrow by the Company to offset certain
contractual adjustments or indemnity claims. The purchase price was funded in
January 1997 from the remaining proceeds of the Company's 10% Convertible Notes
issued in August 1996. Accordingly, the Company recorded an acquisition
obligation of $9,500,000 at December 31, 1996.
 
    The acquisition was accounted for as a purchase whereby the excess purchase
price over the net assets acquired has been recorded based upon the fair values
of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed. The initial purchase price
allocations are based on preliminary estimates and may change based on the
ultimate determination of fair value. As a result, the final purchase price
allocations may differ from the estimates. The Company's consolidated statements
of operations include the results of operations of Addtel since November 1,
1996.
 
                                      F-15
<PAGE>
                  SA TELECOMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
3. ACQUISITION OF ADDTEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC. (CONTINUED)
    A summary of the Addtel excess of cost for financial reporting purposes over
net assets acquired is as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           DECEMBER 31,
                                                                               1996          LIFE
                                                                           -------------      ---
<S>                                                                        <C>            <C>
Goodwill.................................................................  $   7,916,825          25
Nonsolicitation agreements...............................................      2,000,000           5
Customer acquisition costs...............................................        878,673          10
                                                                           -------------
                                                                              10,795,498
Accumulated amortization.................................................       (134,043)
                                                                           -------------
                                                                           $  10,661,455
                                                                           -------------
                                                                           -------------
</TABLE>
 
    The following unaudited pro forma combined results of operations for the
Company assume that the acquisition of Addtel was completed at the beginning of
1995. These pro forma amounts represent historical operating results of Addtel
combined with those of the Company with appropriate adjustments which give
effect to interest expense and amortization. These pro forma amounts are not
necessarily indicative of consolidated operating results which would have
occurred had Addtel been included in the operations of the Company during the
periods presented, or which may result in the future, because these amounts do
not reflect full transmission and switched service cost optimization, and the
synergistic effect on operations, selling, general and administrative expenses
nor do the amounts reflect any higher costs associated with unanticipated
integration or other organizational activities the Company may be forced to
undertake as a result of the acquisition.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     FOR THE YEARS ENDED
                                                                         DECEMBER 31,
                                                                 ----------------------------
                                                                     1996           1995
                                                                 -------------  -------------
<S>                                                              <C>            <C>
Revenues.......................................................  $  56,832,328  $  33,474,021
Net loss.......................................................     (6,210,115)    (8,258,267)
Net loss per share outstanding.................................          (0.41)         (0.71)
</TABLE>
 
4. ACQUISITION OF FIRST CHOICE LONG DISTANCE, INC.
 
    Effective September 1, 1996, the Company acquired substantially all of the
assets of First Choice Long Distance, Inc. (First Choice), a switch-based
reseller of long distance services located in Amarillo, Texas, for a total
consideration of $2,070,000 (including noncompete agreements). The assets
acquired included First Choice's customer base of approximately 4,500 customers
and two Siemens Stromberg-Carlson DCO Central Office type switches, which will
be integrated into the Company's existing network. The purchase price was funded
from proceeds of the Company's 10% Convertible Notes issued in August 1996.
 
    The acquisition was accounted for as a purchase whereby the excess purchase
price over the net assets acquired has been recorded based upon the fair market
values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed. The excess of cost over net
assets acquired of $741,757 and noncompete agreements of $720,000 are being
amortized on a straight-line basis over 25 and 2 years, respectively. This
allocation was based on preliminary estimates and may be revised at a later
date. The Company's consolidated statements of operations include the results of
operations of First Choice since September 1, 1996.
 
                                      F-16
<PAGE>
                  SA TELECOMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
4. ACQUISITION OF FIRST CHOICE LONG DISTANCE, INC. (CONTINUED)
    The following unaudited pro forma combined results of operations of the
Company assume that the acquisition of First Choice was completed at the
beginning of 1995. These pro forma amounts represent the historical operating
results of First Choice combined with those of the Company with appropriate
adjustments which give effect to interest expense and amortization expense.
These pro forma amounts are not necessarily indicative of consolidated operating
results which would have been included in the operations of the Company during
the periods presented, or which may result in the future, because these amounts
do not reflect full transmission and switched service cost optimization, and the
synergistic effect on operating, selling, general and administrative expenses
nor do the amounts reflect any higher costs associated with unanticipated
integration or other organizational activities the Company may be forced to
undertake as a result of the acquisition.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     FOR THE YEARS ENDED
                                                                         DECEMBER 31,
                                                                 ----------------------------
                                                                     1996           1995
                                                                 -------------  -------------
<S>                                                              <C>            <C>
Revenues.......................................................  $  37,836,495  $  23,293,156
Net loss.......................................................     (4,457,212)    (6,857,991)
Net loss per share outstanding.................................          (0.29)         (0.59)
</TABLE>
 
5. ACQUISITION OF U.S. COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
 
    Effective June 1, 1995, the Company acquired all of the outstanding common
stock of U.S. Communications, Inc. (USC), a switchless reseller of long distance
services located in Levelland, Texas. The stated purchase price of $12 million
for the USC common stock and the covenants not to compete were paid (i) $6.5
million in cash, (ii) $2.75 million in notes bearing 11% interest per annum,
(iii) $1.5 million in a separate group of notes also bearing 11% interest per
annum, (iv) 125,000 shares of Series B Preferred Stock of the Company, and (v)
common stock purchase warrants exercisable into 1,050,000 shares of stock at
$1.25 per common share. The Company recorded the Series B Preferred Stock and
common stock purchase warrants at their respective fair values as of the date of
issuance. (See Note 10 regarding the Company's 1996 acquisition of these
securities.)
 
    In order to fund the cash portion of the purchase price, the Company
borrowed an aggregate of $7.0 million from Norwest Bank Minnesota, N.A. and
privately placed 166,667 shares of its Series A Preferred Stock, along with a
common stock purchase warrant exercisable into 500,000 shares of stock at $1.125
per share, with Jesup & Lamont Capital Markets, Inc. for $1.5 million. The
Company recorded the Series A Preferred Stock and common stock purchase warrants
at their respective fair values as of the date of issuance.
 
    The acquisition was accounted for as a purchase whereby the excess purchase
price over the net assets acquired has been recorded based upon the fair values
of assets acquired and liabilities assumed. The Company's consolidated
statements of operations include the results of operations of USC since June 1,
1995.
 
                                      F-17
<PAGE>
                  SA TELECOMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
5. ACQUISITION OF U.S. COMMUNICATIONS, INC. (CONTINUED)
    A summary of the USC excess of cost for financial reporting purposes over
net assets acquired is as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           DECEMBER 31,   DECEMBER 31,
                                                               1996           1995          LIFE
                                                           -------------  -------------      ---
<S>                                                        <C>            <C>            <C>
Goodwill.................................................  $   9,399,153  $   9,325,892          25
Covenants not to compete.................................      2,400,000      2,400,000           5
Customer acquisition costs...............................      1,036,946      1,036,946          10
                                                           -------------  -------------
                                                              12,836,099     12,762,838
Accumulated amortization.................................     (1,519,464)      (558,104)
                                                           -------------  -------------
                                                           $  11,316,635  $  12,204,734
                                                           -------------  -------------
                                                           -------------  -------------
</TABLE>
 
    The following unaudited pro forma combined results of operations for the
Company assume that the acquisition of USC was completed at the beginning of
1994. These pro forma amounts represent the historical operating results of USC
combined with those of the Company with appropriate adjustments which give
effect to interest expense and amortization. These pro forma amounts are not
necessarily indicative of consolidated operating results which would have
occurred had USC been included in the operations of the Company during the
periods presented, or which may result in the future, because these amounts do
not reflect full transmission and switched service cost optimization, and the
synergistic effect on operating, selling, general and administrative expenses
nor do the amounts reflect any higher costs associated with unanticipated
integration or other organizational activities the Company may be forced to
undertake as a result of the acquisition.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     FOR THE YEARS ENDED
                                                                         DECEMBER 31,
                                                                 ----------------------------
                                                                     1996           1995
                                                                 -------------  -------------
<S>                                                              <C>            <C>
Revenues.......................................................  $  28,694,683  $  26,173,431
Net loss.......................................................     (7,083,441)    (3,864,545)
Net loss per share outstanding.................................          (0.61)         (0.42)
</TABLE>
 
6. ACQUISITION OF LONG DISTANCE NETWORK, INC.
 
    Effective March 1, 1994, the Company acquired all of the outstanding common
stock of Long Distance Network, Inc. (LDN), a switchless reseller of long
distance services located in Dallas, Texas. The acquisition was accomplished
through the payment of $1,354,660 in cash and the issuance of 1,302,086 shares
of unregistered, restricted Common Stock of the Company to the shareholders of
LDN. The Company utilized working capital and funds generated from private
placements of unregistered, restricted Common Stock to complete the cash portion
of the transaction. Of the total 1,302,086 shares of unregistered, restricted
Common Stock issued, 1,041,666 shares related to the acquisition of LDN stock
and 260,420 shares related to "Covenants Not to Compete."
 
    The acquisition was accounted for as a purchase whereby the excess purchase
price over the net assets acquired has been recorded based upon the fair values
of assets acquired and liabilities assumed. The fair value of the stock issued
in connection with the acquisition was estimated to be approximately $3,750,000,
which reflects a discount of approximately 25% from the market price of the
Company's publicly traded
 
                                      F-18
<PAGE>
                  SA TELECOMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
6. ACQUISITION OF LONG DISTANCE NETWORK, INC. (CONTINUED)
stock and, in management's view, is reasonable given its restricted nature. The
Company's consolidated statements of operations include the results of
operations of LDN since March 1, 1994.
 
    A summary of the LDN excess of cost for financial reporting purposes over
net assets acquired is as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     DECEMBER 31,   DECEMBER 31,
                                                         1996           1995          LIFE
                                                     -------------  -------------  ----------
<S>                                                  <C>            <C>            <C>
Goodwill...........................................  $   3,983,080  $   3,983,080    25 Years
Covenants not to compete...........................        750,000        750,000    10 Years
Customer acquisition costs.........................        442,563        442,563    10 Years
                                                     -------------  -------------
                                                         5,175,643      5,175,643
Accumulated amortization...........................       (789,307)      (510,729)
                                                     -------------  -------------
                                                     $   4,386,336  $   4,664,914
                                                     -------------  -------------
                                                     -------------  -------------
</TABLE>
 
    The following unaudited pro forma combined results of operations for the
Company assume that the acquisition of LDN was completed at the beginning of
1994. These pro forma amounts represent the historical operating results of LDN
combined with those of the Company with appropriate adjustments which give
effect to amortization and shares of Common Stock issued. These pro forma
amounts are not necessarily indicative of consolidated operating results which
would have occurred had LDN been included in the operations of the Company
during the periods presented, or which may result in the future, because these
amounts do not reflect full transmission and switched service cost optimization,
and the synergistic effect on operating, selling, general and administrative
expenses nor do the amounts reflect any higher costs associated with
unanticipated integration or other organizational activities the Company may be
forced to undertake as a result of the acquisition.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 FOR THE YEAR
                                                                                     ENDED
                                                                                 DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                     1994
                                                                                 -------------
<S>                                                                              <C>
Revenues.......................................................................  $  11,136,615
Net loss.......................................................................     (2,474,726)
Net loss per share outstanding.................................................          (0.26)
</TABLE>
 
7. DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS
 
    On December 28, 1994, the Company's board of directors approved a spinoff of
the Company's title plant services subsidiary, Strategic Abstract and Title
Corporation (SATC), in the form of a stock dividend to shareholders. During
1995, SATC filed a Form 10-SB registration statement with the Securities and
Exchange Commission to become a publicly traded company prior to the
distribution to shareholders. Subsequent to this filing, a decision was made to
cancel the spinoff and sell 100% of the stock of the subsidiary, due in large
part to the SATC president's death in September 1995. As a result, an additional
$475,000 reserve was established for SATC losses until the expected date of
disposal.
 
                                      F-19
<PAGE>
                  SA TELECOMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
7. DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS (CONTINUED)
 
    On February 29, 1996, SATC was sold to a key member of SATC management for a
$500,000 note, payable over ten years, bearing interest at 7% per annum. At
December 31, 1995, the Company recorded an impairment loss of $4,055,742,
including a reserve against the note, to reflect the net realizable value of
SATC. Included among the SATC total assets are other assets, primarily trade
credits with a book value of $362,000, of which the Company retained a minority
portion at a de minimus value.
 
    Revenues for SATC for the years ended December 31, 1995 and 1994 were
$354,892 and $142,212, respectively.
 
8. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
 
    Property and equipment consist of:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          DECEMBER 31,
                                                   ---------------------------
                                                       1996           1995          LIFE
                                                   -------------  ------------  -------------
<S>                                                <C>            <C>           <C>
Land.............................................  $      49,000  $     49,000
Buildings........................................        717,860       605,826    30-40 Years
Switching and other network equipment............      7,465,343     2,244,450      3-5 Years
Software.........................................        170,958        30,505        5 Years
Office equipment.................................      1,421,646       779,116        5 Years
Furniture and fixtures...........................        230,130       202,755      5-7 Years
                                                   -------------  ------------
                                                   $  10,054,937  $  3,911,652
                                                   -------------  ------------
                                                   -------------  ------------
</TABLE>
 
    Switching equipment totaling $1,001,241 and $500,701 was acquired under
capital leases in 1996 and 1995, respectively. The Company has the option to
purchase the switching equipment upon the expiration of the lease. Total
depreciation expense, including amortization of equipment under capital leases,
charged to operations for the years ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994 was
$1,139,242, $449,402 and $158,612, respectively.
 
9. SHORT-TERM NOTES PAYABLE
 
    Short-term notes payable consist of:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             DECEMBER 31,
                                                                        ----------------------
                                                                           1996        1995
                                                                        ----------  ----------
<S>                                                                     <C>         <C>
Note payable to Addtel investor group.................................  $  772,743  $   --
Convertible subordinated debentures with interest at 8% due in June
  1996................................................................      --         450,000
Other.................................................................       9,496      25,610
                                                                        ----------  ----------
                                                                        $  782,239  $  475,610
                                                                        ----------  ----------
                                                                        ----------  ----------
</TABLE>
 
    On February 9, 1996, the convertible, subordinated debentures were converted
into 267,856 shares of the Company's Common Stock.
 
                                      F-20
<PAGE>
                  SA TELECOMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
10. LONG-TERM OBLIGATIONS
 
    Long-term obligations consist of:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   DECEMBER 31,
                                                                           ----------------------------
                                                                               1996           1995
                                                                           -------------  -------------
<S>                                                                        <C>            <C>
Subordinated Convertible Notes due on August 15, 2006 with interest
  payable semi-annually at 10% per annum.................................  $  27,200,000  $    --
Senior note payable to a bank............................................       --            6,850,000
Subordinated notes payable to former USC shareholders due on October 1,
  1996 with interest payable quarterly at 11% per annum..................       --            1,650,000
Subordinated notes payable to former USC shareholders with $308,500 due
  on March 8, 1996, $441,500 due on April 15, 1996 and $750,000 due on
  July 31, 1996 plus interest at 11% per annum...........................       --            1,500,000
Notes payable to former USC shareholders due in monthly installments of
  $1,732 including interest at 8.5% with the balances due in 1997........          6,791         32,638
Note payable to a trust (collateralized by land and building) due in
  monthly installments of $1,586 including interest at 10% with the
  balance due in 2004....................................................         99,376        107,994
Note payable to a bank (collateralized by land, building and equipment)
  due in monthly installments of $8,338 including interest at 9.75% with
  the balance due in 1998................................................         94,822        181,232
Note payable to a finance company (unsecured) due in monthly installments
  of $752, including interest at 7.5% with the balance due in 2000.......         26,237         33,019
Note payable to a bank (collateralized by vehicles) due in monthly
  installments of $1,438 including interest at 8.5% with the balance due
  in 2001................................................................         68,009       --
Note payable to a bank (collateralized by equipment) due in monthly
  installments of $2,170 including interest at 9.75% with the balance due
  in 1996................................................................       --               15,904
Note payable to an individual due in monthly installments of $5,254
  including interest at 8% with the balance due in 1997..................         10,403       --
Capital lease obligations................................................      1,543,124        823,099
                                                                           -------------  -------------
                                                                              29,048,762     11,193,886
Less current maturities:
  Long-term debt.........................................................       (133,392)    (3,632,035)
  Capital lease obligations..............................................       (437,467)      (163,181)
                                                                           -------------  -------------
Long-term portion........................................................  $  28,477,903  $   7,398,670
                                                                           -------------  -------------
                                                                           -------------  -------------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-21
<PAGE>
                  SA TELECOMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
10. LONG-TERM OBLIGATIONS (CONTINUED)
    On August 12, 1996, the Company consummated a private placement of
$27,200,000 of its 10% Convertible Notes due 2006 (the Notes). The Notes are
currently convertible into the Company's Common Stock at a conversion price of
$2.55 per share, subject to adjustment under certain circumstances. The net
proceeds from the sale of the Notes were approximately $25.4 million after
giving effect to the transaction related fees and expenses. The Company used
approximately $12.0 million of the net proceeds from the private placement to
repay certain indebtedness, and to repurchase or redeem certain shares of the
Company's Common Stock and outstanding debentures. The Company utilized the
balance of the proceeds (approximately $13.4 million) primarily to effect
acquisitions and strategic alliances, to make capital expenditures, and for
general corporate purposes.
 
    On March 25, 1997, the Company completed a private placement of a $3,800,000
10% Convertible Debenture due 2006 (the Debenture) on terms effectively
identical to the terms of the Notes.
 
   
    Interest on the Notes and Debenture is payable semi-annually on February 15
and August 15 of each year commencing February 15, 1997 at the rate of 10% per
annum. The Notes and Debenture are redeemable at the option of the Company in
whole or in part at any time on or after August 15, 1999 at annual redemption
price starting at 107% of principal, plus accrued interest to the redemption
date. Upon a Fundamental Change (as defined), each holder of the Notes and
Debenture will have the right to require the Company to repurchase all or a
portion of such holder's Notes and Debenture at a price equal to 100% of the
principal amount thereof, plus accrued interest to the date of purchase. Each
holder of the Notes and Debenture will have the right to require the Company to
repurchase all or a portion of such holder's Notes and Debenture at a price
equal to 100% of their principal amount, plus accrued interest to the date of
such repurchase, if any, in the event that all three of the following events
occur: (i) the Company or any of its subsidiaries incurs certain indebtedness,
(ii) the Pro Forma Interest Coverage (as defined) is less than 2.0 to 1, and
(iii) the average closing sale price of the Common Stock is less than $2.00 for
the twenty trading days prior to the incurrence of such indebtedness. The Notes
and Debenture do not have the benefit of any sinking fund obligations. The Notes
and Debenture are senior unsecured obligations of the Company, and rank pari
passu in right of payment with all existing and future senior obligations of the
Company and senior in right of payment to any future subordinated obligations of
the Company. The Notes and Debenture are effectively subordinated in right of
payment to all existing and future liabilities, including trade payables, of the
Company's subsidiaries.
    
 
    Since January 10, 1997, the average closing price of the Company's Common
Stock had been less than $2.00 for the prior twenty trading days and the
Company's Pro Forma Interest Coverage was less than 2.0 to 1. Therefore, if the
Company incurs additional indebtedness (other than as permitted under the Note
and Debenture Indenture) then the holder of the Notes and Debenture would have
the right to require the Company to repurchase the Notes and Debenture.
 
    On January 9, 1997, the Company completed a line of credit arrangement with
Greyrock Business Credit (Greyrock), a division of NationsCredit Commercial
Corporation. The line of credit has maximum availability of $10 million, with
borrowings based on 80% of eligible accounts receivable and inventory, other
than receivables arising from telecommunications services rendered to customers
which are billed to the customers by a regional Bell operating company, a Bell
operating company, a local exchange company, a credit card company, or a
provider of local telephone services. The borrowings are secured by all of the
assets of the Company and its subsidiaries and the stock of the Company's
subsidiaries. The line of credit matures December 31, 1997 and automatically
renews for successive additional one year terms unless
 
                                      F-22
<PAGE>
                  SA TELECOMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
10. LONG-TERM OBLIGATIONS (CONTINUED)
either party elects to terminate by giving written notice to the other not less
than 60 days prior to the next maturity date.
 
    Borrowings under the line of credit bear interest at a floating rate of 2.5%
above the reference rate of Bank of America NT & SA, provided that the interest
rate is not less than 9% per annum. Interest is payable monthly and to the
extent that accrued interest does not equal $10,000 per month, the Company is
required to pay an unused line of credit fee of such difference. The Company
initially borrowed $1.6 million principal amount on January 9, 1997 under this
facility.
 
    The agreements regarding the line of credit contain covenants which, among
other matters, limit the ability of the Company and its subsidiaries to take the
following actions without the consent of Greyrock: (1) merge, consolidate and
acquire or sell assets, (2) incur indebtedness outside the ordinary course of
business which would have a material adverse effect on the Company and its
subsidiaries taken as a whole or on the prospect of repayment of the obligations
under the line of credit, (3) pay dividends other than stock dividends and
certain dividends with respect to the Company's Series A Cumulative Convertible
Preferred Stock, and (4) redeem, purchase or acquire its capital stock.
 
    In September 1996, the Company redeemed its $2,000,000 principal amount of
convertible debentures which had been issued in March, April and June of 1996.
An $821,547 extraordinary loss on extinguishment of debt was recorded on this
redemption. This loss was comprised of $406,813 in unamortized debt issuance
costs attributable to the debentures and 182,706 shares of Common Stock (fair
market value of $414,734) issued to the debenture holders as consideration for
an "in the money" convertible feature of the debentures.
 
    On March 8, 1996, the Company entered into an agreement with the former USC
shareholders to purchase debt and equity securities of the Company issued to the
USC shareholders in connection with the acquisition of USC for a $3,085,000
purchase price. The securities purchased by the Company consisted of promissory
notes of the Company in an aggregate principal amount of $3,150,000, 125,000
shares of the Company's Series B Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock and
warrants exercisable into 1,050,000 shares of the Company's Common Stock. The
purchase was effected through a two-step integrated transaction whereby the
Company (i) acquired the USC securities for an aggregate of $308,500 in cash and
843,023 shares of the Company's Common Stock (fair market value of $2,320,000)
on June 21, 1996 and (ii) repurchased the Common Stock on August 14, 1996 for
$2,900,000 using proceeds of the Company's 10% Convertible Notes issued in
August 1996. Pursuant to this transaction, the Company recognized an
extraordinary gain on the extinguishment of the USC debt of $2,149,191.
 
11. CAPITAL STOCK
 
    At December 31, 1996, the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the
Company voted an aggregate 4,257,309 shares of Common Stock (21.9% of voting
control) pursuant to various voting trust agreements. The agreements were
established in conjunction with the LDN acquisition, private placements and
other operating activities of the Company where terms of the transactions
included securities of the Company.
 
    Each share of Series A Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock entitles its
holder to receive an annual dividend of $.72 per share, payable at the option of
the Company in either cash or shares of Series A Preferred Stock; to convert it
into eight shares of Common Stock as adjusted in the event of future dilution
from stock dividends and recapitalizations; and to receive up to $9.00 per share
plus accrued and unpaid dividends in the event of involuntary or voluntary
liquidation. Subject to certain
 
                                      F-23
<PAGE>
                  SA TELECOMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
11. CAPITAL STOCK (CONTINUED)
conditions in loan agreements, the Series A Preferred Stock may be redeemed at
the option of the Company on or after July 31, 1997, but must be mandatorily
redeemed no later than July 31, 2000, at a price of $9.00 per share plus accrued
and unpaid dividends. Due to the mandatory redemption requirements, the Series A
Preferred Stock was recorded at its fair value at the date of issuance, with
increases to its carrying value via periodic accretions up to the mandatory
redemption date.
 
    In September 1995, the Company sold 1,100,000 shares of unregistered,
restricted Common Stock in a private placement transaction for $1,374,890. In
conjunction with this transaction, the purchasers received common stock purchase
warrants exercisable into an aggregate of 1,100,000 shares of stock at $1.25 per
share.
 
12. STOCK OPTIONS
 
    The Company has several stock option plans (the Plans) under which options
to acquire up to 8,000,000 shares may be granted to directors, officers and
employees of the Company. The options are nontransferable and forfeitable if the
holder resigns or leaves the Company for any reason. Options under the Plans
vest and may be exercised after six months from the dates of grant, but the
shares acquired upon exercise may only be sold after periods of from eighteen to
thirty months from the vesting date. Unexercised options generally expire five
years from the dates of grant. An aggregate of 5,398,750 options had been
granted under the Plans as of December 31, 1996.
 
    The exercise price of options granted under the Plans is no less than the
market value of the stock on the dates the options are granted. Accordingly, no
compensation expense is recognized by the Company with respect to such grants.
 
    Pro forma information regarding net income (loss) and earnings (loss) per
share is required by SFAS No. 123, and has been determined as if the Company had
accounted for its director, officer and employee stock options under the fair
value method of that statement. The fair value of each option grant is estimated
on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the
following weighted-average assumptions used for grants in 1996 and 1995,
respectively: no dividend yield; expected volatility of 63.2% and 66.9%; risk
free interest rates of 6.1% and 7.0%; and expected lives of 5 years and 7.5
years.
 
    For purposes of pro forma disclosures, the estimated fair value of the
options is amortized to expense over the options' vesting period. The Company's
pro forma information follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          1996                          1995
                                              ----------------------------  ----------------------------
                                               AS REPORTED     PRO FORMA     AS REPORTED     PRO FORMA
                                              -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
<S>                                           <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>
Net loss....................................  $  (4,054,515) $  (5,209,618) $  (6,465,963) $  (7,768,359)
Net loss per common share...................          (0.27)         (0.34)         (0.56)         (0.67)
</TABLE>
 
    The effects of applying SFAS No. 123 in this pro forma disclosure are not
indicative of future amounts as SFAS No. 123 does not apply to awards prior to
1995 and additional awards are anticipated in future years.
 
                                      F-24
<PAGE>
                  SA TELECOMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
12. STOCK OPTIONS (CONTINUED)
    A summary of options granted and outstanding under the Plans is summarized
below:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         1996                     1995                      1994
                                -----------------------  -----------------------  ------------------------
                                             WEIGHTED-                WEIGHTED-                 WEIGHTED-
                                              AVERAGE                  AVERAGE                   AVERAGE
                                             EXERCISE                 EXERCISE                  EXERCISE
                                  SHARES       PRICE       SHARES       PRICE       SHARES        PRICE
                                ----------  -----------  ----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
<S>                             <C>         <C>          <C>         <C>          <C>          <C>
Outstanding at beginning of
  year........................   2,123,470   $    1.60    2,114,800   $    1.15     2,342,311   $     .70
Granted.......................     827,000        2.20      994,250        1.76     1,089,500        2.64
Exercised.....................    (523,803)       1.21     (914,861)        .69    (1,057,075)       1.46
Forfeited.....................    (198,617)       2.14      (70,719)       1.99      (259,936)       2.13
                                ----------       -----   ----------       -----   -----------       -----
Outstanding at end of year....   2,228,050        1.86    2,123,470        1.60     2,114,800        1.15
Exercisable at end of year....   2,173,050        1.87    2,123,470        1.60     1,701,800         .79
Weighted-average fair value of
  options granted during the
  year........................  $     1.29               $     1.15
</TABLE>
 
    The following table summarizes information about options outstanding under
the Plans at December 31, 1996:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                          OPTIONS OUTSTANDING
               -----------------------------------------    OPTIONS EXERCISABLE
                               WEIGHTED-                  -----------------------
                                AVERAGE       WEIGHTED-                WEIGHTED-
                               REMAINING       AVERAGE                  AVERAGE
  RANGE OF       SHARES       CONTRACTUAL     EXERCISE      SHARES     EXERCISE
   PRICES      OUTSTANDING       LIFE           PRICE     EXERCISABLE    PRICE
- -------------  -----------  ---------------  -----------  ----------  -----------
<S>            <C>          <C>              <C>          <C>         <C>
  $ .43-$ .80     418,000            1.2      $     .70      418,000   $     .70
   1.56- 2.63   1,642,550            3.1           1.99    1,587,550        2.01
   3.47- 3.50     167,500            3.9           3.50      167,500        3.50
</TABLE>
 
    As further discussed in Note 15, on March 24, 1995 the Company granted
additional options outside of the Plans to the Chairman of the Board and Chief
Executive Officer to acquire up to 1,000,000 shares of unregistered, restricted
Common Stock. These options had a fair value of $0.54 per share on the grant
date and were unexercised at December 31, 1996.
 
                                      F-25
<PAGE>
                  SA TELECOMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
13. FEDERAL INCOME TAXES
 
    The components of the net deferred tax asset were as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           DECEMBER 31,
                                                                    --------------------------
                                                                        1996          1995
                                                                    ------------  ------------
<S>                                                                 <C>           <C>
Deferred tax assets:
  Allowance for doubtful accounts.................................  $    986,990  $    126,210
  Other reserves..................................................       140,233       123,931
  Amortization on excess of cost over net assets acquired.........       276,626       100,541
  Net operating loss carryforwards................................     3,498,119     3,047,698
                                                                    ------------  ------------
    Gross deferred tax asset......................................     4,901,968     3,398,380
Deferred tax liabilities:
  Depreciation on other assets....................................       723,214        40,235
  Other deferred costs............................................       --              9,958
                                                                    ------------  ------------
    Gross deferred tax liabilities................................       723,214        50,193
                                                                    ------------  ------------
                                                                       4,178,754     3,348,187
Valuation allowance...............................................    (4,178,754)   (3,348,187)
                                                                    ------------  ------------
Net deferred tax asset............................................  $    --       $    --
                                                                    ------------  ------------
                                                                    ------------  ------------
</TABLE>
 
    The following is a reconciliation of the provision for income taxes at the
U.S. federal income tax rate to the income taxes reflected in the consolidated
statements of operations:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                       ---------------------------------------
                                                           1996          1995         1994
                                                       -------------  -----------  -----------
<S>                                                    <C>            <C>          <C>
Income tax benefit at federal statutory rate.........  $  (1,285,221) $  (657,975) $  (618,484)
Net operating losses not benefited...................        867,509      657,975      611,117
Other................................................        417,712      --             7,367
                                                       -------------  -----------  -----------
Income tax benefit provided..........................  $    --        $   --       $   --
                                                       -------------  -----------  -----------
                                                       -------------  -----------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
    At December 31, 1996, the Company had net operating loss carryforwards
aggregating approximately $10,288,000 which expire in various years between 2003
and 2011. Certain changes in the Company's ownership have occurred over the
prior 3 years as defined by Internal Revenue Code Section 382, which would
result in an annual limitation on the amount of tax carryforwards which can be
utilized. A fully reserved deferred tax asset of approximately $350,000 was
acquired in connection with the Addtel purchase. This benefit when realized will
be a reduction to goodwill.
 
14. NONRECURRING CHARGES
 
    The Company incurred an $806,436 nonrecurring charge in the fourth quarter
of 1996 related to the Company's reconfiguration of a portion of its network
including (i) the deployment of two additional switches to enhance the
efficiency of the network, (ii) the addition of a number of new circuits
throughout the Company's service area, and (iii) the planned expansion of the
network to the west coast. As a result of this combination of factors, the
Company was required to take its network down for a period of time and incur
nonrecurring incremental expenses to carry traffic outside its network.
 
                                      F-26
<PAGE>
                  SA TELECOMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
14. NONRECURRING CHARGES (CONTINUED)
    The Company incurred an aggregate of $2,015,506 in nonrecurring
restructuring and integration charges in 1996 comprised of (i) $227,201 in
payroll and related costs eliminated in a restructuring of the Company's sales
organization, (ii) $543,794 in principally payroll and related costs to be
eliminated on full integration of the First Choice and Addtel acquisitions, and
(iii) $1,244,511 in principally payroll and related costs and reserves for
uncollectible accounts receivable to be eliminated on the discontinuance of the
Company's international call back product line. 1996 revenues and cost of
revenue attributable to the Company's discontinuing international call back
product line were $1,937,807 and $1,478,797, respectively. While such amounts
are also nonrecurring, they have not been separately identified as nonrecurring
in the statement of operations.
 
    The Company incurred $143,399 in nonrecurring costs in 1995 related to its
discontinued Russian ventures.
 
15. EMPLOYMENT CONTRACTS
 
    Effective March 24, 1995, the Company entered into a new Employment
Agreement with the Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Jack
W. Matz, Jr. In connection with this agreement, the parties agreed to terminate
Mr. Matz's previous Employment Agreement dated November 1, 1992. The Employment
Agreement with Mr. Matz, which was later amended, currently expires on March 23,
2001, provides for an annual salary of $275,000 and contains a bonus schedule
ranging from 1% to 8% of audited consolidated net income on an annual basis. In
addition to the salary and cash bonuses, Mr. Matz can earn an aggregate of
60,000 shares of unregistered, restricted Common Stock for meeting certain
earnings per share goals. As a condition for Mr. Matz's agreement to release any
and all claims under his previous Employment Agreement, Mr. Matz was granted an
option to acquire up to 1,000,000 shares of unregistered, restricted Common
Stock at an exercise price of $1.25 per share, the fair market value of the
underlying stock on the settlement date. This stock option vested as to 200,000
shares on the date of grant, March 24, 1995, 160,000 on March 24, 1996 and vests
as to an additional 160,000 shares on each of the four anniversaries thereafter.
Mr. Matz's stock option is exercisable for up to five years after full vesting.
However, if Mr. Matz is terminated by the Company without cause, such stock
option will become immediately exercisable, and will remain exercisable for two
years thereafter, with respect to a number of shares equal to 500,000 plus all
vested but unexercised options then outstanding, but in no event in excess of
1,000,000 shares.
 
                                      F-27
<PAGE>
                  SA TELECOMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
16. LEASES
 
    The Company leases certain office facilities and equipment under capital
leases and noncancellable operating leases expiring through 2001. Minimum annual
rentals under these leases are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEARS ENDING                                                          CAPITAL      OPERATING
DECEMBER 31,                                                           LEASES        LEASES
- ------------------------------------------------------------------  ------------  ------------
<S>                                                                 <C>           <C>
1997..............................................................  $    581,464  $    511,949
1998..............................................................       581,464       350,264
1999..............................................................       395,432       267,415
2000..............................................................       308,077       228,519
2001..............................................................       --            192,776
                                                                    ------------  ------------
Total minimum lease payments......................................     1,866,437  $  1,550,923
                                                                                  ------------
                                                                                  ------------
Amounts representing interest.....................................      (323,313)
                                                                    ------------
Present value of net minimum lease payments.......................  $  1,543,124
                                                                    ------------
                                                                    ------------
</TABLE>
 
    The total rent expense incurred during the years ended December 31, 1996,
1995 and 1994 was $425,665, $319,758 and $165,429, respectively.
 
17. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
 
    During 1993, five members of the board of directors individually made loans
to the Company in amounts ranging from $25,000 to $72,000. All loans were repaid
during the year ended December 31, 1993, including accrued interest at 12% per
annum. As an inducement for making the loans, each director was granted an
option at $.75 per share (fair market value of the underlying stock at date of
grant) and a warrant at $.94 per share to purchase one share of the Company's
unregistered, restricted Common Stock, for each $.75 of principal loaned to the
Company, representing an aggregate of 552,030 shares. The options expire on
April 1, 1998 and the warrants expire on April 1, 2003. No options or warrants
were exercised during 1996, 1995 or 1994.
 
    In 1995, six members of the board of directors made loans to the Company
aggregating $293,610 with interest at 12% per annum. All loans were repaid
during the year with the exception of $25,610 outstanding at December 31, 1995.
In connection with such loans, four directors accepted options to purchase
54,287 shares of the Company's unregistered, restricted Common Stock, all
exercisable between June 17, 1995 and December 17, 1995 at $1.75 per share. All
of such options expired unexercised.
 
    A $195,904 note receivable due from an officer and director bearing interest
at 10% is reflected on the consolidated balance sheet in other notes receivable
at December 31, 1995. Effective April 11, 1996, the Company entered into a
settlement agreement with this officer under which (i) the officer's employment
was terminated, (ii) the officer entered a covenant not to compete with the
Company for three years, and (iii) the officer agreed to provide ongoing
consulting services to the Company through March 31, 1999. In consideration for
the agreement, the Company issued to the officer 142,534 shares of unregistered,
restricted Common Stock (fair market value of $249,120) and released the officer
from his obligations to the Company under the note receivable in a principal sum
of $195,904, plus accrued but unpaid interest of $39,179. The Company
capitalized the consideration given for the agreement and charges the amount to
operating expenses on a straight line basis over the term of the agreement. The
unamortized balance of $394,888 related to the agreement is included in other
noncurrent assets at December 31, 1996.
 
                                      F-28
<PAGE>
                  SA TELECOMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
18. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
 
    The Company is involved in various claims and legal actions arising in the
ordinary course of business. Management believes it is unlikely that the final
outcome of any of the claims or proceedings to which the Company is a party
would have a materially adverse effect on the Company's financial position or
results of operations.
 
19. BENEFIT PLAN
 
    The Company adopted a 401K Retirement Plan (the 401K Plan) effective January
1, 1996. Employees may elect to reduce their compensation and contribute to the
401K Plan provided they have completed 6 months of employment eligibility,
reached the age of twenty and completed at least 1,000 hours of service during
any 12 consecutive month period following their first day of work. Each employee
may defer up to 15% of their salary not to exceed the limit allowable by law in
any one year. Vesting is 20% per year of service and the employee is credited
with a year of service if they have completed at least 1,000 hours of service.
The Company may, at its option, make discretionary matching contributions to the
401K Plan. An employee must meet all the service requirements of participation
and be active on December 31 to be eligible for any Company matching
contributions. The Company made a 50% matching contribution of $30,599 for the
1996 plan year. Distributions from the Plan are not permitted before the age of
65 except in
the event of death, disability, or termination of employment.
 
20. QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION (UNAUDITED)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     FOR THE QUARTERS ENDED
                                   ----------------------------------------------------------
                                            MARCH 31,                      JUNE 30,
                                   ----------------------------  ----------------------------
                                       1996           1995           1996           1995
                                   -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
<S>                                <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>
Revenues.........................  $   7,027,391  $   2,309,227  $   7,210,554  $   4,004,348
Income (loss) from continuing
  operations.....................       (432,130)      (241,562)        87,384       (545,418)
Loss from discontinued
  operations.....................       --             --             --             (250,000)
Net income (loss)................       (432,130)      (241,562)     2,236,575       (795,418)
Income (loss) per share..........          (0.03)         (0.02)          0.12          (0.07)
 
<CAPTION>
 
                                                     FOR THE QUARTERS ENDED
                                   ----------------------------------------------------------
                                          SEPTEMBER 30,                  DECEMBER 31,
                                   ----------------------------  ----------------------------
                                       1996           1995           1996           1995
                                   -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
<S>                                <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>
Revenues.........................  $   7,961,784  $   7,459,367  $  13,468,773  $   6,975,079
Loss from continuing
  operations.....................       (835,405)      (950,965)    (4,202,008)      (197,275)
Loss from discontinued
  operations.....................       --             (225,000)      --           (4,055,742)
Net loss.........................     (1,167,218)    (1,175,965)    (4,691,742)    (4,253,017)
Loss per share...................          (0.07)         (0.10)         (0.30)         (0.36)
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-29
<PAGE>
                       REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
 
Board of Directors
U. S. Communications, Inc.
 
    We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of U.S. Communications,
Inc., DBA: NTS Communications Western Division, as of December 31, 1994 and 1993
and the related statements of operations, changes in retained earnings and cash
flows for the years then ended. These financial statements are the
responsibility of U.S. Communications, Inc., DBA: NTS Communications Western
Division. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial
statements based on our audit.
 
    We conducted our audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
    As described in Note 14 to these financial statements, the Company changed
its method of accounting for income taxes in 1993 as required by the provisions
of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 109.
 
    In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of U. S. Communications, Inc.,
DBA: NTS Communications Western Division as of December 31, 1994 and 1993, and
the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
 
Respectfully submitted,
 
/s/  DUFF AND ANDERSON, P.C.
 
Duff and Anderson, P.C.
Certified Public Accountants
Levelland, TX 79336
 
April 21, 1995
 
                                      F-39
<PAGE>
                           U.S. COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
 
                    DBA: NTS COMMUNICATIONS WESTERN DIVISION
 
                                 BALANCE SHEETS
 
                           DECEMBER 31, 1994 AND 1993
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                       1994          1993
                                                                                                   ------------  ------------
<S>                                                                                                <C>           <C>
                                                           ASSETS
Current Assets:
  Cash...........................................................................................  $  48,554.55  $ 392,143.52
  Certificates of Deposit (Note 7)...............................................................      1,185.72      1,160.89
  Accounts Receivable--Trade, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $132,700.00 and
    $177,100.00, respectively....................................................................  2,273,923.58  1,663,506.23
  Accounts Receivable--Employees.................................................................      6,228.20        440.00
  Inventories....................................................................................    116,626.27     72,171.89
  Prepaid Expenses and Other.....................................................................     53,853.05     46,263.40
  Prepaid Income Taxes...........................................................................    128,150.00           .00
                                                                                                   ------------  ------------
    Total Current Assets.........................................................................  2,628,521.37  2,175,685.93
                                                                                                   ------------  ------------
                                                                                                   ------------  ------------
Property, Plant and Equipment: (Note 2)
  Land...........................................................................................     22,000.00     15,000.00
  Buildings......................................................................................    463,219.60    400,592.65
  Furniture and Equipment........................................................................  2,542,489.30  2,264,454.28
  Automobiles....................................................................................    229,110.06    308,697.20
                                                                                                   ------------  ------------
    Total Property, Plant and Equipment..........................................................  3,256,818.96  2,988,744.13
  Less: Accumulated Depreciation.................................................................  2,103,010.48  1,733,404.57
                                                                                                   ------------  ------------
    Net Property, Plant and Equipment............................................................  1,153,808.48  1,255,339.56
                                                                                                   ------------  ------------
Other Non-Current Asset:
  Cash Surrender Value of Life Insurance Policies (Note 9).......................................     18,448.39     16,639.58
                                                                                                   ------------  ------------
  TOTAL ASSETS...................................................................................  $3,800,778.24 $3,447,665.07
                                                                                                   ------------  ------------
                                                                                                   ------------  ------------
                                                         LIABILITIES
Current Liabilities:
  Accounts Payable...............................................................................  $1,008,025.72 $ 762,727.72
  Accrued Telecommunications Expense.............................................................    748,379.84    677,215.50
  Accrued Payroll and Related Expense (Note 6)...................................................    177,487.55    153,047.27
  Notes Payable (Note 3).........................................................................     69,395.34    331,823.66
  Notes Payable, Current Maturities of Long-Term Obligations (Note 3)............................    227,646.17    140,966.46
  State Sales Tax Payable........................................................................     64,465.44    156,419.11
  Federal Excise Tax Payable.....................................................................    119,276.60    100,110.78
  Income Tax Payable: Current....................................................................    245,000.00    136,416.00
                                                                                                   ------------  ------------
    Total Current Liabilities....................................................................  2,659,676.66  2,458,726.50
                                                                                                   ------------  ------------
Long-Term Liabilities:
  Deferred Income Tax Payable (Note 14)..........................................................     43,026.00     56,910.00
  Notes Payable, Less Current Maturities (Notes 3 & 4)...........................................    386,168.67    683,961.87
  Capital Lease Payable, Less Current Maturities (Note 12).......................................     39,149.05           .00
                                                                                                   ------------  ------------
    Total Long-Term Liabilities..................................................................    468,343.72    740,871.87
                                                                                                   ------------  ------------
      Total Liabilities..........................................................................  3,128,020.38  3,199,598.37
                                                                                                   ------------  ------------
                                                    STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Contributed Capital:
  Common Stock, authorized 100,000 shares of $10 par value, 9,750 shares issued..................     97,500.00     97,500.00
                                                                                                   ------------  ------------
Retained Earnings................................................................................    590,257.86    165,566.70
                                                                                                   ------------  ------------
  Less: Treasury Common Stock, at cost 1,500 shares..............................................    (15,000.00)   (15,000.00)
                                                                                                   ------------  ------------
    Total Stockholders' Equity...................................................................    672,757.86    248,066.70
                                                                                                   ------------  ------------
      TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY.................................................  $3,800,778.24 $3,447,665.07
                                                                                                   ------------  ------------
                                                                                                   ------------  ------------
</TABLE>
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                      F-40
<PAGE>
                           U.S. COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
 
                    DBA: NTS COMMUNICATIONS WESTERN DIVISION
 
                            STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
 
                   FOR YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994 AND 1993
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     1994              1993
                                                                               ----------------  ----------------
<S>                                                                            <C>               <C>
Telecommunications Revenues..................................................  $  16,418,088.39  $  13,994,691.90
Cost of Revenues.............................................................      9,145,840.34      8,306,222.95
                                                                               ----------------  ----------------
Gross Profit.................................................................      7,272,248.05      5,688,468.95
                                                                               ----------------  ----------------
Operating Expenses:
  General and Administrative.................................................      6,184,013.36      5,032,065.15
  Depreciation...............................................................        429,432.27        469,182.67
                                                                               ----------------  ----------------
    Total Operating Expenses.................................................      6,613,445.63      5,501,247.82
                                                                               ----------------  ----------------
Income From Operations.......................................................        658,802.42        187,221.13
                                                                               ----------------  ----------------
Other Income (Expense):
  Interest Expense...........................................................       (100,454.25)      (160,300.22)
  Interest Income............................................................         99,207.40        148,302.32
  Gain (Loss) on Disposal of Fixed Assets....................................         (7,135.52)        56,065.61
  Miscellaneous..............................................................          5,271.11             60.00
                                                                               ----------------  ----------------
    Total Other Income (Expense).............................................         (3,111.26)        44,127.71
                                                                               ----------------  ----------------
Income Before Taxes..........................................................        655,691.16        231,348.84
Provision for Income Taxes (Note 14).........................................       (231,000.00)       (92,000.00)
                                                                               ----------------  ----------------
Income Before Cumulative Effect of Change in Accounting Principle............        424,691.16        139,348.84
Cumulative Effect of Accounting Change.......................................               .00       (103,000.00)
                                                                               ----------------  ----------------
    NET INCOME...............................................................  $     424,691.16  $      36,348.84
                                                                               ----------------  ----------------
                                                                               ----------------  ----------------
Earnings Per Common Share:
  Income Before Cumulative Effect of Accounting Change.......................  $          51.48  $          16.89
  Cumulative Effect of Change in Accounting Principle........................               .00            (12.48)
                                                                               ----------------  ----------------
  Net Income.................................................................  $          51.48  $           4.41
                                                                               ----------------  ----------------
                                                                               ----------------  ----------------
  Weighted Average Number of Common Shares Outstanding.......................             8,250             8,250
                                                                               ----------------  ----------------
                                                                               ----------------  ----------------
</TABLE>
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                      F-41
<PAGE>
                           U.S. COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
 
                    DBA: NTS COMMUNICATIONS WESTERN DIVISION
 
                   STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN RETAINED EARNINGS
 
                   FOR YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994 AND 1993
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                         1994           1993
                                                                                     -------------  -------------
<S>                                                                                  <C>            <C>
Retained Earnings at Beginning of Year.............................................  $  165,566.70  $  129,217.86
Net Income.........................................................................     424,691.16      36,348.84
                                                                                     -------------  -------------
Retained Earnings at End of Year...................................................  $  590,257.86  $  165,566.70
                                                                                     -------------  -------------
                                                                                     -------------  -------------
</TABLE>
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                      F-42
<PAGE>
                           U.S. COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
 
                    DBA: NTS COMMUNICATIONS WESTERN DIVISION
 
                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
                 FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994 AND 1993
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                         1994            1993
                                                                                    --------------  --------------
<S>                                                                                 <C>             <C>
Cash Flow from Operating Activities:
  Net Income......................................................................  $   424,691.16  $    36,348.84
  Adjustments to Reconcile Net Income to Net Cash:
    (Increase) Decrease in Accounts Receivable....................................     (616,205.55)    (157,786.63)
    (Increase) Decrease in Inventories............................................      (44,454.38)     (10,247.33)
    (Increase) Decrease in Notes Receivable.......................................       13,390.55      213,999.11
    Depreciation..................................................................      429,432.27      469,182.67
    (Increase) Decrease in Prepaid Expenses.......................................     (149,130.20)      25,538.72
    Increase (Decrease) in Accounts Payable.......................................      289,510.57      (56,103.42)
    Increase (Decrease) in Accrued Telecommunication Expense......................       71,164.34      239,998.05
    Increase (Decrease) in Taxes Payable..........................................        2,139.86      125,089.14
    (Gain) Loss on Disposition of Assets..........................................        7,135.52      (56,065.61)
                                                                                    --------------  --------------
    Total Adjustments.............................................................        2,982.98      793,604.70
                                                                                    --------------  --------------
    Net Cash Flow from Operating Activities.......................................      427,674.14      829,953.54
                                                                                    --------------  --------------
Cash Flow from Investing Activities:
  Purchase of Equipment...........................................................     (408,730.27)    (270,731.20)
  Proceeds from Sale of Equipment.................................................       73,693.56       95,465.79
  Increase in Certificates of Deposit.............................................          (24.83)         (25.05)
  Cash Surrender Value of Life Insurance Policies.................................       (1,808.81)      (3,509.22)
                                                                                    --------------  --------------
    Net Cash Flow from Investing Activities.......................................     (336,870.35)    (178,799.68)
                                                                                    --------------  --------------
Cash Flow from Financing Activities:
  Payments on Notes Payable.......................................................     (262,429.12)    (171,024.04)
  Borrowings......................................................................      156,685.09      267,881.16
  Principal Payment on Long-Term Borrowings.......................................     (328,648.73)    (381,899.91)
                                                                                    --------------  --------------
    Net Cash Flow from Financing Activities.......................................     (434,392.76)    (285,042.79)
                                                                                    --------------  --------------
Net Increase (Decrease) in Cash...................................................     (343,588.97)     366,111.07
Cash at the Beginning of the Year.................................................      392,143.52       26,032.45
                                                                                    --------------  --------------
Cash at the End of the Year.......................................................  $    48,554.55  $   392,143.52
                                                                                    --------------  --------------
                                                                                    --------------  --------------
Supplemental Disclosures of Cash Flow Information:
    Cash paid during the year for:
      Income Taxes................................................................  $   254,566.00  $          .00
      Interest....................................................................      100,454.25      160,300.22
</TABLE>
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                      F-43
<PAGE>
                           U.S. COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
 
                    DBA: NTS COMMUNICATIONS WESTERN DIVISION
 
                       NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
                           DECEMBER 31, 1994 AND 1993
 
BACKGROUND:
 
    U.S. Communications, Inc. (the "Company") is a Texas corporation which was
chartered May 7, 1985. Its purpose is to provide long distance telecommunication
services to the southwestern region of the United States, with the primary
emphasis on the West Texas area. At the present time the Company does business
as NTS Communications Western Division and Southwest Long Distance Network, Inc.
with offices in Levelland (home), Brownfield, Dallas, El Paso, Lamesa, Big
Spring, Odessa and Snyder, Texas. Additional office locations include Oklahoma
City, Oklahoma, Hobbs, Roswell, Las Cruces and Albuquerque, New Mexico, Fort
Smith and Springdale, Arkansas, and Phoenix, Arizona.
 
NOTE 1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
 
    The Company maintains cash and short term certificates of deposit. For
financial reporting purposes any certificate of deposit with a maturity of more
than ninety days is not considered a cash equivalent.
 
ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE
 
    Accounts Receivable is stated based on billed and unbilled long distance
services less the current month's discounts earned for early payment. Interest
is assessed on past due amounts receivable and is recorded in the month earned.
Allowances for doubtful accounts are provided at a rate of fifty percent of
ninety day past due accounts.
 
INVENTORIES
 
    Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (determined on the last in,
first out basis) or market.
 
PROPERTY, EQUIPMENT AND DEPRECIATION
 
    Property and equipment are recorded at acquisition cost. Depreciation of
such property and equipment is based on a straight-line method over the
estimated useful lives of the respective assets for financial reporting purposes
and on methods acceptable and approved by the Internal Revenue Service for
federal income tax reporting.
 
CASH SURRENDER OF LIFE INSURANCE POLICIES
 
    The Company has provided life insurance coverage on key management personnel
within the organization. As time passes these policies accumulated cash value
which can be applied to future premiums, loans or cashed. The Company holds a
lien against such policies and records cash accumulations as a non-current asset
redeemable at some point in the future.
 
ACCRUED EXPENSES
 
    Amounts shown as accrued telecommunications expense include accruals for
line costs on long distance services which have been recognized as income and
recorded in accounts receivable.
 
                                      F-44
<PAGE>
                           U.S. COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
 
                    DBA: NTS COMMUNICATIONS WESTERN DIVISION
 
                 NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
                           DECEMBER 31, 1994 AND 1993
 
NOTE 1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
INCOME TAXES
 
    As addressed in Note 14, the Company adopted Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 109, "Accounting for Income Taxes" (SFAS 109),
effective January 1, 1993. The impact of adoption was not significant. Deferred
income taxes are calculated using an asset and liability approach wherein
deferred taxes are provided for basis differences for assets and liabilities
arising from differing treatments for financial and income tax reporting.
 
NOTE 2. SUMMARY OF PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  BALANCE          BALANCE
                                                                 12-31-94         12-31-93
                                                              ---------------  ---------------
<S>                                                           <C>              <C>
CATEGORY
Land........................................................  $     22,000.00  $     15,000.00
Buildings...................................................       463,219.60       400,592.65
Furniture and Equip.........................................     2,542,489.30     2,264,454.28
Automobiles.................................................       229,110.06       308,697.20
                                                              ---------------  ---------------
                                                              $  3,256,818.96  $  2,988,744.13
                                                              ---------------  ---------------
                                                              ---------------  ---------------
ACCUMULATED DEPRECIATION
 
<CAPTION>
 
                                                                  BALANCE          BALANCE
                                                                 12-31-94         12-31-93
                                                              ---------------  ---------------
<S>                                                           <C>              <C>
CATEGORY
Land........................................................  $           .00  $           .00
Buildings...................................................        47,909.34        33,020.16
Furniture and Equip.........................................     1,888,177.19     1,525,823.04
Automobiles.................................................       166,923.95       174,561.37
                                                              ---------------  ---------------
                                                              $  2,103,010.48  $  1,733,404.57
                                                              ---------------  ---------------
                                                              ---------------  ---------------
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 3. NOTES PAYABLE
 
    The Company's debt consists of several short and long-term notes with
various lenders. The notes were issued in connection with the purchase of
equipment and automobiles, and for working capital purposes.
 
    Notes issued relating to equipment and automobiles are collateralized by
such assets. The note issued for the building and additional equipment is
secured by such assets. Furthermore, the building and equipment loan is
personally guaranteed by the stockholders as required by the Small Business
Administration.
 
    The largest of the equipment notes is secured by the equipment and the
stockholders have assigned life insurance policies to the parties participating
in the loan origination in accordance with loan requirements.
 
                                      F-45
<PAGE>
                           U.S. COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
 
                    DBA: NTS COMMUNICATIONS WESTERN DIVISION
 
                 NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
                           DECEMBER 31, 1994 AND 1993
 
NOTE 3. NOTES PAYABLE (CONTINUED)
    All working capital notes are unsecured.
 
    Interest rates vary from a low of 5 percent to a high of 14.728 percent. The
majority of notes contain clauses for a "variable" rate of interest which are
adjusted periodically according to market rates.
 
    Long-term obligations at December 31, consist of:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               1994            1993
                                                                          --------------  --------------
<S>                                                                       <C>             <C>
Note payable to a bank (collateralized by land, building, and equipment)
  due in monthly installments of $8,338.00 including interest at 11%
  (Variable Rate) with the balance due in 1998..........................  $   250,003.70  $   322,631.87
 
Note payable to a bank (collateralized by land and building) due in
  monthly installments of $750.62 including interest at 11% (Variable
  Rate) with the balance due in 1999....................................       53,544.73             .00
 
Note payable to a bank (collateralized by equipment) due in monthly
  installments of $2,170.55 including interest at 11% (Variable Rate)
  with the balance due in 1996..........................................       36,926.06             .00
 
Note payable to a bank (collateralized by automobile) due in monthly
  installments of $706.16 including interest at 10.50% (Variable Rate)
  with the balance due in 1996..........................................       15,147.68       22,409.99
 
Note payable to a bank (collateralized by truck) due in monthly
  installments of $405.62 including interest at 10% (Variable Rate) with
  the balance due in 1996...............................................        5,482.65        9,971.68
 
Note payable to finance company (collateralized by equipment) due in
  monthly installments of $596.86 including interest at 14.728% (Fixed)
  with the balance due in 1995..........................................             .00       10,035.13
 
Note payable to finance company (collateralized by equipment) due in
  monthly installments of $6,557.00 including interest of 12.50% (Fixed)
  with the balance due in 1995..........................................             .00      117,515.93
 
Note payable to a bank (collateralized by a truck) due in monthly
  installments of $317.65 including interest at 8.25% (Variable Rate)
  with the balance due in 1995..........................................             .00        5,006.05
 
Note payable to a bank (collateralized by a truck) due in monthly
  installments of $355.93 including interest at 6.25% (Variable Rate)
  with the balance due in 1995..........................................             .00        7,381.41
 
Note payable to a bank (collateralized by an automobile) due in monthly
  installments of $469.90 including interest at 6.25% (Variable Rate)
  with the balance due in 1995..........................................             .00        5,436.44
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-46
<PAGE>
                           U.S. COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
 
                    DBA: NTS COMMUNICATIONS WESTERN DIVISION
 
                 NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
                           DECEMBER 31, 1994 AND 1993
 
NOTE 3. NOTES PAYABLE (CONTINUED)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               1994            1993
                                                                          --------------  --------------
<S>                                                                       <C>             <C>
Note payable to a bank (collateralized by a truck) due in monthly
  installments of $395.31 including interest at 6.25% (Variable Rate)
  with the balance due in 1995..........................................             .00        8,897.16
 
Note payable to a bank (collateralized by a truck) due in monthly
  installments of $421.22 including interest at 10% (Fixed) with the
  balance due in 1995...................................................             .00        8,444.81
 
Note payable to a municipality (collateralized by life insurance
  policies) due in monthly installments of $4,915.04 including interest
  at 5% (Fixed) with the balance due in 1997............................      186,265.24      247,524.26
 
Note payable to stockholder (unsecured) due in monthly installments of
  $590.82 including interest at 8.50% (Variable Rate) with the balance
  due in 1996...........................................................       15,895.56       17,473.92
 
Note payable to stockholder (unsecured) due in monthly installments of
  $636.27 including interest at 8% (Fixed) with the balance due in
  1996..................................................................       11,877.88             .00
 
Note payable to individual (unsecured) due in monthly installments of
  $620.72 including interest at 8.50% (Variable Rate) with the balance
  due in 1996...........................................................       15,710.81       21,087.25
 
Note payable to stockholder (unsecured) due in monthly installments of
  $471.54 including interest at 8.50% (Variable Rate) with the balance
  due in 1996...........................................................       13,149.38       21,112.43
 
Capital lease obligation (Note 12)......................................       48,960.20             .00
                                                                          --------------  --------------
 
                                                                              652,963.89      824,928.33
 
Less current maturities:
 
  Long-term debt........................................................     (217,835.02)    (140,966.46)
 
  Capital lease obligations.............................................       (9,811.15)            .00
                                                                          --------------  --------------
 
Long-term Portion.......................................................  $   425,317.72  $   683,961.87
                                                                          --------------  --------------
                                                                          --------------  --------------
 
The Company had short-term notes due in 1994 and 1993 collateralized by
  equipment and trucks, and unsecured short-term notes for operating
  purposes due in monthly installments of $10,028.53 (including interest
  rates ranging from 8.50% Variable to 14.728% Fixed) and $18,099.75
  (including interest rates ranging from 8.25% Variable to 13.50%
  Fixed)................................................................  $    69,395.34  $   331,823.66
                                                                          --------------  --------------
                                                                          --------------  --------------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-47
<PAGE>
                           U.S. COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
 
                    DBA: NTS COMMUNICATIONS WESTERN DIVISION
 
                 NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
                           DECEMBER 31, 1994 AND 1993
 
NOTE 3. NOTES PAYABLE (CONTINUED)
    Cash Requirements for Long-Term Notes and Leases Payable by Year:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     1994
YEAR                                                                             PRINCIPAL DUE
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------  -------------
<S>                                                                              <C>
1995...........................................................................  $  227,646.17
1996...........................................................................     225,388.34
1997...........................................................................     141,007.29
1998...........................................................................      18,363.60
Remaining......................................................................      40,558.49
                                                                                 -------------
                                                                                 $  652,963.89
                                                                                 -------------
                                                                                 -------------
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 4. LINE OF CREDIT
 
    The Company has a line of credit with a bank in the amount of $350,000. The
note was dated August 22, 1994 with a maturity date of April 15, 1995. Interest
is to be charged at a rate of 10.25% on a 365 day basis. As of December 31,
1994, the Company had outstanding advances of $500 under this agreement leaving
an amount available for advance of $349,500.
 
NOTE 5. DEFINED CONTRIBUTION
 
    The Company has available to its employees a Defined Profit Sharing Plan and
Trust (401K). The plan is a "salary reduction plan". Employees may elect to
reduce their compensation and contribute to this plan provided they are a
full-time employee having worked more than 1,000 hours in that six (6) month
period and have attained the age of twenty (20). Each employee may defer up to
ten (10) percent of their salary not to exceed the limit allowable by law in any
one year. Vesting is twenty (20) percent per year of employment and the employee
must be employed December 31, to receive the last year of vesting. The Company
may at its option contribute matching contributions not to exceed a maximum of
five (5) percent. Distributions from the plan are not permitted before age
fifty-nine and one-half (59 1/2) except in the event of death, disability,
termination of employment or reasons of proven financial hardship. The Company
contributed $24,000.00 in 1994 and 1993, respectively.
 
NOTE 6--ACCRUED VACATION AND SICK LEAVE BENEFITS
 
    On termination, retirement or death of employees the Company will pay any
accrued vacation and sick leave allowances in a lump sum payment to such
employee or his/her estate. Vacation pay and sick leave pay require a minimum of
three months continuous employment. Full-time employees receive allowances at
the rate of eight vacation and four sick leave hours per month. Permanent
part-time employees receive allowances at the rate of four vacation and two sick
leave hours per month. Maximum amounts for payment at termination are ninety-six
vacation hours and forty-eight sick leave hours. The amount of estimated
liability recorded as of December 31, 1994 was $91,717.
 
                                      F-48
<PAGE>
                           U.S. COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
 
                    DBA: NTS COMMUNICATIONS WESTERN DIVISION
 
                 NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
                           DECEMBER 31, 1994 AND 1993
 
NOTE 7--CERTIFICATES OF DEPOSIT
 
    The Company has pledged a certificate in the amount of $1,000 to the
Oklahoma Tax Commission for Sales Tax Reporting purposes.
 
NOTE 8--CONTRACTS
 
    The Company has entered into a contract with Zero Plus Dialing, Inc., a
Delaware corporation, to provide person-to-person, third party, collect and
calling card billing and collection services for use by the Company in
connection with its provisions of operator services. The contract is renewable
annually with settlements of accounts on a monthly basis.
 
NOTE 9--SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
 
    During April 1995, the Board of Directors voted and approved the
distribution of key-man insurance cash value on Split-Dollar life insurance
policies to the owners of the policies. As a result, the $18,448 shown as Cash
Surrender Value of Life Insurance Policies and the policies were distributed to
the owners.
 
NOTE 10--PENDING SALE
 
    The Company's directors approved and entered into a sales contract with S.A.
Holdings, Inc. of Plano, Texas for all of the stock owned by U.S.
Communications, Inc. shareholders as of October 6, 1994.
 
NOTE 11--RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
 
    The Company had the following related party transactions during 1994:
 
    Howard M. Maddera, Chairman of the Board of Directors and a shareholder, has
personally loaned the Company money for operating purposes and was owed $15,895
as of December 31, 1994.
 
    During 1994, Mr. Maddera purchased and assumed the note of a 1992 Buick
automobile from the Company. The transaction was for $8,747.
 
    William L. (Bill) Johnson, President of the Company and a shareholder, has
personally loaned the Company money for operating purposes and was owed $13,149
as of December 1994.
 
    James T. (Jim) Reed, a former officer and shareholder of the Company during
the first six months of the year, had personally loaned the Company money for
operating purposes and was owed $15,710 as of December 31, 1994.
 
    Marianne Maddera Reed, a stockholder employed by the Company, sold her
interest in four life insurance policies owned on lives of the other
shareholders to the Company. As a result, the Company has a note payable to Ms.
Reed in the amount of $11,877 as of December 31, 1994.
 
NOTE 12--CAPITAL LEASES
 
    During 1994, the Company entered into a capital lease with a bank for two
Duplex Laser Printers. The lease was for 60 months with monthly payments of
$1,269. The original lease was for $57,941 with an interest rate of 12.21%.
 
                                      F-49
<PAGE>
                           U.S. COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
 
                    DBA: NTS COMMUNICATIONS WESTERN DIVISION
 
                 NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
                           DECEMBER 31, 1994 AND 1993
 
NOTE 12--CAPITAL LEASES (CONTINUED)
    Cash requirements for the lease over the next five years is as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR                                                   PRINCIPAL      INTEREST       TOTAL
- ----------------------------------------------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
<S>                                                   <C>           <C>           <C>
1995................................................  $   9,811.15  $   5,419.97  $  15,231.12
1996................................................     11,076.28      4,154.84     15,231.12
1997................................................     12,508.36      2,722.76     15,231.12
1998................................................     14,123.39      1,107.73     15,231.12
1999................................................      1,441.02         13.39      1,454.41
                                                      ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                      $  48,960.20  $  13,418.69  $  62,378.89
                                                      ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                      ------------  ------------  ------------
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 13--OPERATING LEASES
 
    The Company has entered into several equipment and building operating
leases. As of December 31, 1994, equipment leases numbered 18 and totaled $9,355
per month. Building leases outstanding at December 31, 1994 totaled 16 with
monthly lease payments of $10,588. The total rent expense incurred during the
years ended December 31, 1994 and 1993 was $186,513 and $167,459, respectively.
 
NOTE 14--INCOME TAXES
 
    Effective January 1, 1993, the Company adopted SFAS 109.
 
    The Company's provision for income taxes was comprised of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         DECEMBER 31
                                                                 ----------------------------
                                                                     1994           1993
                                                                 -------------  -------------
<S>                                                              <C>            <C>
Current
  Federal......................................................  $  228,000.00  $  128,000.00
  State........................................................      17,000.00      10,000.00
Deferred
  Federal......................................................     (14,000.00)    (46,000.00)
                                                                 -------------  -------------
                                                                 $  231,000.00  $   92,000.00
                                                                 -------------  -------------
                                                                 -------------  -------------
</TABLE>
 
    The following is a reconciliation of the provision for income taxes
reflected in the consolidated statements of income:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         DECEMBER 31
                                                                 ----------------------------
                                                                     1994           1993
                                                                 -------------  -------------
<S>                                                              <C>            <C>
Income Tax Expense at the Federal Statutory Rate...............  $  206,000.00  $   79,000.00
State Taxes, net of Federal Benefit............................      10,000.00       9,000.00
Other, net.....................................................      15,000.00       4,000.00
                                                                 -------------  -------------
                                                                 $  231,000.00  $   92,000.00
                                                                 -------------  -------------
                                                                 -------------  -------------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-50
<PAGE>
                           U.S. COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
 
                    DBA: NTS COMMUNICATIONS WESTERN DIVISION
 
                 NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
                           DECEMBER 31, 1994 AND 1993
 
NOTE 14--INCOME TAXES (CONTINUED)
    The components of the net deferred tax liability at December 31 were as
follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         DECEMBER 31
                                                                 ----------------------------
                                                                     1994           1993
                                                                 -------------  -------------
<S>                                                              <C>            <C>
Deferred Tax Asset
  Allowance for Doubtful Accounts..............................  $  (47,879.00) $  (60,958.00)
Deferred Tax Liability
  Property and Equipment.......................................      90,905.00     117,868.00
                                                                 -------------  -------------
Net Deferred Tax Liability.....................................  $   43,026.00  $   56,910.00
                                                                 -------------  -------------
                                                                 -------------  -------------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-51
<PAGE>
                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT
 
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Long Distance Network, Inc.
 
    We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Long Distance Network,
Inc. (a Texas corporation) as of December 31, 1993 and 1992 and the related
statements of operations, stockholders' equity (deficit) and cash flows for the
two years then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the
Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
financial statements based on our audit.
 
    We conducted our audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
    In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of Long Distance Network, Inc.
as of December 31, 1993 and 1992, and the results of its operations, and its
cash flows for the two years then ended in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles.
 
Dallas, Texas
June 22, 1994
 
                                            /s/  SAMSON, ROBBINS & ASSOCIATES
 
                                               SAMSON, ROBBINS & ASSOCIATES
 
                                      F-52
<PAGE>
                          LONG DISTANCE NETWORK, INC.
 
                                 BALANCE SHEETS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                          ------------------------
                                                                                             1993         1992
                                                                                          -----------  -----------
<S>                                                                                       <C>          <C>
                                                      ASSETS
Current assets
  Cash..................................................................................  $    41,760  $   100,394
  Certificate of deposit, pledged (Note 1)..............................................       19,700      --
  Accounts receivable, net of allowances for doubtful accounts of $56,591 and $126,300,
    respectively (Note 2)...............................................................      514,528      244,046
  Accounts receivable--other (Note 3)...................................................       31,265        6,000
                                                                                          -----------  -----------
    Total current assets................................................................      607,253      350,440
Note receivable (Note 3)................................................................      189,210      102,210
Leasehold, furniture and equipment (Note 1).............................................      151,111      133,233
  Less accumulated depreciation.........................................................      (87,958)     (61,808)
                                                                                          -----------  -----------
  Net leasehold, furniture and equipment................................................       63,153       71,425
Other assets............................................................................       22,211       10,283
                                                                                          -----------  -----------
    Total assets........................................................................  $   881,827  $   534,358
                                                                                          -----------  -----------
                                                                                          -----------  -----------
 
                                  LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)
 
Liabilities
  Current liabilities
    Accounts payable--trade.............................................................  $   686,295  $   333,466
    Accounts payable--other (Note 3)....................................................       25,673        2,381
    Accrued expenses....................................................................      117,839       73,180
    Short-term debt (Note 4)............................................................      --            80,584
    Note payable on matured obligation (Note 4).........................................       99,000       99,000
                                                                                          -----------  -----------
      Total current liabilities.........................................................      928,807      588,611
                                                                                          -----------  -----------
      Total liabilities.................................................................      928,807      588,611
Commitments and contingencies (Notes 4, 5 and 7)........................................      --           --
Stockholders' equity (deficit)
  Common stock, no par value, 10,000,000 shares authorized, 3,000,000 shares issued and
    outstanding.........................................................................      108,750      108,750
  Retained earnings (deficit)...........................................................     (155,730)    (163,003)
                                                                                          -----------  -----------
    Total stockholders' equity (deficit)................................................      (46,980)     (54,253)
                                                                                          -----------  -----------
    Total liabilities and stockholders' equity (deficit)................................  $   881,827  $   534,358
                                                                                          -----------  -----------
                                                                                          -----------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                      F-53
<PAGE>
                          LONG DISTANCE NETWORK, INC.
 
                            STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                              FOR THE YEARS
                                                                                            ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                        --------------------------
                                                                                            1993          1992
                                                                                        ------------  ------------
<S>                                                                                     <C>           <C>
REVENUES..............................................................................  $  8,505,513  $  3,664,493
COST OF REVENUES......................................................................     7,424,327     2,830,573
                                                                                        ------------  ------------
    GROSS PROFIT......................................................................     1,081,186       833,920
 
OPERATING EXPENSES
  General and administrative..........................................................     1,044,120       976,405
  Depreciation........................................................................        26,150        22,780
                                                                                        ------------  ------------
    Total operating expenses..........................................................     1,070,270       999,185
                                                                                        ------------  ------------
INCOME (LOSS) FROM OPERATIONS.........................................................        10,916      (165,265)
 
OTHER EXPENSE
  Interest expense....................................................................         3,643        20,718
                                                                                        ------------  ------------
    NET INCOME (LOSS).................................................................  $      7,273  $   (185,983)
                                                                                        ------------  ------------
                                                                                        ------------  ------------
</TABLE>
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                      F-54
<PAGE>
                          LONG DISTANCE NETWORK, INC.
 
                  STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)
 
                 FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1993 AND 1992
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     COMMON STOCK        RETAINED
                                                                ----------------------   EARNINGS
                                                                  SHARES      AMOUNT     (DEFICIT)      TOTAL
                                                                ----------  ----------  -----------  -----------
<S>                                                             <C>         <C>         <C>          <C>
Balance at January 1, 1992....................................   3,000,000  $  108,750  $    22,980  $   131,730
Net loss......................................................                             (185,983)    (185,983)
                                                                ----------  ----------  -----------  -----------
Balance at December 31, 1992..................................   3,000,000  $  108,750  $  (163,003) $   (54,253)
                                                                ----------  ----------  -----------  -----------
                                                                ----------  ----------  -----------  -----------
Net income....................................................                                7,273        7,273
                                                                ----------  ----------  -----------  -----------
Balance at December 31, 1993..................................   3,000,000  $  108,750  $  (155,730) $   (46,980)
                                                                ----------  ----------  -----------  -----------
                                                                ----------  ----------  -----------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                      F-55
<PAGE>
                          LONG DISTANCE NETWORK, INC.
 
                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                               FOR THE YEARS
                                                                                             ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                          ------------------------
                                                                                             1993         1992
                                                                                          -----------  -----------
<S>                                                                                       <C>          <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
  Net income (loss).....................................................................  $     7,273  $  (185,983)
  Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating
    activities:
    Depreciation........................................................................       26,150       22,780
    Provision for doubtful accounts receivable..........................................       38,555      113,670
    (Increase) in accounts receivable...................................................     (309,037)     (49,678)
    (Increase) in prepaids and other assets.............................................      (11,928)     --
    Increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses...................................      397,488      148,048
                                                                                          -----------  -----------
NET CASH PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES...............................................      148,501       48,837
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES
  Purchase of certificate of deposit....................................................      (19,700)     --
  Purchase of leasehold, furniture and equipment........................................      (17,878)     (21,356)
  Loans and advances to related parties.................................................     (112,265)     (10,639)
                                                                                          -----------  -----------
NET CASH USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES...................................................     (149,843)     (31,995)
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
  Short-term borrowings.................................................................      --           138,983
  Principal payments on debt............................................................      (80,584)     (58,399)
  Borrowings from related parties.......................................................       23,292      --
                                                                                          -----------  -----------
NET CASH PROVIDED (USED) BY FINANCING ACTIVITIES........................................      (57,292)      80,584
                                                                                          -----------  -----------
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH.........................................................      (58,634)      97,426
CASH AT BEGINNING OF PERIOD.............................................................      100,394        2,968
                                                                                          -----------  -----------
CASH AT END OF PERIOD...................................................................  $    41,760  $   100,394
                                                                                          -----------  -----------
                                                                                          -----------  -----------
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
  Cash paid for interest................................................................  $     3,643  $     9,685
                                                                                          -----------  -----------
                                                                                          -----------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                      F-56
<PAGE>
                          LONG DISTANCE NETWORK, INC.
 
                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
                           DECEMBER 31, 1993 AND 1992
 
NOTE 1--THE COMPANY AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS
 
    The Company is a domestic interexchange long distance carrier located in
Dallas, Texas, which began operations five years ago. In addition to providing
intrastate, interstate and international service, the Company provides a variety
of operator and other services. The Company specializes in meeting the long
distance needs of small to medium sized companies.
 
RECOGNITION OF REVENUE
 
    Customer long distance calls are routed through a switching center operated
over long distance telephone lines provided by others. The Company sells its
services to its customers primarily on a measured time basis. The cost to the
Company for using the facilities of others is lower than the rates the Company
charges its customers. The Company records revenue from its operator and direct
dial long distance services based upon customer usage. The allowance for
doubtful accounts receivable is established based upon periodic analysis of
uncollectible accounts receivable.
 
COST OF REVENUE
 
    Cost of revenue consists of line costs (representing right of way payments
and payments to local exchange carriers and interexchange carriers for accessed
transport charges), switching costs, commissions, and costs incurred under a
billing and collection agreement.
 
INCOME TAXES
 
    Effective January 1, 1992, the Company has elected to be taxed under the
provisions of Subchapter S of the Internal Revenue Code. Accordingly, the
financial statements do not include a provision for federal income taxes because
the Company does not incur federal income taxes. Instead, its earnings and
losses are included in the stockholders' personal income tax returns and are
taxed based on their personal strategies.
 
LEASEHOLD, FURNITURE AND EQUIPMENT
 
    Leasehold, furniture and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation is
computed on a straight line basis over the estimated useful lives of the related
assets which range from five to seven years. Expenses for maintenance and
repairs are charged to expense as incurred. Major improvements are capitalized.
The cost and related accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and
the resulting gain or loss is reflected in other income for that period when
assets are disposed of. The components of leasehold, furniture and equipment at
December 31, are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           1993        1992
                                                                        ----------  ----------
<S>                                                                     <C>         <C>
Leasehold.............................................................  $    1,583  $   --
Furniture.............................................................      32,230      27,588
Equipment.............................................................     117,298     105,645
                                                                        ----------  ----------
  Total leasehold, furniture and equipment............................  $  151,111  $  133,233
                                                                        ----------  ----------
                                                                        ----------  ----------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-57
<PAGE>
                          LONG DISTANCE NETWORK, INC.
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
                           DECEMBER 31, 1993 AND 1992
 
NOTE 1--THE COMPANY AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
 
    The Company considers all cash on hand and in banks, demand and time
deposits and all other highly liquid investments with maturities of three months
or less when purchased, to be cash and cash equivalents.
 
CERTIFICATE OF DEPOSIT
 
    At December 31, 1993, the Company owned one certificate of deposit in the
amount of $19,700 which is pledged as security for sales tax liabilities with
the State of Texas. The maturity date is October 29, 1994, with interest paid at
maturity at the fixed rate of 2.85% per annum.
 
NOTE 2--ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE
 
    The components of accounts receivable at December 31, are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           1993        1992
                                                                        ----------  ----------
<S>                                                                     <C>         <C>
One Plus..............................................................  $  374,511  $  285,869
Zero Plus/Zero Minus..................................................     157,541      81,751
Plan Mundo............................................................      39,067      --
Other miscellaneous...................................................      --           2,726
                                                                        ----------  ----------
Total accounts receivable.............................................     571,119     370,346
Less allowance for doubtful accounts..................................     (56,591)   (126,300)
                                                                        ----------  ----------
Accounts receivable...................................................  $  514,528  $  244,046
                                                                        ----------  ----------
                                                                        ----------  ----------
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 3--RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
 
    The Company has advanced funds to various related parties which are
accounted for as receivable amounts by the Company. Signed agreements were
executed for the majority of the outstanding amounts owed to the Company with
payment terms and interest rates included. The amounts outstanding are
classified as current accounts receivable or long-term notes receivable based
upon the terms of the agreements. It should be noted that all the related party
receivables were subsequently collected when the Company was acquired during
1994 with the exception of one which is due from the President of the Company
(see Note 7).
 
    The components of accounts receivable--other which represent loans and
advances to related parties at December 31, are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           1993        1992
                                                                        ----------  ----------
<S>                                                                     <C>         <C>
David Hover...........................................................  $   25,265  $   --
NUPAC.................................................................       6,000       6,000
                                                                        ----------  ----------
                                                                        $   31,265  $    6,000
                                                                        ----------  ----------
                                                                        ----------  ----------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-58
<PAGE>
                          LONG DISTANCE NETWORK, INC.
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
                           DECEMBER 31, 1993 AND 1992
 
NOTE 3--RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS (CONTINUED)
    David Hover is a stockholder of the Company with an ownership of 21.5% of
the outstanding shares. NUPAC is a company which is owned jointly by
stockholders of the Company and whose operations are totally independent of the
Company.
 
    The component of note receivable at December 31, is as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           1993        1992
                                                                        ----------  ----------
<S>                                                                     <C>         <C>
Terry Houston.........................................................  $  189,210  $  102,210
</TABLE>
 
    Terry Houston is the President of the Company with an ownership of 75% of
the outstanding shares at year end 1993.
 
    Certain stockholders and controlled entities were paid commissions for
acting as agents for the Company. The amounts paid are based upon sales
generated by these agents and are comparable to the amounts paid other agents
for similar services.
 
    The components of accounts payable--other at December 31, are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           1993        1992
                                                                        ----------  ----------
<S>                                                                     <C>         <C>
David Hover...........................................................  $    2,381  $    2,381
Pay Phone Management..................................................      23,292      --
                                                                        ----------  ----------
                                                                        $   25,673  $    2,381
                                                                        ----------  ----------
                                                                        ----------  ----------
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 4--DEBT
 
    Short-term debt during 1992 is comprised of a note payable to NTS
Communications, Inc. for the payment of invoices related to balances owed for
line charges. The note dated July 17, 1992, was in the principal amount of
$138,983 with an interest rate of 18% and was payable in nine monthly
installments commencing September 15, 1992 with the final payment due May 15,
1993. This note was repaid per the terms of the agreement.
 
    Note payable on matured obligation is comprised of a note payable to the
FDIC. This note is the result of the FDIC taking over Continental National Bank
during 1991. The Company had a revolving line of credit with this bank in the
amount of $99,000 when the FDIC assumed control. During 1993, the Company had
initial communications with the FDIC regarding negotiations for settlement of
this outstanding amount. Negotiations are ongoing with no settlement expected in
the near future. It should be noted that interest on this note has not been
accrued since 1992 per management's view of the uncertainty of the final
settlement.
 
                                      F-59
<PAGE>
                          LONG DISTANCE NETWORK, INC.
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
                           DECEMBER 31, 1993 AND 1992
 
NOTE 5--COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
 
    The Company leases equipment and office space under non-cancelable operating
leases. Rental expenses for 1993 and 1992, were $86,090 and $73,913,
respectively. Future minimum lease payments under these leases at December 31,
1993, are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDING DECEMBER 31,
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                                 <C>
1994..............................................................................  $   82,226
1995..............................................................................      75,888
1996..............................................................................      50,987
                                                                                    ----------
Total minimum lease payments......................................................  $  209,101
                                                                                    ----------
                                                                                    ----------
</TABLE>
 
    The Company is presently not involved in any legal actions or claims as the
result of the ordinary course of business. The Company does not believe that any
claims or proceedings are likely which would have an adverse effect on the
Company's financial position or results of operations.
 
NOTE 6--COMMON STOCK
 
    The Company has issued three million (3,000,000) shares of no par common
stock of the ten million (10,000,000) shares authorized. The President of the
Company held 75% of the outstanding shares at year end 1993. One other
stockholder held 21.5% of the remaining 25% of outstanding shares.
 
NOTE 7--SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
 
    On May 16, 1994, the Company was acquired by SA Holdings, Inc. This
acquisition was accomplished through the payment of $1,354,660 in cash and the
issuance of 1,302,086 shares of unregistered, restricted common stock of SA
Holdings, Inc. to the stockholders of the Company for all the outstanding shares
of common stock of the Company. Of the total 1,302,086 shares of unregistered,
restricted common stock issued, 1,041,666 shares related to the acquisition of
the common stock of the Company and 260,420 shares related to "Confidentiality
and Noncompete Agreements" with two key employees of the Company. These two key
employees will continue to function in senior management positions of the
Company. From the March 1, 1994 effective date of the acquisition, the Company
will operate as a wholly owned subsidiary of SA Holdings, Inc.
 
    As a result of the acquisition of the Company, various related party
receivables were collected at the closing date of the sale. These amounts were
included as adjustments to the actual cash payments received by the various
stockholders. The note receivable of $189,210 at December 31, 1993 due from the
President was to be repaid over fifteen years at $1,470 per month including
interest at 5.0%. Currently, SA Holdings, Inc. and the President of the Company
are renegotiating the payment terms so that the obligation will be repaid by
December 31, 1994.
 
                                      F-60
<PAGE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
NO DEALER, SALESPERSON OR OTHER PERSON HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY
INFORMATION OR TO MAKE ANY REPRESENTATIONS IN CONNECTION WITH THE OFFER
CONTAINED HEREIN OTHER THAN THOSE CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS, AND IF GIVEN OR
MADE, SUCH INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATIONS MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN
AUTHORIZED BY THE COMPANY, ANY OF THE SELLING NOTEHOLDERS OR SELLING
STOCKHOLDERS OR ANY OTHER PERSON. THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER
TO SELL, OR SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY ANY SECURITY OTHER THAN THE
SECURITIES OFFERED HEREBY, NOR DOES IT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL, OR A
SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY ANY OF THE SECURITIES OFFERED HEREBY, TO ANY
PERSON IN ANY JURISDICTION WHERE SUCH AN OFFER OR SOLICITATION IS NOT
AUTHORIZED, OR IN WHICH THE PERSON MAKING SUCH OFFER OR SOLICITATION IS NOT
QUALIFIED TO DO SO, OR TO ANY PERSON TO WHOM IT IS UNLAWFUL TO MAKE SUCH OFFER
OR SOLICITATION. NEITHER THE DELIVERY OF THIS PROSPECTUS NOR ANY SALE MADE
HEREUNDER SHALL, UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES, CREATE ANY IMPLICATION THAT THERE HAS
BEEN NO CHANGE IN THE AFFAIRS OF THE COMPANY SINCE THE DATE THEREOF OR THAT THE
INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS CORRECT AS OF ANY TIME SUBSEQUENT TO THE DATE
HEREOF.
 
                            ------------------------
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      PAGE
                                                      -----
<S>                                                <C>
Available Information............................           3
Incorporation of Certain Documents by
  Reference......................................           3
Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking
  Statements.....................................           4
Prospectus Summary...............................           7
Risk Factors.....................................          17
Use of Proceeds..................................          29
Selling Noteholders and Selling Stockholders.....          29
Plan of Distribution.............................          34
Price Range of Common Stock......................          35
Dividend Policy..................................          36
Selected Historical Consolidated Financial and
  Other Operating Information....................          37
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
  Condition and Results of Operations............          39
Overview of Telecommunications Industry..........          51
Business.........................................          54
Management.......................................          65
Security Ownership of Principal Stockholders And
  Management.....................................          80
Transactions with Related Parties................          83
Description of Notes.............................          85
Description of Capital Stock.....................          99
Additional Interest..............................         107
Legal Matters....................................         107
Experts..........................................         108
Financial Statements.............................         F-1
</TABLE>
    
 
   
                         10% CONVERTIBLE NOTES DUE 2006
                                AND COMMON STOCK
    
 
                          SA TELECOMMUNICATIONS, INC.
 
                                 [INSERT LOGO]
                             ---------------------
 
                                   PROSPECTUS
 
                             ---------------------
 
   
                               DATED MAY   , 1997
    
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
                                    PART II
                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
 
ITEM 14.  OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                                             <C>
SEC registration fee..........................................  $  8,911.00
NASD filing fee...............................................     3,351.00
Accounting fees and expenses..................................   120,000.00*
Trustee's Fees................................................    17,000.00*
Transfer Agent's Fees.........................................     5,000.00*
Legal fees and expenses (including Blue Sky)..................   260,000.00*
Printing, engraving and EDGARization expenses.................   135,000.00*
Miscellaneous expenses........................................     5,000.00*
                                                                -----------
  Total.......................................................  $554,262.00*
                                                                -----------
                                                                -----------
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
 
*   Estimated
 
   
    All expenses relating to the offering are payable by the Registrant on
behalf of the Selling Stockholders and Selling Noteholders, excluding (1) any
underwriting discounts or commissions, (2) fees and expenses of legal counsel to
JLCM in excess of $20,000, (3) transfer taxes, and fees and expenses of
accountants, legal counsel and other representatives of Economy, (4) the fees
and expenses of legal counsel to Phillip and Rae Huberfeld, Moses Elias,
Mueller, Mark Kabbash, and BPC.
    
 
ITEM 15.  INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS
 
    The section of the Prospectus entitled "Description of Capital
Stock--Limitations on Liability" is incorporated herein by reference.
 
    Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the "DGCL") provides
broad authority for indemnification of officers and directors. Article 10 of the
Registrant's Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, of the Registrant
provides for indemnification of officers and directors to the fullest extent
permitted by the DGCL. Article V of the Registrant's Bylaws contains provisions
requiring the indemnification of the Registrant's directors and officers upon
and pursuant to terms specified therein and under applicable provisions of the
DGCL. The Registrant believes that these provisions are necessary to attract and
retain qualified persons as directors and officers.
 
    Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling the Registrant
pursuant to the foregoing provisions, the Registrant has been informed that in
the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission, such indemnification is
against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore
unenforceable.
 
   
    The Registrant maintains directors' and officers' liability insurance.
    
 
                                      II-1
<PAGE>
ITEM 16.  EXHIBITS.
 
    The exhibits listed below are filed as part of or incorporated by reference
in this Registration Statement. Where such filing is made by incorporation by
reference to a previously filed report or registration statement, such report or
registration statement is identified by asterisk. See the Index of Exhibits
included with the exhibits filed as part of this Registration Statement.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT
 NO.   DESCRIPTION
- ------ --------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>    <S>
  3.1  Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, as amended through
         December 31, 1994 (filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant's Annual
         Report on Form 10-KSB for the year ended December 31, 1994 and
         incorporated herein by reference)
 
  3.2  Certificate of Designations, Preferences and Rights of Series A Cumulative
         Convertible Preferred Stock (filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant's
         Current Report on Form 8-K/A for the event occurring July 31, 1995,
         filed with the Commission on August 15, 1995 and incorporated herein by
         reference)
 
  3.3  Certificate of Designations, Preferences and Rights of Series B Cumulative
         Convertible Preferred Stock (filed as Exhibit 4.6 to the Registrant's
         Current Report on Form 8-K/A for the event occurring July 31, 1995,
         filed with the Commission on August 15, 1995 and incorporated herein by
         reference)
 
  3.4  Certificate of Amendment filed with the Delaware Secretary of State on
         August 3, 1995 (filed as Exhibit 3.4 to the Registrant's Annual Report
         on Form 10-KSB for the year ended December 31, 1995 and incorporated
         herein by reference)
 
  3.5  Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation of SA
         Telecommunications, Inc. filed with the Delaware Secretary of State on
         July 9, 1996 (filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant's Quarterly Report
         on Form 10-QSB/A for the quarter ended June 30, 1996 filed with the
         Commission on August 29, 1996 and incorporated herein by reference)
 
  3.6  Certificate of Elimination of Series B Cumulative Preferred Stock of the
         Registrant filed with the Delaware Secretary of State on July 9, 1996
         (filed as Exhibit 3.2 to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form
         10-QSB/A for the quarter ended June 30, 1996 filed with the Commission
         on August 29, 1996 and incorporated herein by reference)
 
  3.7  Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant (filed as Exhibit 3.5 to the
         Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-KSB for the year ended December
         31, 1995 and incorporated herein by reference)
 
  4.1  Indenture dated as of August 12, 1996 between the Registrant and United
         States Trust Company of New York as Trustee (filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the
         Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-QSB/A for the quarter ended
         June 30, 1996, filed with the Commission on August 29, 1996 and
         incorporated herein by reference)
 
  4.2  Purchase Agreement dated as of August 5, 1996 among the Registrant, Furman
         Selz LLC and Rauscher Pierce Refsnes, Inc. (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the
         Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-QSB/A for the quarter ended
         June 30, 1996, filed with the Commission on August 29, 1996 and
         incorporated herein by reference)
 
  4.3  Registration Rights Agreement dated as of August 12, 1996 among the
         Registrant, Furman Selz LLC and Rauscher Pierce Refsnes, Inc. (filed as
         Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-QSB/A for
         the quarter ended June 30, 1996, filed with the Commission on August 29,
         1996 and incorporated herein by reference)
</TABLE>
 
                                      II-2
<PAGE>
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT
 NO.   DESCRIPTION
- ------ --------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>    <S>
  4.4  Form of Series A Preferred Stock Certificate (filed as Exhibit 4.4 to the
         Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K/A for the event occurring July
         31, 1995, filed with the Commission on August 15, 1995 and incorporated
         herein by reference)
 
  4.5  Form of Certificate Evidencing Common Stock (filed as Exhibit 4.19 to the
         Registrant's Registrant Statement on Form S-3 (Registration No.
         33-64271) and incorporated herein by reference)
 
  5.1  Opinion of Arter & Hadden as to the validity of the Securities being
         offered*
 
 10.1  Share Purchase Agreement, dated as of July 31, 1995, by and between the
         Registrant and Jesup & Lamont Capital Markets, Inc. (filed as Exhibit
         4.3 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K/A for the event
         occurring on July 31, 1995, filed with the Commission on October 13,
         1995 and incorporated herein by reference)
 
 10.2  Warrant Purchase Agreement, dated as of July 31, 1995, be and between the
         Registrant and Jesup and Lamont Capital Markets, Inc. (filed as Exhibit
         4.4 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K/A for the event
         occurring on July 31, 1995, filed with the Commission on August 15, 1995
         and incorporated herein by reference)
 
 10.3  Common Stock Purchase Warrant Certificate issued to Jesup & Lamont Capital
         Markets, Inc. (filed as Exhibit 4.5 to the Registrant's Current Report
         on Form 8-K/A for the event occurring on July 31, 1995, filed with the
         Commission on August 15, 1995 and incorporated herein by reference)
 
 10.4  Agreement dated as of October 26, 1995 between the Registrant and Jesup &
         Lamont Capital Markets, Inc. (filed as Exhibit 4.18 to the Registrant's
         Registration Statement on Form S-3 (Registration No. 33-64271) and
         incorporated herein by reference)
 
 10.5  Agreement dated as of October 26, 1995 by and between the Registrant and
         each of the Investors (filed as Exhibit 4.16 to the Registrant's
         Registration Statement on Form S-3 (Registration No. 33-64271) and
         incorporated herein by reference)
 
 10.6  Form of Warrant Certificates issued to each of the Investors and schedule
         of differences thereto pursuant to General Instructions to Item 601
         (filed as Exhibit 4.14 to the Registrant's Registration Statement on
         Form S-3 (Registration No. 33-64271) and incorporated herein by
         reference)
 
 10.7  Form of Subscription Agreements executed as of September 20, 1995 by and
         between the Registrant and each of the Investors and schedule of
         differences thereto pursuant to General Instructions to Item 601 (filed
         as Exhibit 4.13 to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-3
         (Registration No. 33-64271) and incorporated herein by reference)
 
 10.8  Employment Agreement dated March 24, 1995 by and between the Registrant
         and Jack Matz (filed as Exhibit 10.8 to the Registrant's Annual Report
         on Form 10-KSB for the year ended December 31, 1994 and incorporated
         herein by reference)
 
 10.9  Amendment to Employment Contract dated as of March 13, 1996 by and between
         the Registrant and Jack Matz (filed as Exhibit 10.19 to the Registrant's
         Annual Report on Form 10-KSB for the year ended December 31, 1995 and
         incorporated herein by reference)
</TABLE>
    
 
   
                                      II-3
    
<PAGE>
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT
 NO.   DESCRIPTION
- ------ --------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>    <S>
 10.10 Employment Contract dated March 13, 1996 by and between the Registrant and
         Paul R. Miller (filed as Exhibit 10.20 to the Registrant's Annual Report
         on Form 10-KSB for the year ended December 31, 1995 and incorporated
         herein by reference)
 
 10.11 Employment Agreement dated April 1, 1994 by and between LDN and Terry
         Houston (filed as Exhibit 2.2 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form
         8-K, dated May 16, 1994, and incorporated herein by reference)
 
 10.12 Settlement Agreement dated April 11, 1996 by and between the Registrant
         and Terry Houston (filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant's Quarterly
         Report on Form 10-QSB for the quarter ended March 31, 1996 and
         incorporated herein by reference)
 
 10.13 Amendment to Settlement Agreement dated June 10, 1996 between the
         Registrant and Terry Houston*
 
 10.14 Severance Agreement dated as of March 18, 1996 by and between the
         Registrant and J. David Darnell (filed as Exhibit 10.22 to the
         Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-KSB for the year ended December
         31, 1995 and incorporated herein by reference)
 
 10.15 1994 Stock Option Plan for Non-Employee Directors of the Registrant
         (Non-Employee Director Plan")(filed as Item 2 of the Registrant's Proxy
         Statement dated June 29, 1994 and incorporated herein by reference)
 
 10.16 Form of Stock Option Agreement used in connection with Non-Employee
         Director Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.12 to the Registrant's Annual Report
         on Form 10-KSB for the year ended December 31, 1994 and incorporated
         herein by reference)
 
 10.17 1994 Employee Stock Option Plan ("Employee Plan")(filed as Exhibit A to
         the Registrant's Proxy Statement dated April 26, 1996 and incorporated
         herein by reference)
 
 10.18 Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement used in connection with the
         Employee Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.15 to the Registrant's Annual Report
         on Form 10-KSB for the year ended December 31, 1994 and incorporated
         herein by reference)
 
 10.19 Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement used in connection with the
         Employee Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.14 to the Registrant's Annual Report
         on Form 10-KSB for the year ended December 31, 1994 and incorporated
         herein by reference)
 
 10.20 Settlement Agreement dated March 25, 1996 between the Registrant and Jesup
         & Lamont Capital Markets, Inc. (filed as Exhibit 10.38 to the
         Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-KSB for the year ended December
         31, 1995 and incorporated herein by reference)
 
 10.21 Form of Subscription Agreement dated as of May 7, 1996 between the
         Registrant and each of the Investors and schedule of differences thereto
         pursuant to General Instruction 601 (filed as Exhibit 10.4 to the
         Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-QSB for the quarter ended March
         31, 1996 and incorporated herein by reference)
 
 10.22 Form of Common Stock Purchase Warrant dated as of May 7, 1996 issued to
         each of the Investors and schedule of differences thereto pursuant to
         General Instruction 601 (filed as Exhibit 10.5 to the Registrant's
         Quarterly Report on Form 10-QSB for the quarter ended March 31, 1996 and
         incorporated herein by reference)
</TABLE>
    
 
   
                                      II-4
    
<PAGE>
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT
 NO.   DESCRIPTION
- ------ --------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>    <S>
 10.23 Consulting Agreement dated as of June 21, 1996 between the Registrant and
         John Nugent*
 
 10.24 Lease Agreement effective as of October 11, 1995 between
         Telecommunications Finance Group and Long Distance Network, Inc.*
 
 10.25 Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of January 10, 1997 among the
         Registrant, Addtel Communications, Inc., Charles Tony Lonstein, Aviram
         Lonstein, Daniel G. Lonstein and David R. Lonstein (filed as Exhibit 2.1
         to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K, dated January 10, 1997,
         and incorporated herein by reference)
 
 10.26 Loan and Security Agreement dated December 26, 1996 among Greyrock
         Business Credit and the Registrant, U.S. Communications, Inc., Long
         Distance Network, Inc., and Southwest Long Distance Network, Inc. (filed
         as Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K, dated
         January 10, 1997, and incorporated herein by reference)
 
 10.27 Schedule to Loan and Security Agreement dated December 26, 1996 among
         Greyrock Business Credit, the Registrant, U.S. Communications, Inc.,
         Long Distance Network, Inc. and Southwest Long Distance Network, Inc.
         (filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K,
         dated January 10, 1997, and incorporated herein by reference)
 
 10.28 Cross-Corporate Continuing Guaranty dated December 26, 1996 of the
         Registrant, U.S. Communications, Inc., Long Distance Network, Inc., and
         Southwest Long Distance Network, Inc. (filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the
         Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K, dated January 10, 1997, and
         incorporated herein by reference)
 
 10.29 Continuing Guaranty dated December 26, 1996 of North American
         Telecommunications Corporation, Baltic States and CIS Ventures, Inc.,
         CIS Intelligence Information Services, Inc. and Uniquest Communications,
         Inc. (filed as Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form
         8-K, dated January 10, 1997, and incorporated herein by reference)
 
 10.30 Pledge Agreement dated as of December 26, 1996 between Greyrock Business
         Credit and the Registrant (filed as Exhibit 10.5 to the Registrant's
         Current Report on Form 8-K, dated January 10, 1997, and incorporated
         herein by reference)
 
 10.31 Pledge Agreement dated as of December 26, 1996 between Greyrock Business
         Credit and U.S. Communications, Inc. (filed as Exhibit 10.6 to the
         Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K, dated January 10, 1997, and
         incorporated herein by reference)
 
 10.32 Security Agreement dated December 26, 1996 among Greyrock Business Credit
         and North American Telecommunications Corporation, Baltic States and CIS
         Ventures, Inc., CIS Intelligence Information Services, Inc. and Uniquest
         Communications, Inc. (filed as Exhibit 10.7 to the Registrant's Current
         Report on Form 8-K, dated January 10, 1997, and incorporated herein by
         reference)
 
 10.33 Severance Agreement dated as of March 18, 1996 by and between the
         Registrant and Lynn H. Johnson*
 
 10.33 Severance Agreement dated March 26, 1997 between the Registrant and John
         Nugent (filed as Exhibit 10.43 to Registrant's Annual Report on Form
         10KSB/A for the year ended December 31, 1996 and incorporated herein by
         reference)
</TABLE>
    
 
   
                                      II-5
    
<PAGE>
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT
 NO.   DESCRIPTION
- ------ --------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>    <S>
 10.34 Assumption Agreement and Amendment to Loan Agreement dated February 12,
         1997 between Greyrock Business Credit and AddTel Communications, Inc.,
         the Registrant, Long Distance Network, Inc., U.S. Communications, Inc.
         and Southwest Long Distance Network, Inc. (filed as Exhibit 10.34 to
         Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10KSB/A for the year ended December
         31, 1996 and incorporated herein by reference)
 
 10.35 Pledge Agreement dated February 12, 1997 between Greyrock Business Credit
         and the Registrant (filed as Exhibit 10.35 to Registrant's Annual Report
         on Form 10KSB/A for the year ended December 31, 1996 and incorporated
         herein by reference)
 
 10.36 Cross-Corporate Continuing Guaranty dated February 12, 1997 of AddTel
         Communications, Inc. (filed as Exhibit 10.36 to Registrant's Annual
         Report on Form 10KSB/A for the year ended December 31, 1996 and
         incorporated herein by reference)
 
 10.37 Cross-Corporate Continuing Guaranty dated February 12, 1997 of the
         Registrant, U.S. Communications, Inc., Long Distance Network, Inc. and
         Southwest Long Distance Network, Inc. (filed as Exhibit 10.37 to
         Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10KSB/A for the year ended December
         31, 1996 and incorporated herein by reference)
 
 10.38 Continuing Guaranty dated February 12, 1997 of AddTel Communications, Inc.
         (filed as Exhibit 10.38 to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10KSB/A
         for the year ended December 31, 1996 and incorporated herein by
         reference)
 
 10.39 Second Amendment to Employment Contract dated as of March 26, 1997 between
         Registrant and Jack W. Matz, Jr. (filed as Exhibit 10.39 to Registrant's
         Annual Report on Form 10KSB/A for the year ended December 31, 1996 and
         incorporated herein by reference)
 
 10.40 Amendment to Employment Contract dated as of March 26, 1997 between
         Registrant and Paul R. Miller (filed as Exhibit 10.40 to Registrant's
         Annual Report on Form 10KSB/A for the year ended December 31, 1996 and
         incorporated herein by reference)
 
 10.41 Purchase Agreement dated March 25, 1997 between the Registrant and
         Northstar High Total Return Fund (filed as Exhibit 10.41 to Registrant's
         Annual Report on Form 10KSB/A for the year ended December 31, 1996 and
         incorporated herein by reference)
 
 10.42 Registration Rights Agreement dated March 25, 1997 between the Registrant
         and Northstar High Total Return Fund (filed as Exhibit 10.42 to
         Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10KSB/A for the year ended December
         31, 1996 and incorporated herein by reference)
 
 10.43 Third Amendment to Employment Contract dated as of April 15, 1997 between
         Registrant and Jack W. Matz, Jr. (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Registrant's
         Quarterly Report on Form 10-QSB for the quarter ended March 31, 1997 and
         incorporated herein by reference)
 
 10.44 Second Amendment to Employment Contract dated as of April 15, 1997 between
         the Registrant and Paul R. Miller (filed as Exhibit 10.2 to Registrant's
         Quarterly Report on Form 10-QSB for the quarter ended March 31, 1997 and
         incorporated herein by reference)
</TABLE>
    
 
   
                                      II-6
    
<PAGE>
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT
 NO.   DESCRIPTION
- ------ --------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>    <S>
 10.45 Registrant's 10% Convertible Debenture Due 2006 (filed as Exhibit 10.44 to
         Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10KSB/A for the year ended December
         31, 1996 and incorporated herein by reference)
 
 10.46 Letter dated May 20, 1997 (filed as Exhibit 10.3 to Registrant's Quarterly
         Report on Form 10-QSB for the quarter ended March 31, 1997 and
         incorporated herein by reference)
 
 12.1  Statement re computation of ratio of earnings to fixed charges**
 
 23.1  Consent of Arter & Hadden (included in its opinion filed as Exhibit 5.1
         and incorporated herein by reference)*
 
 23.2  Consent of Price Waterhouse LLP**
 
 23.3  Consent of Duff & Anderson, P.C.**
 
 23.4  Consent of Samson, Robbins & Associates**
 
 24.1  Powers of Attorney*
 
 25.1  Form T-1 Statement of Eligibility Under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939,
         as amended, of United States Trust Company of New York under the
         Indenture with respect to the 10% Convertible Notes Due 2006*
 
 99.1  Agreement dated as of November 22, 1996 between the Registrant and Jesup &
         Lamont Capital Markets, Inc.*
 
 99.2  Agreement dated as of November 22, 1996 between the Registrant, Phillip
         and Rae Huberfeld and Moses Elias*
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
 
  * Previously filed
 
**  Filed herewith
 
                                      II-7
<PAGE>
ITEM 17.  UNDERTAKINGS.
 
    (a)  RULE 415 OFFERING. The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes:
 
        (1)  To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made,
    a post-effective amendment to this Registration Statement:
 
           (i)  to include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the
       Securities Act;
 
           (ii)  to reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after
       the effective date of the Registration Statement (or the most recent
       post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the
       aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in
       the Registration Statement;
 
           (iii)  to include any material information with respect to the plan
       of distribution not previously disclosed in the Registration Statement or
       any material change of such information in the Registration Statement;
 
    provided, however, that paragraphs (a)(1)(i) and (a)(1)(ii) do not apply if
    the Registration Statement is on Form S-3 or Form S-8, and the information
    required to be included in a post-effective amendment by those paragraphs is
    contained in periodic reports filed by the Registrant pursuant to Section 13
    or 15(d) of the Exchange Act that are incorporated by reference in the
    Registration Statement.
 
        (2)  That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the
    Securities Act, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a
    new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and
    the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the
    initial bona fide offering thereof.
 
        (3)  To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment
    any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the
    termination of the offering.
 
    (e)  REQUEST FOR ACCELERATION OF EFFECTIVE DATE.  Insofar as indemnification
for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors,
officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the Registrant's
Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws or otherwise, the Registrant has been
advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such
indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and
is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification
against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses
incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant
in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such
director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being
registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter
has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate
jurisdiction the question of whether such indemnification by it is against
public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the
final adjudication of such issue.
 
    (f)  RULE 430.  The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:
 
        (1)  For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act,
    the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this
    Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of
    prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or
    497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this
    Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective.
 
        (2)  For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act,
    each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be
    deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered
    therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to
    be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
 
                                      II-8
<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES
 
   
    Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the
"Securities Act"), the Registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to
believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form S-2 and has
duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the
undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Dallas, State of Texas,
on May 22, 1997.
    
 
                                SA TELECOMMUNICATIONS, INC.
 
                                By:            /s/ JACK W. MATZ, JR.
                                     -----------------------------------------
                                                 Jack W. Matz, Jr.
                                               CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD
                                              CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
 
    Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this Registration
Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the
dates indicated:
 
   
          SIGNATURES                      TITLE                    DATE
- ------------------------------  --------------------------  -------------------
 
    /s/ JACK W. MATZ, JR.
- ------------------------------  Chairman of the Board and      May 22, 1997
      Jack W. Matz, Jr.           Chief Executive Officer
 
     /s/ PAUL R. MILLER*
- ------------------------------  Chief Operating Officer,       May 22, 1997
        Paul R. Miller            President and Director
 
     /s/ J. DAVID DARNELL       Chief Financial Officer,
- ------------------------------    Vice President-Finance       May 22, 1997
       J. David Darnell           and Director
 
      /s/ JOHN Q. EBERT*
- ------------------------------  Director                       May 22, 1997
        John Q. Ebert
 
    /s/ IGOR I. MAMANTOV*
- ------------------------------  Director                       May 22, 1997
       Igor I. Mamantov
 
     /s/ DEAN A. THOMAS*
- ------------------------------  Director                       May 22, 1997
        Dean A. Thomas
 
    /s/ BARRY J. WILLIAMS*
- ------------------------------  Director                       May 22, 1997
      Barry J. Williams
 
      /s/ PETE W. SMITH*
- ------------------------------  Director                       May 22, 1997
        Pete W. Smith
 
    
 
                                      II-9
<PAGE>
 
   
          SIGNATURES                      TITLE                    DATE
- ------------------------------  --------------------------  -------------------
 
  /s/ THOMAS L. CUNNINGHAM*
- ------------------------------  Director                       May 22, 1997
     Thomas L. Cunningham
 
     /s/ JOHN H. NUGENT*
- ------------------------------  Director                       May 22, 1997
        John H. Nugent
 
   /s/ REUBEN F. RICHARDS*
- ------------------------------  Director                       May 22, 1997
      Reuben F. Richards
 
     /s/ HOWARD F. CURD*
- ------------------------------  Director                       May 22, 1997
        Howard F. Curd
 
    
 
*By:    /s/ J. DAVID DARNELL
      -------------------------
          J. David Darnell
              AGENT AND
          ATTORNEY-IN-FACT
 
                                     II-10
<PAGE>
                               INDEX TO EXHIBITS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT
 NO.   DESCRIPTION
- ------ --------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>    <S>
  3.1  Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, as amended through
         December 31, 1994 (filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant's Annual
         Report on Form 10-KSB for the year ended December 31, 1994 and
         incorporated herein by reference)
 
  3.2  Certificate of Designations, Preferences and Rights of Series A Cumulative
         Convertible Preferred Stock (filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant's
         Current Report on Form 8-K/A for the event occurring July 31, 1995,
         filed with the Commission on August 15, 1995 and incorporated herein by
         reference)
 
  3.3  Certificate of Designations, Preferences and Rights of Series B Cumulative
         Convertible Preferred Stock (filed as Exhibit 4.6 to the Registrant's
         Current Report on Form 8-K/A for the event occurring July 31, 1995,
         filed with the Commission on August 15, 1995 and incorporated herein by
         reference)
 
  3.4  Certificate of Amendment filed with the Delaware Secretary of State on
         August 3, 1995 (filed as Exhibit 3.4 to the Registrant's Annual Report
         on Form 10-KSB for the year ended December 31, 1995 and incorporated
         herein by reference)
 
  3.5  Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation of SA
         Telecommunications, Inc. filed with the Delaware Secretary of State on
         July 9, 1996 (filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant's Quarterly Report
         on Form 10-QSB/A for the quarter ended June 30, 1996 filed with the
         Commission on August 29, 1996 and incorporated herein by reference)
 
  3.6  Certificate of Elimination of Series B Cumulative Preferred Stock of the
         Registrant filed with the Delaware Secretary of State on July 9, 1996
         (filed as Exhibit 3.2 to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form
         10-QSB/A for the quarter ended June 30, 1996 filed with the Commission
         on August 29, 1996 and incorporated herein by reference)
 
  3.7  Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant (filed as Exhibit 3.5 to the
         Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-KSB for the year ended December
         31, 1995 and incorporated herein by reference)
 
  4.1  Indenture dated as of August 12, 1996 between the Registrant and United
         States Trust Company of New York as Trustee (filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the
         Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-QSB/A for the quarter ended
         June 30, 1996, filed with the Commission on August 29, 1996 and
         incorporated herein by reference)
 
  4.2  Purchase Agreement dated as of August 5, 1996 among the Registrant, Furman
         Selz LLC and Rauscher Pierce Refsnes, Inc. (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the
         Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-QSB/A for the quarter ended
         June 30, 1996, filed with the Commission on August 29, 1996 and
         incorporated herein by reference)
 
  4.3  Registration Rights Agreement dated as of August 12, 1996 among the
         Registrant, Furman Selz LLC and Rauscher Pierce Refsnes, Inc. (filed as
         Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-QSB/A for
         the quarter ended June 30, 1996, filed with the Commission on August 29,
         1996 and incorporated herein by reference)
 
  4.4  Form of Series A Preferred Stock Certificate (filed as Exhibit 4.4 to the
         Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K/A for the event occurring July
         31, 1995, filed with the Commission on August 15, 1995 and incorporated
         herein by reference)
</TABLE>
 
                                     II-11
<PAGE>
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT
 NO.   DESCRIPTION
- ------ --------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>    <S>
  4.5  Form of Certificate Evidencing Common Stock (filed as Exhibit 4.19 to the
         Registrant's Registrant Statement on Form S-3 (Registration No.
         33-64271) and incorporated herein by reference)
 
  5.1  Opinion of Arter & Hadden as to the validity of the Securities being
         offered*
 
 10.1  Share Purchase Agreement, dated as of July 31, 1995, by and between the
         Registrant and Jesup & Lamont Capital Markets, Inc. (filed as Exhibit
         4.3 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K/A for the event
         occurring on July 31, 1995, filed with the Commission on October 13,
         1995 and incorporated herein by reference)
 
 10.2  Warrant Purchase Agreement, dated as of July 31, 1995, be and between the
         Registrant and Jesup and Lamont Capital Markets, Inc. (filed as Exhibit
         4.4 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K/A for the event
         occurring on July 31, 1995, filed with the Commission on August 15, 1995
         and incorporated herein by reference)
 
 10.3  Common Stock Purchase Warrant Certificate issued to Jesup & Lamont Capital
         Markets, Inc. (filed as Exhibit 4.5 to the Registrant's Current Report
         on Form 8-K/A for the event occurring on July 31, 1995, filed with the
         Commission on August 15, 1995 and incorporated herein by reference)
 
 10.4  Agreement dated as of October 26, 1995 between the Registrant and Jesup &
         Lamont Capital Markets, Inc. (filed as Exhibit 4.18 to the Registrant's
         Registration Statement on Form S-3 (Registration No. 33-64271) and
         incorporated herein by reference)
 
 10.5  Agreement dated as of October 26, 1995 by and between the Registrant and
         each of the Investors (filed as Exhibit 4.16 to the Registrant's
         Registration Statement on Form S-3 (Registration No. 33-64271) and
         incorporated herein by reference)
 
 10.6  Form of Warrant Certificates issued to each of the Investors and schedule
         of differences thereto pursuant to General Instructions to Item 601
         (filed as Exhibit 4.14 to the Registrant's Registration Statement on
         Form S-3 (Registration No. 33-64271) and incorporated herein by
         reference)
 
 10.7  Form of Subscription Agreements executed as of September 20, 1995 by and
         between the Registrant and each of the Investors and schedule of
         differences thereto pursuant to General Instructions to Item 601 (filed
         as Exhibit 4.13 to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-3
         (Registration No. 33-64271) and incorporated herein by reference)
 
 10.8  Employment Agreement dated March 24, 1995 by and between the Registrant
         and Jack Matz (filed as Exhibit 10.8 to the Registrant's Annual Report
         on Form 10-KSB for the year ended December 31, 1994 and incorporated
         herein by reference)
 
 10.9  Amendment to Employment Contract dated as of March 13, 1996 by and between
         the Registrant and Jack Matz (filed as Exhibit 10.19 to the Registrant's
         Annual Report on Form 10-KSB for the year ended December 31, 1995 and
         incorporated herein by reference)
 
 10.10 Employment Contract dated March 13, 1996 by and between the Registrant and
         Paul R. Miller (filed as Exhibit 10.20 to the Registrant's Annual Report
         on Form 10-KSB for the year ended December 31, 1995 and incorporated
         herein by reference)
</TABLE>
    
 
   
                                     II-12
    
<PAGE>
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT
 NO.   DESCRIPTION
- ------ --------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>    <S>
 10.11 Employment Agreement dated April 1, 1994 by and between LDN and Terry
         Houston (filed as Exhibit 2.2 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form
         8-K, dated May 16, 1994, and incorporated herein by reference)
 
 10.12 Settlement Agreement dated April 11, 1996 by and between the Registrant
         and Terry Houston (filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant's Quarterly
         Report on Form 10-QSB for the quarter ended March 31, 1996 and
         incorporated herein by reference)
 
 10.13 Amendment to Settlement Agreement dated June 10, 1996 between the
         Registrant and Terry Houston*
 
 10.14 Severance Agreement dated as of March 18, 1996 by and between the
         Registrant and J. David Darnell (filed as Exhibit 10.22 to the
         Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-KSB for the year ended December
         31, 1995 and incorporated herein by reference)
 
 10.15 1994 Stock Option Plan for Non-Employee Directors of the Registrant
         (Non-Employee Director Plan")(filed as Item 2 of the Registrant's Proxy
         Statement dated June 29, 1994 and incorporated herein by reference)
 
 10.16 Form of Stock Option Agreement used in connection with Non-Employee
         Director Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.12 to the Registrant's Annual Report
         on Form 10-KSB for the year ended December 31, 1994 and incorporated
         herein by reference)
 
 10.17 1994 Employee Stock Option Plan ("Employee Plan")(filed as Exhibit A to
         the Registrant's Proxy Statement dated April 26, 1996 and incorporated
         herein by reference)
 
 10.18 Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement used in connection with the
         Employee Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.15 to the Registrant's Annual Report
         on Form 10-KSB for the year ended December 31, 1994 and incorporated
         herein by reference)
 
 10.19 Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement used in connection with the
         Employee Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.14 to the Registrant's Annual Report
         on Form 10-KSB for the year ended December 31, 1994 and incorporated
         herein by reference)
 
 10.20 Settlement Agreement dated March 25, 1996 between the Registrant and Jesup
         & Lamont Capital Markets, Inc. (filed as Exhibit 10.38 to the
         Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-KSB for the year ended December
         31, 1995 and incorporated herein by reference)
 
 10.21 Form of Subscription Agreement dated as of May 7, 1996 between the
         Registrant and each of the Investors and schedule of differences thereto
         pursuant to General Instruction 601 (filed as Exhibit 10.4 to the
         Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-QSB for the quarter ended March
         31, 1996 and incorporated herein by reference)
 
 10.22 Form of Common Stock Purchase Warrant dated as of May 7, 1996 issued to
         each of the Investors and schedule of differences thereto pursuant to
         General Instruction 601 (filed as Exhibit 10.5 to the Registrant's
         Quarterly Report on Form 10-QSB for the quarter ended March 31, 1996 and
         incorporated herein by reference)
 
 10.23 Consulting Agreement dated as of June 21, 1996 between the Registrant and
         John Nugent*
</TABLE>
    
 
   
                                     II-13
    
<PAGE>
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT
 NO.   DESCRIPTION
- ------ --------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>    <S>
 10.24 Lease Agreement effective as of October 11, 1995 between
         Telecommunications Finance Group and Long Distance Network, Inc.*
 
 10.25 Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of January 10, 1997 among the
         Registrant, Addtel Communications, Inc., Charles Tony Lonstein, Aviram
         Lonstein, Daniel G. Lonstein and David R. Lonstein (filed as Exhibit 2.1
         to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K, dated January 10, 1997,
         and incorporated herein by reference)
 
 10.26 Loan and Security Agreement dated December 26, 1996 among Greyrock
         Business Credit and the Registrant, U.S. Communications, Inc., Long
         Distance Network, Inc., and Southwest Long Distance Network, Inc. (filed
         as Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K, dated
         January 10, 1997, and incorporated herein by reference)
 
 10.27 Schedule to Loan and Security Agreement dated December 26, 1996 among
         Greyrock Business Credit, the Registrant, U.S. Communications, Inc.,
         Long Distance Network, Inc. and Southwest Long Distance Network, Inc.
         (filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K,
         dated January 10, 1997, and incorporated herein by reference)
 
 10.28 Cross-Corporate Continuing Guaranty dated December 26, 1996 of the
         Registrant, U.S. Communications, Inc., Long Distance Network, Inc., and
         Southwest Long Distance Network, Inc. (filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the
         Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K, dated January 10, 1997, and
         incorporated herein by reference)
 
 10.29 Continuing Guaranty dated December 26, 1996 of North American
         Telecommunications Corporation, Baltic States and CIS Ventures, Inc.,
         CIS Intelligence Information Services, Inc. and Uniquest Communications,
         Inc. (filed as Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form
         8-K, dated January 10, 1997, and incorporated herein by reference)
 
 10.30 Pledge Agreement dated as of December 26, 1996 between Greyrock Business
         Credit and the Registrant (filed as Exhibit 10.5 to the Registrant's
         Current Report on Form 8-K, dated January 10, 1997, and incorporated
         herein by reference)
 
 10.31 Pledge Agreement dated as of December 26, 1996 between Greyrock Business
         Credit and U.S. Communications, Inc. (filed as Exhibit 10.6 to the
         Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K, dated January 10, 1997, and
         incorporated herein by reference)
 
 10.32 Security Agreement dated December 26, 1996 among Greyrock Business Credit
         and North American Telecommunications Corporation, Baltic States and CIS
         Ventures, Inc., CIS Intelligence Information Services, Inc. and Uniquest
         Communications, Inc. (filed as Exhibit 10.7 to the Registrant's Current
         Report on Form 8-K, dated January 10, 1997, and incorporated herein by
         reference)
 
 10.33 Severance Agreement dated as of March 18, 1996 by and between the
         Registrant and Lynn H. Johnson*
 
 10.33 Severance Agreement dated March 26, 1997 between the Registrant and John
         Nugent (filed as Exhibit 10.43 to Registrant's Annual Report on Form
         10KSB/A for the year ended December 31, 1996 and incorporated herein by
         reference)
</TABLE>
    
 
   
                                     II-14
    
<PAGE>
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT
 NO.   DESCRIPTION
- ------ --------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>    <S>
 10.34 Assumption Agreement and Amendment to Loan Agreement dated February 12,
         1997 between Greyrock Business Credit and AddTel Communications, Inc.,
         the Registrant, Long Distance Network, Inc., U.S. Communications, Inc.
         and Southwest Long Distance Network, Inc. (filed as Exhibit 10.34 to
         Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10KSB/A for the year ended December
         31, 1996 and incorporated herein by reference)
 
 10.35 Pledge Agreement dated February 12, 1997 between Greyrock Business Credit
         and the Registrant (filed as Exhibit 10.35 to Registrant's Annual Report
         on Form 10KSB/A for the year ended December 31, 1996 and incorporated
         herein by reference)
 
 10.36 Cross-Corporate Continuing Guaranty dated February 12, 1997 of AddTel
         Communications, Inc. (filed as Exhibit 10.36 to Registrant's Annual
         Report on Form 10KSB/A for the year ended December 31, 1996 and
         incorporated herein by reference)
 
 10.37 Cross-Corporate Continuing Guaranty dated February 12, 1997 of the
         Registrant, U.S. Communications, Inc., Long Distance Network, Inc. and
         Southwest Long Distance Network, Inc. (filed as Exhibit 10.37 to
         Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10KSB/A for the year ended December
         31, 1996 and incorporated herein by reference)
 
 10.38 Continuing Guaranty dated February 12, 1997 of AddTel Communications, Inc.
         (filed as Exhibit 10.38 to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10KSB/A
         for the year ended December 31, 1996 and incorporated herein by
         reference)
 
 10.39 Second Amendment to Employment Contract dated as of March 26, 1997 between
         Registrant and Jack W. Matz, Jr. (filed as Exhibit 10.39 to Registrant's
         Annual Report on Form 10KSB/A for the year ended December 31, 1996 and
         incorporated herein by reference)
 
 10.40 Amendment to Employment Contract dated as of March 26, 1997 between
         Registrant and Paul R. Miller (filed as Exhibit 10.40 to Registrant's
         Annual Report on Form 10KSB/A for the year ended December 31, 1996 and
         incorporated herein by reference)
 
 10.41 Purchase Agreement dated March 25, 1997 between the Registrant and
         Northstar High Total Return Fund (filed as Exhibit 10.41 to Registrant's
         Annual Report on Form 10KSB/A for the year ended December 31, 1996 and
         incorporated herein by reference)
 
 10.42 Registration Rights Agreement dated March 25, 1997 between the Registrant
         and Northstar High Total Return Fund (filed as Exhibit 10.42 to
         Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10KSB/A for the year ended December
         31, 1996 and incorporated herein by reference)
 
 10.43 Third Amendment to Employment Contract dated as of April 15, 1997 between
         Registrant and Jack W. Matz, Jr. (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Registrant's
         Quarterly Report on Form 10-QSB for the quarter ended March 31, 1997 and
         incorporated herein by reference)
 
 10.44 Second Amendment to Employment Contract dated as of April 15, 1997 between
         the Registrant and Paul R. Miller (filed as Exhibit 10.2 to Registrant's
         Quarterly Report on Form 10-QSB for the quarter ended March 31, 1997 and
         incorporated herein by reference)
</TABLE>
    
 
   
                                     II-15
    
<PAGE>
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT
 NO.   DESCRIPTION
- ------ --------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>    <S>
 10.45 Registrant's 10% Convertible Debenture Due 2006 (filed as Exhibit 10.44 to
         Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10KSB/A for the year ended December
         31, 1996 and incorporated herein by reference)
 
 10.46 Letter dated May 20, 1997 (filed as Exhibit 10.3 to Registrant's Quarterly
         Report on Form 10-QSB for the quarter ended March 31, 1997 and
         incorporated herein by reference)
 
 12.1  Statement re computation of ratio of earnings to fixed charges**
 
 23.1  Consent of Arter & Hadden (included in its opinion filed as Exhibit 5.1
         and incorporated herein by reference)*
 
 23.2  Consent of Price Waterhouse LLP**
 
 23.3  Consent of Duff & Anderson, P.C.**
 
 23.4  Consent of Samson, Robbins & Associates**
 
 24.1  Powers of Attorney*
 
 25.1  Form T-1 Statement of Eligibility Under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939,
         as amended, of United States Trust Company of New York under the
         Indenture with respect to the 10% Convertible Notes Due 2006*
 
 99.1  Agreement dated as of November 22, 1996 between the Registrant and Jesup &
         Lamont Capital Markets, Inc.*
 
 99.2  Agreement dated as of November 22, 1996 between the Registrant, Phillip
         and Rae Huberfeld and Moses Elias*
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
 
  * Previously filed
 
**  Filed herewith
 
                                     II-16

<PAGE>
                                                                    EXHIBIT 12.1
 
                          SA TELECOMMUNICATIONS, INC.
        STATEMENT RE. COMPUTATION OF RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES
 
   
    For purposes of calculating the ratio of earnings to fixed charges: (i)
earnings consist of loss from continuing operations before taxes, plus fixed
charges excluding capitalized interest and (ii) fixed charges consist of
interest expensed and capitalized, and the interest portion of rent expense. For
the years ended December 31, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, and 1996 the Company's
earnings were insufficient to cover fixed charges by $1,258,000, $970,000,
$1,819,000, $1,935,000, and $5,382,000 respectively. For the three months ended
March 31, 1996 and 1997, the Company's earnings were insufficient to cover fixed
charges by $432,000 and $3,333,000, respectively.
    

<PAGE>
                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.2
 
                       CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
 
   
    We hereby consent to the use in the Prospectus constituting part of this
Registration Statement on Form S-2 of our report dated March 25, 1997 relating
to the financial statements of SA Telecommunications, Inc., which appears in
such Prospectus, and to the incorporation by reference of our report dated
December 18, 1996, except as to Note 8 which is as of January 17, 1997, relating
to the financial statements of AddTel Communications, Inc., which appears in the
Current Report on Form 8K/A of SA Telecommunications, Inc. dated February 7,
1997. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading "Experts" in such
Prospectus.
    
 
/s/  PRICE WATERHOUSE LLP
 
PRICE WATERHOUSE LLP
 
   
Dallas, Texas
May 21, 1997
    

<PAGE>
   
                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.3
    
 
                   CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
 
    As independent certified public accountants, we hereby consent to the
incorporation by reference in the Prospectus constituting part of this
Registration Statement on Form S-2 of our report on U.S. Communications, Inc.
dated April 21, 1995 appearing in such Prospectus and to all references to our
firm included in the Registration Statement.
 
                                               /s/  DUFF AND ANDERSON, P.C.
 
   
Levelland, Texas
May 22, 1997
    

<PAGE>
   
                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.4
    
 
                       CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
 
    We hereby consent to the use in the Prospectus constituting part of this
Registration Statement on Form S-2 of our report dated June 22, 1994 relating to
the financial statements of Long Distance Network, Inc., which appears in such
Prospectus. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading "Experts"
in such Prospectus.
 
                                            /s/  SAMSON, ROBBINS & ASSOCIATES
 
   
Dallas, Texas
May 22, 1997
    


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission